JP6378658B2 - Multi-display computer terminal system - Google Patents

Multi-display computer terminal system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6378658B2
JP6378658B2 JP2015177556A JP2015177556A JP6378658B2 JP 6378658 B2 JP6378658 B2 JP 6378658B2 JP 2015177556 A JP2015177556 A JP 2015177556A JP 2015177556 A JP2015177556 A JP 2015177556A JP 6378658 B2 JP6378658 B2 JP 6378658B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
player
game
bet
primary
various
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2015177556A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2016027867A5 (en
JP2016027867A (en
Inventor
ラトニック,ハワード,ダブリュ
オルデルッキ,ディーン,ピー
ジェルマン,ジェフリー
バーマン,ケヴィン
Original Assignee
シーエフピーエイチ, エル.エル.シー.
シーエフピーエイチ, エル.エル.シー.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US11/467,078 priority Critical
Priority to US11/467,078 priority patent/US7833101B2/en
Priority to US11/468,809 priority
Priority to US11/468,809 priority patent/US8398481B2/en
Priority to US11/470,250 priority
Priority to US11/470,250 priority patent/US7585217B2/en
Priority to US11/533,300 priority patent/US8764541B2/en
Priority to US11/533,300 priority
Priority to US11/539,518 priority
Priority to US11/539,518 priority patent/US8323102B2/en
Priority to US11/618,426 priority patent/US8393954B2/en
Priority to US11/618,426 priority
Priority to US11/674,232 priority patent/US8216056B2/en
Priority to US11/674,232 priority
Priority to US11/680,764 priority patent/US8070582B2/en
Priority to US11/680,764 priority
Priority to US11/697,024 priority
Priority to US11/697,024 priority patent/US8398489B2/en
Priority to US11/733,902 priority patent/US10607435B2/en
Priority to US11/733,902 priority
Application filed by シーエフピーエイチ, エル.エル.シー., シーエフピーエイチ, エル.エル.シー. filed Critical シーエフピーエイチ, エル.エル.シー.
Publication of JP2016027867A publication Critical patent/JP2016027867A/en
Publication of JP2016027867A5 publication Critical patent/JP2016027867A5/ja
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6378658B2 publication Critical patent/JP6378658B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3225Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users
    • G07F17/3232Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users wherein the operator is informed
    • G07F17/3237Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users wherein the operator is informed about the players, e.g. profiling, responsible gaming, strategy/behavior of players, location of players
    • G07F17/3239Tracking of individual players
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3244Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes
    • G07F17/3258Cumulative reward schemes, e.g. jackpots
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3286Type of games
    • G07F17/3293Card games, e.g. poker, canasta, black jack

Description

  Chance games have gained wide popularity. Traditional systems for playing these games have some drawbacks. A system implemented by a computer may alleviate these drawbacks.
Summary According to some embodiments, a chance game may be played on a computer system.
FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an interactive game system A10 according to various embodiments. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram schematically showing a roulette table in a casino along with associated video cameras and other parts of the system. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal, computer, or television type display. FIG. 4A illustrates a casino providing both internal or online (via network) games, according to various embodiments. FIG. 4B illustrates a casino according to some embodiments. FIG. 5 illustrates a player communicating via a server to the casino of FIG. 4A, according to some embodiments. FIG. 6 illustrates the casino of FIG. 4A providing convenience to a player according to some embodiments. FIG. 7 illustrates a display used by the casino of FIG. 4A to electronically verify that a player is eligible for convenience, according to some embodiments. FIG. 8 illustrates a system for detecting and managing collusion, according to some embodiments. FIG. 9 is a functional description of a software program stored in the application web server of FIG. 8, according to some embodiments. FIG. 10 is a functional description of a software program stored in the collusion detection server of FIG. 8, according to some embodiments. FIG. 11 is a block diagram of a general purpose computer system in which various embodiments may be implemented. FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a computer data storage system in which various embodiments may be implemented. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating components of a sports betting calculator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating components of a payment subsystem, according to some embodiments. FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating components of a payout subsystem, according to some embodiments. FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating components of a sports betting calculator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating a process for performing a sports bet, according to some embodiments. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in an online casino game according to some embodiments. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence that is converted to a digital digest, according to some embodiments. FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence that is encrypted and converted to a digital digest, according to various embodiments. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in a game with multiple players, according to various embodiments. FIG. 22 illustrates a gaming system according to some embodiments. FIG. 23 illustrates a communication network according to some embodiments. FIG. 24 illustrates a gaming service provider in communication with a gaming communication device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 25 illustrates a communication network according to some embodiments. FIG. 26 illustrates a gaming system according to some embodiments. FIG. 27 illustrates a wireless gaming system, according to some embodiments. FIG. 28 illustrates a mobile gaming device with solicited content according to some embodiments. FIG. 29 is a block diagram of a game system according to some embodiments. 30 is a block diagram of a payment system that forms part of the gaming system shown in FIG. 8 according to some embodiments. 31 is a schematic diagram of the portable gaming device of the gaming system shown in FIG. 8 according to some embodiments. FIG. 32a is a flow diagram illustrating how a player can use a portable gaming device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 32b is a flow diagram illustrating a particular method of use of a portable gaming device by a player, according to some embodiments. FIG. 33 is a flow diagram of a method for using a portable gaming device by a gaming device operator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 34 is a flow diagram of a method for using a portable gaming device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 35 illustrates one embodiment of a spin reel slot machine. FIG. 36a shows a direct video image of a display area according to some embodiments. FIG. 36b shows a virtual video image of the display area, according to some embodiments. FIG. 37 shows a video image superimposed with explanatory information that prompts the player to insert coins or gaming credits, according to some embodiments. FIG. 38 illustrates a superimposed video image depicting an activated payment line and the number of credits bet, according to some embodiments. FIG. 39 illustrates a superimposed video image depicting a payment table in response to a player command (eg, by pressing “Payment Table” on a button panel), according to some embodiments. FIG. 40 highlights a superimposed video image that highlights a winning combination (eg, “7,” “7,” “7”) and its payline and draws a prize for that winning combination, according to some embodiments. Show. FIG. 41 illustrates one embodiment of a gaming system consistent with some embodiments. FIG. 42 is a perspective view of the slot machine 10. FIG. 43 schematically illustrates one embodiment of a player tracking card 59 located in the card reader 58. FIG. 44 is a perspective view of various possible embodiments of gaming devices. FIG. 45 is a gaming device according to some embodiments. FIG. 46 illustrates an apparatus for playing a game according to some embodiments. FIG. 47 is a block diagram of components of a palm reading system, according to some embodiments. FIG. 48 illustrates a system according to some embodiments. FIG. 49 illustrates a casino server according to some embodiments. FIG. 50 illustrates a terminal for use by a second player, according to some embodiments. FIG. 51 illustrates a gaming device according to some embodiments. FIG. 52 illustrates a monitoring device (eg, camera, card reader) according to some embodiments. FIG. 53 shows a database registration that includes various information related to the game (eg, date, time, result, player, bet amount). FIG. 54 shows a database registration containing various games played by a player. FIG. 55 illustrates a touch screen display for entering betting information and tracking the progress of a game, according to some embodiments. FIG. 56 illustrates a touch screen display for entering betting information and tracking the progress of the game, according to some embodiments. FIG. 57 shows a table display of information about various games, according to some embodiments. FIG. 58 illustrates a gaming environment, according to some embodiments. FIG. 59 illustrates a gaming environment, according to some embodiments. FIG. 60 illustrates information regarding gaming devices according to some embodiments. FIG. 61 shows a terminal according to some embodiments.
Reconstructing an Event Using Graphics In various embodiments, an event may occur where an interested player is not visible. The event may have happened in a different place from where the interested party is located. The event may have happened before the interested party arrived at the place where the event occurred. The event may have been missed because a group of interested people was looking around or not paying attention. According to various embodiments, one or more details of an event are recorded. Details can be recorded using a recording device such as a camera, microphone, scanner, or other recording device. For example, in a game, the card shuffler may include a scanner for reading a card image that is dealt. Details may be recorded in a network coupled environment and made available to one or more other computing devices connected to the network. Details may then be accessed by one or more computing devices.
  In various embodiments, recorded event details may be used to reconstruct the event. For example, the image process algorithm may determine the rank and set of cards distributed based on the acquired images of the cards. The details of the event may be produced by a server storing the details or by any computing device.
  After the details of the event are produced, the event is performed. For example, a comic event may be performed based on the details of the stored event. For example, a description of the card may be generated by a calculator.
  The performance of the event can then be presented to people. The performance may be in video, audio, tactile form, or any other form. In various embodiments, the performance of the executed game may be presented to those who are away from the game or who were not watching when the performance was performed. Such persons include secondary players or a plurality of players who bet on the outcome of the game without directly participating in the game themselves.
  In various embodiments, event details are not produced. Rather, event details are provided as they were recorded. For example, an event video may be presented.
Presenting information to players at a table In various embodiments, a player sits shoulder-to-face with other players and is typically used to place cash, gaming chips, food, drinks, or other items. Has little space. Furthermore, there is little space for viewing desired information such as information about other players, information about game strategies, or information not related to games. According to various embodiments, a terminal having multiple screens allows a player to view multiple information supplies and many different types of information. The desk area of the terminal provides the player with space to place personal belongings or game items. A player can also participate in multiple games at a terminal in various embodiments. In this way, the terminal helps to relieve the spatial constraints found in conventional game tables.
  Using the terminal, the first player can call up information about the second player. The first player can call up information indicating how many times the second player has won or lost within a predetermined time. The first player can call up information indicating what strategy the second player has used. The first player can call up information indicating the amount earned or lost by the second player. The first player can call any other information about the second player. The first player may be a different statistic about the second player, or a predetermined statistic about many other different players (e.g., the amount earned by each of the ten other different players). It is possible to see a plurality of different information.
  The terminal may include various input devices such as a keyboard, a computer mouse, a telephone pad, a camera, and a microphone, and other input devices. A player may use an input device to indicate a player's intent to view information about other players, information about any of the games the player is running, or other information It is.
People playing games at different locations in the casino can see everyone, server-based games In various embodiments, people participating in a reciprocal event cannot gather in the same physical location It may not be possible. For example, people may have physical weaknesses that prevent them from moving easily from one place to another. For example, in a casino, even if a player wants to play the same poker game, it may not be possible or desirable for everyone to move to the same area of the casino. Thus, in various embodiments, each of a plurality of players may go to his terminal. The terminal may include a number of display screens. Individual display screens may display images of other players participating in the same poker game. Individual terminals may include cameras. The camera may capture an image of the player at the terminal. Images acquired by the camera may be transmitted to a central server. Similarly, the server may send the image from the camera to another player's terminal. Another player's terminal receives the image, which may be displayed on one of the terminal's display screens. In this way, the player can sit at the terminal and play a game facing a player at another terminal. A player may see each of the other players on one of his terminal display screens. In various embodiments, players may have voice links with each other. Individual player terminals may include microphones. Words spoken into the microphone may be captured and sent to a central server and forwarded to another terminal. Another terminal may broadcast words spoken to a player at the terminal. In this way, when the first player says something like “bet” or “rise”, another player then listens to the words spoken on another terminal. Thus, in various embodiments, despite being away from another player, the player may participate in a game that has traditionally been performed by an individual.
Playing multiple games simultaneously In various embodiments, a terminal with multiple screens (eg, 6 screens) allows a player to participate in multiple games simultaneously. Conventionally, a player of a gaming device such as a slot machine has limited space on a display screen for viewing game actions. Terminals according to various embodiments provide many display screens. The display screen may extend on a semi-arc in front of the player. Thus, the player has enough space to watch multiple games at the same time.
A live game cannot be played from the same deck as another player, but can be played against a dealer's card. In various embodiments, the device stores information from a live game performed at the table into the table. Combined with additional information to allow other players not to play the game. The information acquisition device is near the table. For example, the camera shoots a game at a table. Details of the game play are acquired by the information acquisition device. Details are communicated to the central server. Details are then interpreted to determine important game information, such as which cards were distributed or in the hands of the dealer. Additional information is then generated. This additional information may include new cards, dice rolling, marks, and other game results or achievements. The additional information may be used along with information from the live game to create a new game or game experience for the player at the terminal. The computer processor of the terminal generates a card for the player. The processor uses a random number generator to select, for example, a card for distribution to the player. The player's victory or defeat is determined based on the generated additional information and important information from the live game. For example, a player may receive a blackjack hand generated by his terminal processor. The player's hand may then be compared to the dealer's hand from a live blackjack game. This comparison is performed by the terminal processor using standard Blackjack rules.
Guide for understanding the present application Terminology The term “product” means any machine, manufactured product and / or assembly unless otherwise specified.
  The term “process” means any process, algorithm, method or the like, unless otherwise specified.
An individual process (whether called a method, algorithm or otherwise) inherently contains one or more steps, so references to “step (s)” or “step (s)” of the process are terms Has a unique prior basis in the mere citation of “process” or similar terms. In this way, references to “step (s)” or “step (s)” of the process in the claims have a sufficient prior foundation.
The term “invention” and like terms mean “one or more inventions disclosed in this application” unless stated otherwise.
  The terms “an embodiment”, “embodiment”, “embodiments”, “the embodiments”, “the embodiments”, “one of more embodiments”, “some embodiments”, “certain embodiments”, “one embodiment”, “another embodiment” , And similar terms mean “one or more (but not all) embodiments of the disclosed invention (s)” unless specifically stated otherwise.
  The term “deformation” of an invention means an embodiment of the invention unless otherwise specified.
  Reference to “another embodiment” in the description of an embodiment indicates that the referenced embodiment is mutually exclusive with another embodiment (eg, the embodiment described before the referenced embodiment). Not included.
  The terms “including”, “comprising” and variations thereof mean “including but not limited to”, unless otherwise specified.
  The terms “a”, “an” and “the” mean “one or more” unless otherwise specified.
  The term “plurality” means “two or more” unless otherwise specified.
  The term “herein” means “in this application, including all included by reference,” unless stated otherwise.
  The term “at least one of”, unless stated otherwise, when such a phrase modifies more than one item (such as a list of items), all of one or more of those items Means a combination of For example, the phrase “mechanical device, motor vehicle and wheel” includes (i) mechanical device, (ii) motor vehicle, (iii) wheel, (iv) mechanical device and motor vehicle, (v) mechanical device and wheel, (vi) It means either a wheel or (vii) a mechanical device, an automobile and a wheel. Where the phrase “at least one” modifies more than one thing, it does not mean “an individual one” of the things.
  Numerical terms such as “1”, “2”, etc., unless otherwise specified, are used as radixes to indicate the amount of something (eg, 1 machine, 2 machines) It means an amount indicated by a numerical value, but does not at least mean an amount indicated by a numerical value. For example, the phrase “one machine” does not mean “at least one machine”, and thus the phrase “one machine” does not cover, for example, two machines.
  The phrase “based on” does not mean “based only on”, unless expressly specified otherwise. In other words, the phrase “based on” means both “based only on” and “based at least on”. The phrase “based at least on” is identical to “based at least in part on”.
  The term “represent” and similar terms are not limiting, unless otherwise specified. For example, “represent” does not mean “represent only” unless otherwise specified. In other words, the phrase “data represents a credit card number” means “data represents only a credit card number” and “data represents a credit card number and data represents others”.
  The term “whereby” here receives only a set of clauses or other words that express only the intended result, purpose or outcome of something previously explicitly listed. Thus, when “whereby” is used in a claim, the clause or other word that “whereby” modifies does not constitute a further specific limitation of the claim, or otherwise has the meaning or scope of the claim. Constrain.
  The term “e.g.” and like terms mean “for example” and do not limit the term or phrase it describes. For example, in the sentence “the computer sends data (eg instruction, data structure) over the Internet”, the term “eg” is an example of “data” that the computer may transmit over the Internet, “ The “data structure” is also an example of “data” that the computer may transmit on the Internet. However, both “instruction” and “data structure” are merely examples of “data”, and things other than “instruction” and “data structure” can also be “data”.
  A term similar to the term “respective” means “handled individually”. Thus, if two or more objects have “respective” characteristics, each individual object has its own characteristics, and these characteristics can be different from each other but need not be. For example, the phrase “each of the two machines has a function” means that the first machine has a function and the second machine also has a function. The features of the first machine may or may not be the same as the features of the second machine.
  The term “i.e.” and similar terms indicate “that is” and limit the term or phrase it describes. For example, in the sentence “the computer sends data (i.e. instructions) over the Internet”, the term “i.e.” describes that the “instruction” is “data” that the computer sends over the Internet.
  All numerical ranges include integers and fractions with ranges. For example, the range “1 to 10” is an integer between 1 and 10 (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4,... 9) and non-integer (eg, 1.1, 1.2,. .1.9) should be specifically construed.
Where two or more terms or phrases are synonymous (eg, for explicit indication that a term or phrase is synonymous), one such term / phrase example is different from the other term / phrase examples It doesn't mean you have to make sense. For example, if the meaning of “including” is synonymous with “including but not limited to”, the mere use of “including but not limited to” means “including “Including” does not mean anything other than “including but not limited to”.
Determining
The term “determining” and grammatical variations thereof (eg, determining price, determining value, determining purpose that meets certain criteria) are used in a very broad sense. The term “determining” encompasses a wide variety of actions, “determining” calculates, performs, retrieves, examines, examines (eg, examines a table, database or other data structure), confirms, etc. including. Also, “determining” includes receiving (for example, receiving information), accessing (for example, accessing data in a memory), and the like. “Determine” includes solving, selecting, selecting, and the like.
  The term “determining” does not include absolute accuracy, and “determining” includes predicting, extrapolating, predicting, guessing, and the like.
  The term “determining” does not mean that a mathematical process must be performed, does not mean that a numerical method must be used, and means that an algorithm or process is used. do not do.
  The term “determining” does not imply that a particular device must be used. For example, a computer need not necessarily make a decision.
Sentence form The limitation of the first claim covers one of the features and one or more of the features (e.g., a limitation such as "at least one machine" is one machine as well as one or more machines). In the second claim subordinate to the first claim, the second claim uses the definite article “the” to make a limitation (eg “the machine”) The first claim does not mean that only one feature is covered, and the second claim does not mean that only one feature is covered (for example, “the machine” is Can cover both one machine and one or more machines).
  Ordinal numbers (eg, “first”, “second”, “third”, etc.) are used as adjectives before terms, and their ordinal numbers only indicate specific features (unless otherwise noted), for example Indicates differences from other features described by the same or similar terms. For example, “first mechanical device” is merely named to distinguish it from, for example, “second mechanical device”. The use of the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device” does not indicate any other relationship between the two mechanical devices; It does not indicate other features. For example, using the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device” (1) does not indicate which mechanical device is forward or backward in terms of order and location. Does not show temporal context for device generation or operation (3) Does not show hierarchical relationship for machine rank or quality. Furthermore, the mere use of ordinal numbers does not place a numerical limitation on the features identified by ordinal numbers. For example, by using the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device”, it does not mean that the number of mechanical devices must be two or less.
  Where a single device, article or product is described herein, one or more devices / articles (whether or not cooperating) are used in place of the single device / article described. Good. Thus, functionality described as owned by a device may be owned by one or more devices / articles (whether or not cooperating).
  Similarly, where more than one device, article or other product (whether or not cooperating) is described, a single device is substituted for the more than one device / article described. / Articles may be used. For example, multiple computer-based devices may be replaced by a single computer-based device. Thus, functions described as owned by more than one device may be owned by a single device / article.
  The functions and / or features of a single device described may alternatively be replaced by one or more devices that are described but not explicitly described as possessing such functions / features. May be embodied. Thus, other embodiments need not include the described device features themselves, but other embodiments may include one or more other devices having such functionality / features.
The examples and terms disclosed are not limiting The title of the invention (as described at the beginning of page 1 of this application) and the abstract (as described at the end of this application) are disclosed. It is not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way whatsoever. The 37 C.F.R. section 1.72 (b) requires a summary not to exceed 150 characters, so the summary is only included in this application.
  The name of this application and the section headings provided in this application are for convenience only and are not to be construed as limiting the disclosure in any way.
  Many embodiments are disclosed in the present application, but are presented for illustrative purposes only. The disclosed embodiments are not limited in any way and are not intended to be limiting. As will be readily apparent from the disclosure, the invention disclosed herein is applicable to many embodiments. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the disclosed invention can be practiced with various modifications and changes such as structural, logical, software and electrical changes. Certain features of the disclosed invention are described in conjunction with one or more particular embodiments and / or drawings, unless otherwise specified, such features are referenced in the description of the embodiments. It should be understood that the invention is not limited to use in one or more particular embodiments or drawings.
  Except where expressly stated in this specification or explicitly stated in the claims, embodiments relating to the method steps or product elements described in this application are here It does not constitute a required element of the invention, is not essential to the invention required here, and does not have the same scope as the invention required here.
  The introductory portion of the claims merely describes the purpose, benefit, and possible usage of the required invention, and does not limit the required invention.
  This disclosure does not describe every embodiment of the invention verbatim. Also, the present disclosure is not a listing of inventions that must be present in all embodiments.
  Devices that communicate with each other need not communicate with each other unless otherwise specified. Conversely, such devices need only communicate as needed or desired and may regulate most time data exchanges. For example, one machine that is communicating with another machine via the Internet may not send data to the other machine for a long period of time (for example, once every several weeks). Further, devices in communication with each other may communicate directly or indirectly via one or more intermediaries.
  The description of embodiments using some components or features does not include the requirement that all or any of these components / features be required. On the contrary, various selectable components have been described to illustrate various possible embodiments of the present invention. Unless otherwise noted, no components / features are required and required.
  Although steps, algorithms or the like are described or required in a particular order, such processes may be configured to operate in a different order. In other words, any sequence or order explicitly described or required does not necessarily indicate a requirement that the steps be performed in that order. The steps of the processes described herein may be performed in any order. Further, although some steps may be described or suggested to occur non-simultaneously (eg, one step is described after another), they may be performed simultaneously. Further, the description of the steps illustrated by the drawings does not include that the process described is exclusive to other variations, nor does it include that the process described or any step thereof is necessary for the invention, It also does not include that the described process is suitable.
  Although a process may be described as including multiple steps, it does not include that all or any of the steps are preferred, essential or necessary. Various other embodiments within the scope of the described invention (s) include other processes that exclude some or all of the described steps. Unless otherwise noted, no steps are required or required.
  Although the process is described alone or without reference to other products or methods, in embodiments, the process interacts with other products or methods. For example, such interactions include linking one business model with another business model. Such interactions are provided to increase the degree of freedom or desirability of the process.
  Although a product is described as including a plurality of components, forms, attributes, characteristics and / or features, it does not imply that any or all of the plurality is preferred, essential or required. Various other embodiments within the scope of the described invention (s) include some or all of the plurality described.
  A list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items are mutually exclusive unless otherwise noted. Similarly, a list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items encompass any category unless specifically stated otherwise. For example, "Computer, Laptop, PDA" does not mean that any or all of the three items in the listed list are mutually exclusive, and none of the three items in the listed list Or it does not mean that all encompass any category.
  A list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items are mutually identical or can be quickly exchanged with each other.
  All embodiments are examples, and do not imply that the invention or embodiments were created or implemented on a case-by-case basis.
Calculations It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various processes described herein may be performed by, for example, a suitably programmed general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, and a computing device. Generally, a processor (eg, one or more microcontrollers, one or more digital signal processors) receives commands (eg, from a memory or similar device), executes these commands, and these Perform one or more processes as determined by the directive. The instructions may be embedded in, for example, one or more computer programs or scripts.
  “Processor” means one or more microprocessors, regardless of configuration (eg, chip level multiprocessing / multicore, RISC, CISC, microprocessor without pipeline interlock, pipeline configuration, simultaneous multithreading), Central processing units (CPUs), computing devices, microcontrollers, digital signal processors, etc., or any combination thereof.
  Thus, the description of the process is also the description of the device that executes the process. Devices that execute the process include, for example, a processor, an input device, and an output device suitable for executing the process.
  Further, programs that implement such methods (as well as other types of data) may be stored and transmitted using various media (eg, computer readable media) in various ways. Is possible. In some embodiments, hardwired circuitry or custom hardware can be used in place of or in combination with or with all or some of the software instructions that can perform the processes of the various embodiments. In this way, various combinations of hardware and software can be used in place of software alone.
  “Computer readable medium” refers to any medium, multiple same medium or combination of different media that provides data (eg, instructions, data structures) readable by a computer, processor or similar device. Applicable. Such a medium may take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile media, volatile media, and transmission media. Non-volatile media includes, for example, optical or magnetic disks and other persistent memory. Volatile media typically includes dynamic random access memory (DRAM), which constitutes main memory. Transmission media includes optical fibers including coaxial cables, copper wire, and a system bus connected to a processor. Transmission media includes light waves and electromagnetic radiation, such as those generated by acoustic, radio (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications. Common forms of computer-readable media are, for example, floppy disks, flexible disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, all other magnetic media, CD-ROMs, DVDs, all other optical media, punch cards, paper tapes and other hole patterns. All physical media having: RAM, PROM, EPROM, FLASH-EEPROM, all other memory chips or cartridges, transmission waves described later, or all other media readable by a computer.
  Various forms of computer readable may be involved in carrying data (eg, sequential instructions) to the processor. For example, data is (i) delivered from RAM to a processor, (ii) carried on a wireless transmission medium, (iii) Ethernet (or IEEE 802.3), SAP, ATP, Bluetooth, TCP / IP, Formatted and / or transmitted according to many formats, standards or protocols such as TDMA, CDMA, and 3G, (iv) encrypted for privacy protection or collusion prevention in various ways of known techniques The
  Thus, the description of the process is also a description of a computer-readable medium that stores a program for executing the process. The computer readable medium (in any suitable format) can store program elements suitable for performing the method.
  Device embodiments can perform some (but not all) of the described processes so that the description of the various steps in the process does not imply that all described steps are required. Computer / computing device.
  Similarly, an embodiment of a computer readable medium storing a program or data structure is implemented so that the description of the various steps in the process does not imply that all described steps are required. A computer readable medium that stores a program that can cause a processor to execute some (but not all) of the processes described by the processor.
  When a database is described, one skilled in the art will understand that: (i) an alternative database is immediately available for the object being described; (ii) other memory structures other than the database are immediately available. is there. Any illustration or description of any sample database presented here is an illustrative arrangement for representing stored information. For example, many other arrangements can be used besides those suggested by the tables shown in the drawings and the like. Similarly, any database graphical entry only provides example information. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the number and content of entries can differ from those described herein. In addition, other formats (related databases, object-based models and / or distributed databases) can be used to store and manipulate the data types described here, despite the representation of the database as a table. It is. Similarly, database object methods or behaviors can be used to perform various processes, as described herein. Further, the database is stored locally or remotely in a known manner from devices that access data in the database.
  Various embodiments can be configured in a network environment including a computer that communicates with one or more devices (eg, via a communication network). The computer may be any wired or wireless medium (eg Internet, LAN, WAN, Ethernet, Token Ring, telephone line, cable line, radio channel, optical communication line, commercial online service provider, bulletin board system, satellite communication link, etc. It is possible to communicate directly or indirectly with the apparatus via any combination of the above. Each device itself consists of a computer or computing device, such as based on an Intel® Pentium® or Centrino ™ processor in communication with a computer. Any number and type of devices may communicate with the computer.
  In one embodiment, a server computer or centralized authority is not necessary or desirable. For example, the present invention may be implemented in one embodiment with one or more devices without centralized authority. In such embodiments, functions described to be performed by a server computer or data described to be stored on a server computer are alternatively executed or stored on one or more devices. Good.
  Where described, in one embodiment, the process may operate without user intervention. In another embodiment, the process includes some human intervention (eg, the step is with or together with human assistance).
Continuation Application This disclosure provides those skilled in the art with a description that allows several embodiments and / or inventions to be practiced. Some of these embodiments and / or inventions may not be required in this application, but may be required in one or more continuation applications claiming priority based on this application.
  Applicants intend to file additional applications claiming patents for subject matter disclosed and implemented but not claimed in this application.
35 USC 112, sixth paragraph In a claim, a claim limitation that includes the phrase "means for" or the phrase "step for" It means to apply to that limitation.
  In the claim, a claim limitation that does not include the phrase “means for” or the phrase “step for” is a statement of the act for performing the structure, material, or function thereof. Regardless of whether the function is described without or without, it means that 35 USC 112, sixth paragraph does not apply to that limitation. For example, in the claims, if the phrase “means of” or “step of” is simply used to refer to one or more steps in the claim or other claims, It does not mean that US Patent Act 112, sixth paragraph applies to that step.
  With respect to means or steps for performing a particular function in accordance with US Pat. No. 112, sixth paragraph, the corresponding structures, materials, or acts described in the specification and their equivalents are additional as well as particular functions. The function may be performed.
  Computers, processors, computing devices, and similar products are structures that can perform a wide range of functions. Such a product can perform a specific function by executing one or more programs, such as a program stored in the memory of the product or in a memory accessed by the product. Unless otherwise noted, such programs need not be based on any particular algorithm, such as any particular algorithm disclosed in this application. It is known to those skilled in the art that a particular function can be performed through different algorithms, and that many different algorithms are simply design choices for performing a particular function.
  Accordingly, with respect to means or steps for performing a particular function in accordance with 35 USC 112, sixth paragraph, the structure corresponding to the particular function includes any product that is programmed to perform the particular function. . Such a structure is such that such a product (i) a disclosed algorithm for performing its features, (ii) an algorithm similar to the disclosed algorithm, (iii) for performing its function Includes programmed products that perform functions regardless of whether they are programmed with different algorithms.
  Where means are described for performing a function, i.e. a method, one structure for performing the method is computed and / or configured with suitable hardware for performing the function. Devices (eg, general purpose computers).
  Also, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, a computing device (eg, a general purpose computer) is included that is programmed and / or configured with suitable hardware to perform its functions via other algorithms.
Waiver Referencing many specific embodiments does not imply abandonment or denial of additional different embodiments. Similarly, reference to the description of an embodiment that includes a particular feature does not imply disclaimer or denial of the embodiment that does not include that particular feature. A clear waiver or denial in this application is initiated by the phrase “does not include” or the phrase “cannot perform”.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Any patent application or other document referenced herein is incorporated by reference into this patent application as a part of this disclosure, but in accordance with 35 USC 112, paragraph 1, and 35 USC 112. Incorporated only for purposes of implementation according to paragraph 1. Also, if the documents referred to do not allow this application to provide a identifiable meaning without the incorporation of a reference, but would rather allow a identifiable meaning to the term being presented, It should not be used to limit, define or interpret the terms of this application. Thus, those skilled in the art need not be limited by any embodiment provided by reference.
  Incorporation of any reference by itself, unless specifically stated otherwise in this patent application, is a guarantee, agreement or involuntary statement, opinion, objection or characterization contained in the incorporated patent, patent application or other document. Does not include consent.
History of proceedings In interpreting this application (including claims), one of ordinary skill in the art will refer to the history of proceedings of this application, but may share other applications that are considered relevant to this application, or share priority claims with this application. Regardless of whether or not there is any other patent application, the history of procedures for other patents or patent applications is not referred to.
Various Embodiments Games in Different Environments In various embodiments, the gaming system maintains the proper odds in the game, makes it easier for the player to see the gaming experience, remote play by the player, Provided is a platform for rapid play of a card game for the purpose of enabling players to play when they are not close to each other.
In various embodiments, a computerized gaming system provides an electronic display of cards. The game system may determine the order of cards using, for example, a quasi-random algorithm. The gaming system may then deal cards to one or more players and / or a house or dealer in turn and deal cards to one or more players. Depending on the game, a player may place one or more bets. Bets are keyed using any of many possible interfaces, such as buttons, touch screens, computer mice, trackballs, and so on. Depending on the game, the player may make one or more decisions in the game. The decision may include another card deal, fold, split hand, or other suitable decision.
The player may determine using an interface such as a computer mouse, buttons, touch screen, trackball or other interface.
  In various embodiments, the computer system reshuffles cards after individual games or after a small number of games. The reshuffling is done electronically and may occur almost instantaneously. This saves the time required for the shuffling process when done on a physical card deck.
  The odds for each game become constant or relatively constant by reshuffling the card deck for each game. For example, if cards are reshuffled on a game-by-game basis, the counting strategy used in blackjack or other card games may be less effective or completely ineffective.
  In various embodiments, for example, cards are numbered from 1 to 6, or similarly labeled cards are used to play a crap game or other dice game. For example, in a crap game, “roll” is simulated by the distribution of two cards. As can be appreciated, each roll of dice is considered an independent and random event. However, with respect to the card deck used for executing the dice game, it is possible in principle to make a prediction regarding the next distribution based on the previously distributed cards. This is because each dealt card changes the configuration of the remaining decks by using one known deck card.
  Computerized systems according to various embodiments allow a game using cards to more closely simulate a game using dice. In some embodiments, the computerized system may be configured such that a new card that is dealt is independent of a previous card's delivery so that the rotation of the new die is independent of the rotation of the previous die. It may be simulated by reshuffling a typical deck.
Infinite card deck A computerized system may simulate an infinite or very large card deck. In order to simulate an infinite card deck, the computer system may distribute randomly selected cards if necessary. However, after an individual card has been distributed, the computer may not change its selection process, for example, the computer may not assume that the remaining card deck has been used up. In this way, the computer may distribute the next card, exactly the same card that the computer previously distributed. As will be appreciated, there are other ways to simulate an infinite deck. When an infinite card deck is used, the odds of a particular card being distributed do not depend on which card has been previously distributed. In this way, an infinite deck may be used to faithfully simulate a dice game.
Magnification Computer systems for playing card games according to various embodiments feature a zoom or magnification option. The player can press the button to increase the size of the card displayed on the screen. The player may also touch or designate specific cards on the touch screen. The cards specified by the player may expand with respect to the display size on the display screen so that they are more easily visible to the player. Also, the player may reduce the size of the displayed card or other item, for example, to increase the game field. For example, when a player is playing a game with a plurality of opponents, the field of view of each opponent's card may be narrowed so that the player can see all the opponent's cards simultaneously on the same display screen.
  In various embodiments, the game may be played on a physical table. The table may include a marked felt table top, a tip rack, a chair, a player location and a dealer location. However, some table players may not be able to see the cards, bets, or other items on the table in response to a visual challenge. According to some embodiments, a camera or other image device may obtain an image of the table. The image may be displayed on a monitor or other display screen near the player. The player may be able to change the screen magnification by enlarging or reducing. In this way, a visually handicapped player may be able to follow the actions being performed at the table by referring to a display screen that can enlarge the image on the display screen.
Concurrency In various embodiments, the computer system is designed to allow simultaneous action or determination by a player in the game. In one embodiment, players compete with each other in a card game using, for example, blackjack rules. Players place money in the pot and bet and raise each other. The player who wins the game is the player who has the hand closest to 21 without exceeding 21 points. In one embodiment, for example, the game is played with a different total point, with 22 being the maximum total point. In any case, in such a game, the first player may benefit from deferring the hit or stand decision until it confirms whether another player has selected the hit or stand. Thus, to prevent any one player from gaining an advantage, the game rules may be that all players in the game make certain decisions (eg, hit / stand decisions) simultaneously, or at least It may be required to determine without knowing the other player's hit / stand decision.
  In various embodiments, the computer system may receive decisions from multiple players in the game. As the computer system receives individual decisions, the computer system may store the decisions in computer memory. The computer may keep track of how many player decisions have been received. If all player decisions are received, the computer system will make all decisions to all players, by showing hit or stand words on the virtual table player position diagram and / or actual Show by showing the card.
  In various embodiments, individual players in a game may be prompted to make decisions in turn, with other players not being disclosed or only partially disclosed. For example, a player may make a hit decision so that the resulting card is only visible to him. Alternatively, a player may not only see the resulting card only to himself, but also make a hit decision while other players are instructed to make that decision. In any case, the other player makes a hit decision with no or limited knowledge about the previous hit decision (i.e., if at least a decision instruction is provided). You may be prompted to do so. At some time, for example, at the end of the game, all cards may be made visible to all players.
  Similarly, in various embodiments, the computer system may allow bets to be placed simultaneously. For example, it is determined whether all players in a game should bet at the same time, and if all player decisions are received, all players are shown the amount of all decisions / wagers. Thereafter, a player who has entered a smaller amount than the other players may be prompted to enter a fold or additional bet so that all players enter, for example, the same amount. In this way, no one player can take advantage of monitoring other players' bets before making their bet decisions.
People do not touch cards In traditional blackjack games, it is not desirable to allow players to touch cards. When a player touches a card, there is a risk that the player marks the card or even exchanges the card with a card that is advantageous to him. In traditional blackjack games, the cards are distributed upwards and there is no special need for the player to touch the cards. This is because the player can see everything he needs to know about the card without touching the card. However, if the card is dealt downwards, the player cannot see without touching the card.
  Computer systems according to various embodiments allow a particular card to be viewed only by individual players while eliminating the need for players to touch their cards. Computer systems according to various embodiments, for example, allow players to blackjack each other. Each player has at least one card that he or she has the right to know but other players do not know. The system allows players to play games on remote devices, terminals, computers, handheld gaming devices or other interfaces. Since the players are separated from each other, the cards can be displayed on the first player's terminal without the risk of being seen by other players. A given player's terminal may display some but not all of the cards belonging to other players. For example, in a blackjack game, a player may start a game with one card private (visible only to that player) and one card open (visible to all players), and / or Or you may receive hits that are kept private (visible only to the player in question) or hits that are public (visible to all players). At some point, for example, at the end of the game, all cards may be visible to all players.
  The interface screen used by the computer system displays the card for the player to see without touching the card personally.
  In certain embodiments, a physical table such as a blackjack table may include a display screen. However, the screen may only be visible in a very narrow field of view, for example by barriers placed along both sides of the display screen.
  Such a screen does not require the player to touch the card and may allow the player to see the card personally.
  In various embodiments, any device that includes a display (eg, portable gaming device, slot machine, personal computer) may display some or all of the cards that are distributed in the game. For example, the portable game device may display not only cards distributed to a specific player but also cards distributed to all other players. For example, in the initial phase of the game, the player may be able to see only his own cards. However, at the end of the game, the central server may send an indication of all cards distributed to all players during the game to all player devices. Each player's device displays all the player's cards in the game. In this way, the player can compare the value of his hand with the value of the other player's hand, so that the player can confirm for himself why he won or lost.
Table without walls Traditional crap tables have one or more walls or barriers. Dice are thrown toward the wall to ensure randomness. The wall further prevents crossing the table surface boundary. In various embodiments, a crap game or other dice game is played on a wall and / or a table without any boundaries. Cards are used at the table instead of dice. Cards are dealt from decks consisting of cards numbered 1 through 6 only. Cards are not thrown like dice, so no card boundaries are needed. Thus, various embodiments may include a wallless crap table. The table may include standard felt markings, such as pass line bets, cam bets, don't pass bets, odds betting areas and other standard areas. However, the table may lack walls.
Mobile Games In various embodiments, players may play blackjack with each other using a mobile gaming device. Each player may carry a hand-held game device (ie, a portable game device). Individual mobile gaming devices may communicate with a central server. A player uses a portable gaming device to enter decisions in the game. The decision may include a bet amount, an indication of whether to hit or stand. The portable gaming device may have buttons that correspond to one or more decisions. For example, there may be hit buttons, stand buttons, double down buttons, and other buttons that match blackjack. The portable gaming device may send the player's decision to the central server. The central server may shuffle the card using an electronic shuffle algorithm. The central server may use other algorithms to determine which cards should be distributed to which players. The central server may then send the distributed card instructions to the individual portable game devices. At the end of the game, the central server may refer to game rules (eg, game rules stored in computer memory) to determine the game winner. The central server may provide game winner instructions to individual players participating in the game. The central server may reveal hidden cards to one or more players and send instructions for such cards to other players.
  The central server may maintain an account for the player. The account may include one or more records stored in the database. The record may be stored in computer memory. The player account may include information such as the player's name, the player's address, other identifying information about the player, and / or other information about the player. The account may further include information regarding money balance, casino credit balance, or other numerical balance. In various embodiments, the server may detect the bet or bet amount from the player's account, for example when a player issues a bet or bet instruction on a portable gaming device. In various embodiments, when a player earns money, the earned money may be added to the player account.
  In various embodiments, a player device, such as a portable gaming device, personal computer, stand-alone slot machine or other device, may prompt the player to perform an action in the game. For example, the portable gaming device may display text that prompts the player to either hit or stand in a blackjack game. For example, the player device may prompt the player to decide whether to bet on a pass line or a don't pass line in a crap game. As another example, the player device may prompt the player to determine how much to bet on the game. The central server initiates an invitation message and sends such a message to the player device, at which point the player device may display the invitation. In some embodiments, a player device initiates an invitation if, for example, the logic stored on the device determines that the invitation must be displayed in order to inspire the player to act and proceed along the game. You can do it.
  In various embodiments, a player may play a crap or other dice game using a portable gaming device. The portable gaming device may provide a card instead of a die. Cards may be numbered from 1 to 6. At a predetermined rotation, the central server may determine two cards from a randomly shuffled card deck. The central server may then communicate such card instructions to the player's portable gaming device. The player may instruct a bet through the portable game device. The player may press a button on the portable gaming device to indicate a desire to make a new rotation (eg, if the game has not ended).
Motion Control In various embodiments, the portable gaming device may include one or more motion sensors. For example, the portable gaming device may include an accelerometer or a gyroscope. The portable gaming device may include one or more positioning devices, such as a global positioning system sensor. Logic in the portable game device or server may differentiate the position sensor readings to detect movement.
  The player may move the portable gaming device to direct decisions during the game. A sensor in the portable game device may detect movement of the configuration game device. The logic in the portable gaming device or server may interpret these movements as commands used in the game. These movements can be bet, bet a certain amount, raise, fold, call, check, hit, stand, double down To bet on the pass line, to bet on the don't pass, or to make other bets in the game, or to perform other actions in the game.
Blackjack Motion Control In various embodiments, a player may use a portable gaming device to play a blackjack game. In various embodiments, a player may play against other players. In a traditional blackjack game, the player directs a decision with a tapping motion. For example, in a traditional blackjack game, a player may tap the table twice to indicate a hit decision. In various embodiments, a player playing blackjack using a portable gaming device may swing the portable gaming device twice with up and down movements.
Card, Dice, and Motion Control In various embodiments, a player may initiate a motion on a portable gaming device as if the dice were rotating. For example, the player may shake the portable game device as if the player rolls the dice in his hand. Thereafter, the player may make a large swing motion with the portable game device as if the dice were actually rolled on the table. The portable game device may distribute one or more cards (for example, from a card deck numbered 1-6) simultaneously with the detection of the player's swing motion.
Internet In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game on the Internet. Thus, in various embodiments, the computer system may include a central server in communication with one or more player devices. The player device may be a wireless or wired network. The network may be the Internet. In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game via a personal computer while communicating over the Internet with a central server. Along with the portable game device, the central server may receive commands and instructions from the player device, may determine a distribution card, calculate winners and losers, and lend or borrow to the player account as appropriate You can fill in.
Stand-alone slot machine In various embodiments, you may participate in games such as a blackjack game or a dice game that uses cards instead of dice. Stand-alone gaming devices may include slot machines, video poker games, video keno machines, bingo machines, or other devices. The game device may be networked with other game devices. For example, many game devices may be linked to the same game server. Thus, along with the portable game device and personal computer, the central server may allow for a counter game between players on different stand-alone devices.
  In some embodiments, a player may play a blackjack game according to various embodiments alone on a stand-alone gaming device. The game device may simulate a virtual player who is facing the player. In this way, a real or human player may play a game with six virtual players in a blackjack game, for example. Each of the real and virtual players may bet and make decisions during the game. The winner may be determined based on which player is closest to 21 without folding and not exceeding 21. If the winner is a real player, the amount in the pot may be given to the real player's account, paid out in cash to the player, or otherwise provided to the player.
  A player may play a dice game on a stand-alone device. Stand-alone devices may distribute cards numbered 1 to 6 to simulate die rotation. A player's win or loss may be determined according to applicable dice game rules, such as crap.
Deck Enclosure In various embodiments, a deck of 1 to 6 cards only may be created from a standard 52 card deck or from multiple decks. The card deck may be created using a card sorter. According to some embodiments, the card sorter may receive a deck consisting of 1 to 6 cards and other cards (eg, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K). The card sorter may now create 2 decks. The first deck may contain cards numbered 1 through 6 and the second deck may contain all other cards.
  The card sorter may include an optical reader or scanner for reading the card front. The card sorter may include a processor and memory. The processor and memory may be composed of semiconductors or any other material. The processor may be a standard Intel processor or any other processor.
Computerless Embodiments In various embodiments, where applicable, the embodiments described herein may be implemented without a computer system. For example, a player may play blackjack in a reciprocal match using physical cards or chips to place a bet. A player may play a crap or other dice game using a physical deck of cards numbered 1-6.
  Generally, even if the number is the same, the same item is not necessarily shown if the pattern is different. The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 1 to 21 unless otherwise noted.
System Configuration According to Various Embodiments FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an interactive game system A10 according to various embodiments. The system A10 includes a controller A12 and a plurality of game devices or game machines G1, G2, G3,. . . GN (generally referred to herein as game machine A14). Each game machine A14 has a plurality of rotating reel type betting games, for example, a betting game such as a video slot machine. Each gaming machine A14 includes at least one display screen for viewing player results along with other player results. If the betting game is a video slot machine, the display screen can be used to view the betting game. The controller A12 is connected to the game machine A14 and controls the game machine A14. The controller A12 includes a central processing unit (CPU) A16, a random access memory A18, a read only memory A20, a programmable interface circuit A22, a display A24, a user interface A26, a random number generator A28, and one or more servers S1, S2, S3,. . . Includes SM (collectively referred to as server A30). Each server A30 is assigned to operate a specific number of game machines A14. The interface circuit A22 includes a multiplex transmission circuit. However, it should be understood that this multiplex transmission circuit can be replaced by an address / data bus and an appropriate decoder in the individual game machine A14. System A10 further includes a communication link A32. The communication link A32 electronically connects the controller A12 with the game machine A14. In order for the game machine A14 to have a completely random and random output as the stimulus function provided by the random number generator, the random number generator A28 communicates with the game machine A14 via the interface circuit A22 to control the game machine A14. To do. Individual game machines A14 are provided with realization means, for example push buttons, joysticks, video game pad arms, or touch screens to operate and play betting games.
  According to FIG. 1, the programmable interface circuit A22 may be programmed to perform data communication between the game machine A14 and the controller A12 when the game machine A14 and the controller A12 are arranged in different configurations. . In various embodiments, the controller A12 is located at one specific location and the individual gaming machines A14 are located at the internet location. In another embodiment, the controller A12 and the game machine A14 are physically located in the same place, for example, in the same casino. If the individual game machine A14 is located at an Internet location, the individual game machine A14 generally includes a player's personal computer and corresponding software. In various embodiments, the player downloads software available on the Internet by server A30. This software enables communication between the player and the controller A12 and allows the betting game and the desired theme game to be executed.
  When the system A10 is configured so that the game machine A14 is located at a remote place connected to the Internet, the inside of the casino is first displayed on the display screen of each player's personal computer. Programmed. The player can scroll around the casino using the keyboard or mouse. In one embodiment, the player's personal computer and software are configured to provide general casino environment audio. The “casino” displayed on the display screen includes a plurality of groups or rows of slot machines. Each group of slot machines is associated with a specific theme game. A mark is given to identify which group of slot machines is associated with a particular theme game. Each slot machine is associated with an icon representing a chair or stool. If a player decides to use a slot machine associated with a particular theme game, he / she will be the “chair” in front of one slot machine that is part of the row of gaming machines associated with the desired theme game. Click on the icon with your computer mouse. System A10 then marks that particular chair with the player's name or the pseudonym that the player is using online. A pre-programmed computer provides a specific screen configuration corresponding to the selected theme game. This will be described in detail below.
  The system 10 can be controlled by a software program that implements the steps of a process according to various embodiments. As described above, the system A10 can have any one of various configurations as described above, and the interface circuit A22 can transmit data between the controller A12 and the game machine A14 by the CPU A16. It should be understood that it can be configured to operate in a manner consistent with certain specific configurations. Similarly, as described above, controller A12 is an example of a suitable controller and it should be understood that other suitable controller configurations can be used.
  The game system A10 according to various embodiments can be played by one or more players. Some theme games are configured so that a plurality of players playing a game in a row of game machines can play a group game. When a group of players plays a game on the game system A10, the group of players is called a “group”. In some embodiments, the game may be configured in such a way that players play individually against a group instead of a group. In various embodiments, the system allows players to communicate with each other via email while simultaneously playing betting games.
Remote Participation in Live Casino Games Various embodiments relate to playing casino table-type games such as roulette and dice from a remote location while watching the actual game played in the casino or similar location.
  One of the games played in the casino is roulette. In this game, many players stand or sit around the table and bet by placing chips on the betting number grid in the block, the intersection of the blocks, black and red, odd and even selection. When the turntable is rotated and the turntable stops, the ball falls into a numbered pocket, which determines the winner of the game to be paid with various odds depending on the type of bet placed. Such games are played in casinos around the world. When a game is played, there is usually considerable interest and excitement around the table.
  The roulette game is also played via the Internet. In this case, there is a roulette table betting grid and rotation of the turntable that are simulated by a computer. This type of game begins wherever a computer can be installed and the necessary telecommunications can be prepared. Players can bet on the Internet for entertainment purposes only or by creating and using a credit card account. With the Internet and other telecommunications, you can roulette from anywhere in the world if you have the necessary equipment.
  A similar situation exists for other casino games such as blackjack, dice and baccarat. In each of these games, the player bets on the table and there is a player interaction when the game is played in addition to the reaction in the crowd gaze.
  In various embodiments, a player sets up a casino and information link from an interface station that includes a video monitor and a keypad. In response to the input of the player's financial account information, the casino sets up an information line with the player's financial institution. The casino allocates a game table on which a live game is being performed to the player, and transmits all game images and descriptions to the player. The player transmits bet and game execution information to the casino. Since the casino and the player's financial institution are open lines, bets are checked, paid in case of winning, and charged in case of losing.
  Various embodiments include systems and methods for interacting with roulette at a location remote from the actual casino table while experiencing and watching the live action of the casino in which the game is being played. According to various embodiments, the camera follows a game being played at a casino roulette table. The microphone picks up the voice of game play with the table player.
  In some embodiments, terminals are deployed at various locations within the casino that are remote from the table. The terminal is connected to a distribution device that provides the necessary communication between the remote terminal player and the game played at the casino table.
  The remote terminal accepts cash or a credit card and sets up a player's account. The remote terminal displays an image (video) of the actual casino table where the game is being played. The remote terminal also includes a computer (microprocessor) having various functions by itself. These functions include the creation of a table betting lattice and the display of an electronic depiction, which in some embodiments also has a touch-type keypad. The terminal player uses the keypad and places the bet electronically, usually on a computer depiction of the table betting lattice under the casino (house) roulette rules. The player also uses the touchpad to select the bet amount to be placed. The remote terminal microprocessor is programmed with the necessary information regarding payout odds when the player makes a winning bet. The game will proceed in the usual way at the casino table. A bet is not accepted at a given time, usually just before or when the ball is placed on the turntable. This sends a signal to the computers at the remote terminals, prohibiting players at these terminals from placing further bets. The player at the remote terminal can see the actual game play at the casino table and the player's reaction. When the ball falls in the pocket of the turntable and the game at the casino is over, the player sees the winning number result. The result is made available electronically also at the remote terminal.
  In various embodiments, the remote terminal microprocessor maintains terminal player account balance information. When the game win number result is communicated to the remote terminal, the terminal microprocessor calculates for the placed bet. If the bet is lost, the bet amount is deducted from the player's account. If the bet is victorious, the winning amount is calculated in normal casino odds, or other odds are set and the appropriate winning amount is given to the player account.
  Various embodiments relate to a player who may be effectively anywhere in the world without being in a casino. Here, the game played in the casino is chased by the camera, and the game play image and result are communicated to a remote place via remote communication. As a transmission mode, the Internet is intended for a player who plays a roulette game using a device such as a personal computer or a TV set connected to the Internet using a control box provided by WEBTV or AOLTV. It can be a satellite or other wired or wireless communication system. The device can be installed or portable for wireless communication. Programs with the features of the casino remote terminal described above, such as betting odds calculation, generation, and betting grid, display to place bets on the grid, are installed on the remote terminal player's device or downloaded Can be done.
  In a remote player embodiment, a game played in a casino may be viewed by a remote player and the game play audio may be heard. The player maintains an account on the player's own device, preferably in a player's own device, which can be accessed by communication with the player's device, such as a bank or credit company. The player follows the table game by watching the transmission from the camera. When the game is completed at the casino, the results are transmitted and the player's computer performs the necessary win / loss calculations based on the game results, which are entered into the player account of the player's device.
  In some embodiments, a player who is not at the casino table can experience actual table play and crowd reactions and bet without having to be physically at the casino table. The betting result is calculated at the player's location, the player's account total is presented in a row, and the player can view his betting results and monitor the bet amount.
  Various embodiments relate to games played at tables such as blackjack, dice, baccarat, and similar games.
  Various embodiments follow the actual game being played at the casino table and use the casino results to determine betting results, while the player can remotely play roulette and other casino table types. You may be able to play games.
  Various embodiments may be used by a player at a terminal or other device away from the game being played at the casino, following the game at the casino table, where the player places a bet using a computer located at the terminal or device, Systems and methods are provided for playing roulette and other casino table type games in which the game is played and the wins and losses are calculated.
  Various embodiments provide a method and system for viewing roulette or other table games played at a casino from a remote location where bets are placed, with wins and losses being adjusted to the remote player's account balance.
  FIG. 2 shows a conventional roulette table B10 commonly used in casinos. Although various embodiments are described in connection with a roulette table, the principles can be applied to other table games such as blackjack, dice and baccarat. The table has a normal turntable B12 in which the ball B11 is dropped by the body at the start of the game and is manually rotated. The sphere B11 is placed on the tray B11a during a period when it is not normally used. The betting grid B13 is on the table, and the grid includes a regular format of numbered squares or rectangles, and other betting areas such as odd / even numbers and red / black. A player places a bet by placing one or more predetermined units of chips at the number, corner intersection, red / black, etc.
  Shown above the table is a video camera B14, such as a full color video camera. Camera B14 can be hidden like many cameras used in casinos for surveillance purposes. Or, for example, if a remote play feature is being advertised, it can be a stand-alone type. The field of view of the camera is limited to the player's hand when the player places a bet on the table, and the player's face need not be shown. This is done to protect the player's privacy. Similarly, a microphone B16 is installed to pick up the crowd noise of the player. The microphone can be directional to pick up the sound of the rotating disk and sphere.
  An output cable B16 of the camera B14 and an output cable B17 of the microphone B15 are shown. These are connected to a distribution device B20 at a suitable location including the broadcast equipment type used in the system. For example, if the game is only used by a casino remote terminal, a closed circuit TV system type is used. When the camera and audio output are broadcast over the Internet, suitable transmitters such as “streaming video” and “streaming audio” are used. When broadcasting is performed by satellite, communication such as digital transmission is used.
  Similarly, the control box B18 is related to the table B10. This is used to indicate a specific event during play, such as the start of a game and the end of a bet on the game, ie a bet status signal. The control box B18 can be operated in a suitable manner, such as manual operation by closing, operation by voice, and operation at a remote location such as by an operator at a central location monitoring table play. In some embodiments, the control box B18 can be associated with a physical device such as, for example, a tray T on which a game ball is placed and having a microswitch or other type of sensor. When a ball is placed in the tray, a signal instructing the start of a bet for a new game is output, and when a ball is removed from the tray and placed on a turntable, a signal indicating the end of the bet for the game is output. The end of the bet can be instructed by a motion detector or a video camera that detects the start of rotation of the turntable and the start of betting for a new game by detecting the rotation stoppage of the turntable. These bet status signals are transmitted to the remote terminal via the distribution device B20.
  FIG. 3 shows a remote terminal B40 for use in a casino or other location. The remote terminal B40 has an input unit B39 for receiving data signals originating from video and tables. The terminal B40 includes a video display B42 that receives a video image of the action of the table B10 broadcast from the casino camera B14. There is also an audio module B46 with suitable volume control for controlling and executing the speakers and the audio picked up from the casino by the microphone and other audio information as described below. The image of the game being played at the table and the sound of the table are characteristics that give a sense of presence to the player who is playing the game away from the casino.
  Terminal B40 also includes a computer module B48 having a microprocessor and memory. That is, the terminal has an application program that can generate various displays and perform calculations necessary for continuous account maintenance regarding game odds and player wins and losses. The terminal computer module B48 receives the bet result and bet situation type signals generated in the table B10.
  The remote terminal B40 also includes a display B44 consisting essentially of three sections. The display B44 is controlled by the terminal computer module B48, and a connection communication line B50 between them is shown.
  The display B44 has a section B44a that displays the table betting lattice generated by the computer module B48. This section can also display other information such as odds and bet combinations for various bets. The latter type of information can be displayed continuously or only when requested.
  The second section B44b of the display B44 is a touch type screen having a numeric keypad B53 with normal numbers 0-9, a touch type input key B54, and a display window B55 for displaying input data. A part of the menu of the touch screen B44b includes a key set for selecting a bet type, that is, a serial number, a combination of numbers, red / black, and odd / even. The third section B44c displays the player's account balance. All sections of display B44 are generated and controlled by terminal computer module B48.
  The audio module B46 of the terminal B40 also interacts with the computer module B48. The voice module may be used to provide information to assist a player's bet. For example, the voice module may give a message that will indicate the start of a new game, instruct the player to place a bet on the grid number, and indicate that the bet is over. Instead of a voice message, it can be displayed in one of the sections of the display B44, and a combination of voice and visual messages is also possible.
  The bill receiver B47 is also a part of the terminal B40. Here, the player inserts a bill to set up an account. The bill acceptor accepts one or more units of money, the type used in casinos or other types. When the player inserts one or more banknotes into the receiver to open an account, the value is displayed on display section B44c. Also, the receiver B47 can be replaced by a credit card reader, or a credit card reader can be added to the receiver.
  The remote terminal B40 also has an internal printer B49. When the player finishes the game at the terminal, it is possible to request a printout of the account provided by printer B49. The printed output can be presented to the casino treasurer for cashing or tipping when the account balance is positive. If the player is playing with a credit card, the player will be able to electronically input the winning portion of the player's account stored in computer module B48 into a credit card company or bank credit account. Can be requested. A player can obtain cash from an ATM machine using a credit card.
  In the operation of the remote terminal B40 for a new player, the player inserts a bill into the receiver B47 or uses a credit card. This opens the terminal and displays the account amount in section B44c. Subsequently, the player selects the desired bet amount, that is, the base amount of the bet corresponding to the chip. For example, if you open an account of $ 100 and want a bet of $ 5, if you actually play at the casino table, you have an amount equivalent to 20 $ 5 chips. One or more stacks of appropriately valued electronic chips can be displayed on the electronic betting lattice section B44a and the like. The value of the chip can be any amount, for example a small amount of 25 cents. In casino tables where the minimum bet is often $ 5 or $ 10, small bet amounts are usually not allowed. The remote terminal expands the amount that the customer base and casino owner or game performer can set during the game.
  The player can view the game in progress at the casino table on the video display B42 and play along with the casino game. The video display B42 is preferably always turned on to solicit games at the terminal.
  Players are encouraged to place bets as new games begin. The start of an audio or visual new game message is triggered by a control box B18 associated with the casino table. For example, when the ball B11 is placed on the tray B11 or the turntable stops rotating, the casino distributor broadcasts this to the remote terminal. The player inputs a bet through the touch screen B44b. That is, the player selects whether the bet is a serial number, combination or other bet. Different bet types can be selected as in casino table play. When placing a bet, the player can refer to the betting grid in display section B44a. Instead of a touch-type screen section B44b for specifying a number or other type of bet, it is possible to select the number by a point / click with a computer mouse on the electronic grid table B44a. Such a configuration is particularly useful when the terminal is a PC or other device that is physically separate from the casino. In a PC or similar device, a portion of the display screen is available for video display and the other is available for computer generated functions such as a betting lattice. In a device using an AOLTV or WEBTV conversion box or similar device, the display screen of the television screen is divided in the same way.
  The selected bet type is displayed in window B55. If the bet is a combination, the player enters a number or grid intersection number. This is also displayed in the window B55. The number, intersection, red / black or odd / even bet is displayed in the electronic multiply section B44a. Next, the player inputs the bet amount displayed in the window B55. The bet amount can also be displayed on the betting lattice section B44a by showing the amount of chips selected at the stack of electronic chips or at the proper lattice position. Chips to bet are removed from electronic chips purchased by the player.
  The completed bet is displayed in window B55. If the display content can be agreed, the player touches the input key B54. If you do not agree, betting is canceled by touching a key on the keypad B53, such as a star key, or a special cancel key provided in section B44b. At this time, the bet data is input to the memory of the terminal computer module B48. When a mouse is used, an input or cancel box displayed on the screen is designated and clicked with the mouse.
  The player places an additional bet emanating from the control box B18 of the casino game table until a signal such as removing a ball from the tray B11a or starting to rotate the turntable indicates the end of the bet for the current game. It is possible. The remote terminal computer B48 is disabled from accepting bets. This is informed to the player at the remote terminal either by voice or by a computer generated viewable message or both. Within the time allotted to place a bet, the player at the terminal can see the player's behavior at the casino table B10 and the bet placed.
  The game is played at the casino table B10, and both the casino and the remote terminal player can see the rotation of the turntable and the fall of the ball. Table audio is also broadcast to the remote terminal player. The game result, that is, the winning number of the pocket where the ball has dropped and its color are sent from the casino distributor B20 to each remote terminal. The computer module B48 of the remote terminal B40 calculates whether there is a win or a loss using the game result and the placed bet information. If losing, the computer deducts the bet amount from the player's account. If winning, the remote terminal computer module B48 calculates the amount of victory according to the type of odds and the bet amount. That is, each serial number and number combination has different odds, red / black and odd / even are the same odds, but different from the number type bet. Computer B48 has a program that provides this calculation. The calculated winning amount is entered into the player's account. The account amount is displayed in the display section B44c.
  In this way, a player away from the actual casino table can follow the actual game and experience much of the real player's reaction and sound in the casino. As a result, participation of remote players in the play becomes more realistic and interesting.
  The above description is based on standard casino settings such as those found in Nevada and New Jersey. That is, a religious or veteran organization holds a gambling night. Like the remote terminal and communication device, the roulette table and camera are taken to the tissue location. Remote terminals can be installed anywhere for people who want to play alone or handle overflowing people.
  Although various embodiments are described with respect to a roulette table, application to other casino table play type games is possible. For example, the present invention can be applied to a casino dice table having a camera and a microphone as described above. Here, the remote terminal has a video display of the casino dice table and a description of the table generated by the computer. A remote terminal player places a bet and plays a game with a casino player. Again, appropriate bet status signals are sent to the remote terminal to indicate bet start and end, additional bet settings, and game results. As described above, the program in the remote terminal computer module calculates a win based on house odds or other odds and places it into the player account on the remote terminal. Loss is deducted.
  The video display by the remote terminal of the actual game content can also be applied to blackjack, poker and baccarat.
  An independent remote terminal can be prepared for each type of game, or one general-purpose terminal can be prepared for two or more types of table games.
  Because individual features may be combined with other features according to various embodiments, certain features of the various embodiments are shown in one or more figures for convenience only. Alternative embodiments will be recognized by those skilled in the art and are intended to be included within the scope of the claims. Accordingly, the foregoing description is to be construed as illustrative and not limiting.
Casino with Online Participation FIG. 4A shows a casino providing in-house and online (on network) games according to various embodiments. In FIG. 4A, casino C105 includes various gaming devices such as slot machine C110 and blackjack C115. (Those skilled in the art will recognize other games offered by Casino C105). Casino C105 also includes a server C120 that tracks the activities of the players in the casino. As described above, when the player uses the slot machine C110 or the blackjack table C115, the player's coin insertion, victory and others are all tracked via the server C120. The tracked data can be stored locally on server C 120 or stored on an off-site secure server (see bottom of FIG. 5). Furthermore, although the server C120 is shown as being located within the area of the casino C105, it can also be located outside the casino C105.
  Casino C105 also provides an online game website C125. Website C125 offers a similar internet game as provided at casino C105, but does not use physical equipment available in-house. For example, the website C125 can provide an online version of a slot machine game C130 or a blackjack game C135. Credits used by players in internet games can be used from any location. For example, a player can enter a credit card number on website C125, and website C125 then issues credit to the player in exchange for the player's charge on the credit card. Alternatively, the player can use credits associated with the player's account. Systems for transferring credits from a player's account to a gaming machine are described in US patent application Ser. No. 09 / 134,285 filed Apr. 14, 1998 and Nov. 19, 2000, incorporated herein by reference. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09 / 694,065, filed today. Those skilled in the art will recognize how the system can be modified to transfer credits to websites that provide internet games.
  To utilize website C125, a user connects to website C125 from a computer, such as computer system C140, over network C145. Computer system C140 typically includes a computer C145, a monitor C150, a keyboard C155, and a mouse C160. Although computer system C140 is shown as a desktop personal computer, those skilled in the art will recognize that other types of computers are contemplated in various embodiments. For example, the computer system C140 can be an Internet device with a monitor C150, a keyboard C155, and a mouse C160 integrated into the housing of the computer C145. The computer system C140 can take other forms: for example, a personal digital assistant (PDA) or other portable device, or a cellular phone. Selectable devices not shown in FIG. 4A as part of computer system C140 include input / output devices such as printers. Not shown in FIG. 4A are the conventional internal components of computer system C140: for example, central processing unit, memory, file system, and the like. Similarly, network C145 may be a variety of networks such as a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a wireless network, a global network, etc. (such as the Internet). Network C145 can be any combination of the above networks used to connect computer system C140 and website C125.
  Although FIG. 4A shows that website C125 is stored on server C120 in casino C105, those skilled in the art will recognize that website C125 may be stored on other servers. Similarly, since the website C125 is accessible via the server C105 or is completely isolated, a route via the server C120 is not required for connection to the website C125. For example, FIG. 4B shows an alternative embodiment. In FIG. 4B, the website C125 is opened by a server C150 independent of the casino C105. The server C150 can be owned by the casino C105, but is physically separated from the server C120. In this embodiment where server C150 and server C120 are separate devices, server C150 generally does not store player tracking information that is preferably stored on server C120. The server C150 may be installed in a different environment, outside the casino C105. Alternatively, the server C150 may be a third party server operated by a third party in place of the casino C105 (but in response to an instruction from the casino C105). Those skilled in the art will recognize other possible variations.
  If the casino C105 does not own and operate its own server C150, the casino C105 needs to be able to track the player's behavior on the website C125. To enable this tracking, server C150 can report player behavior to casino C105. Connection C155 allows server C150 to report player behavior to casino C105. Those skilled in the art will recognize that connection C155 need not be a direct physical connection. The server C150 can be connected to the casino C105 via the network C145.
  4A and 4B illustrate a website C125 that provides the same online game as the casino in-house game, the website C125 may provide other forms of entertainment to the player. For example, instead of playing for money, website C125 may provide players with fun-to-play. In this configuration, the player does not bet his own money when using the website C125. However, the casino C105 may track the player's behavior to reward the player's loyalty. For example, a player may get points that can be redeemed at a casino. In this way, the casino does not benefit directly from the player's behavior, but indirectly because the player visits the casino to redeem the points earned and hopefully spends money on gambling at the casino. There is a motivation for profit. In addition, if the casino offers multiple websites to the player, some of those websites can be configured as online games and other websites can be configured for entertainment.
  Returning to FIG. 4A, when a player plays, for example, a slot machine C110 or a blackjack table C115 in the casino C105, information about the player is tracked. Similarly, when a player plays online at the website C125, for example, a slot machine game C130 or a blackjack game C135, information about the player is tracked. In some embodiments, the combined data is stored on a secure server at a remote location (as shown at the bottom of FIG. 5). In the second embodiment, the combined data is stored in the server C120. Regardless of where the data is stored, the combined data gives the casino more information about the players that would otherwise not have.
  4A and 4B show only a single casino, those skilled in the art will recognize that various embodiments may include multiple casinos. For example, a single website may track online game behavior for players enrolled in one or more casinos. Furthermore, a single casino has one or more websites (opened on one or more servers, all different from server C120) by reporting player tracking data to server C120. Is possible. Those skilled in the art will recognize other possible variations.
  FIG. 5 shows a player communicating via the casino server of FIG. 4A, according to some embodiments. In FIG. 5, a computer system 140 that communicates with a server C120 is shown. The server C120 communicates with the ASP server C205 in communication with the safety server C210 at the subsequent stage of the firewall C215. The safety server C210 stores sensitive data: for example, player tracking data that stores data relating to player behavior and personal information in addition to a number of possibilities.
  The ASP server C205 manages secure communication between the server C120 and the safety server C210. In the preferred embodiment, server C120 sends extensible markup language (XML) to ASP server C205, which is only allowed access to server C210 following firewall C215. However, those skilled in the art recognize that the server C120 can communicate with the ASP server C205 by means other than using XML. By causing the safety server C210 to communicate with the ASP server instead of the safety server C210, the data requiring attention is safely maintained on the safety server C210. However, when the request is transmitted in a correct manner, the data is sent from outside the firewall C215. Is accessible. The ASP server C205 is able to communicate with the secure server C210 to obtain a response to a request that is securely sent to the server C120, preferably using XML. Server C120 can convert the XML response to hypertext markup language (HTML) using extensible stylesheet language (XSL) transformation (XSLT). The resulting HTML can be displayed to the player on computer system C140.
  Communication between the server C120 and the ASP server C205 can be encrypted. Any encryption scheme can be used: the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) cryptographic protocol used on the Internet can be applied to encrypt communications. Similarly, communication between the ASP server C205 and the safety server C210 is preferably encrypted.
  As an example of how the communication configuration of FIG. 5 can be used, consider the case where a player wants to update personal information. (In this example, encrypted communication is not described, but those skilled in the art will recognize how to introduce encryption into this example.) Personal information requires caution (players do not want to be disclosed) The data is stored in the safety server C210 subsequent to the firewall C215. Thus, using the server C120, a player can request browsing of his / her player data. (It is assumed that at this point the player has identified himself to the system.) The browser request made to server C120 is converted to an XML request for ASP server C205 that is forwarded to safety server C210. The safety server C210 responds with personal information in XML format and transferred to the server C120. Server C120 uses XSLT to convert the XML data into HTML pages that are presented to the user. Using the form, the player can update personal information. The data in the XML format is entered in the ASP server C205 that can update the database on the safety server C210. The ASP server C205 returns the XML confirmation message to the server C120 that uses the XSLT again to convert the XML confirmation message into HTML presented to the user.
Player Registration Of course, before the benefits of FIGS. 6 and 7 can be received, the player must be registered with the casino. The most traditional way for a player to register with the system is to have the player come to the casino for registration. An employee of the casino inputs player data (a form prepared by the player or data presented by the player on the spot) to the computer and issues a player card to the player. Thereafter, if the player uses a player card on any game device, the system can track the player's behavior. On the player card, it is possible to press a number unique to that game card: the player can use that number for identification purposes when playing online games.
  There are other ways in which a player's system can be registered instead of sending the player to a casino for account registration. For example, a player can fill out an electronic form on the Internet. The player can then be mailed a player card and / or electronically issued an identification number that can be used for online games.
  Other methods are possible for registering a player. For example, software exists that allows the location of a computer's Internet Protocol (IP) address to be located. With such software, the player's location is ascertained without having to type any information. When a player sets up an account for the first time, the system can confirm the player's location based on the IP address. However, since an IP address identifies a computer rather than an individual, it cannot be determined from the IP address who is using the computer. Furthermore, if the IP address is dynamically assigned, the computer cannot even be identified and identified.
  Instead of assigning an identification number to the player, the player's existing ID may be used. For example, each state assigns a state-specific driver's license number to the individual. A player can only be identified by a combination of issuing state and ID number. The player enters this information into the system, which can transfer this information to a third party database. The third party database returns information about the player. The combination of issuing state and ID number can be used both for obtaining information about a player for registration purposes (in setting up a player account) and for identification purposes (to use an account).
  In various embodiments, a combination of methods is used for player registration. First, the computer's IP address is checked to determine the player's location. The player is then prompted for an ID number and issuer. The ID number and issuer are transferred to a third party database to confirm the player's location determined by the IP address and to obtain demographic information. When the player's location is confirmed, an account is registered using the player's IP address, ID number, and issuer. However, if the player's location is not confirmed, the player calls or personally visits the casino and asks a casino employee to register the player's account.
Setting Player Preferences Various embodiments provide a gaming machine that is customized to one or more player preferences. The player may view and change the player reference stored in the player reference as preferred account information. Favorite account information, favorite point account information, favorite point account setting, privilege opportunity, favorite game features for favorite games, favorite game machine settings, favorite bonus games, favorite service options, and favorite progress games Is included, but is not limited thereto. Favorite account information may be stored in a plurality of favorite accounts of a favorite account server. Using a preferred account interface that is compatible with a web browser, a player can view preferred account information stored on a preferred account server from a gaming device, home computer, hotel room video interface and casino kiosk. It may be possible to change.
Detecting collusion Poker games are known to be a mixed game that combines opportunity and technology or strategy. In poker games, it is known that two or more players can adjust the play strategy to lose the fairness of the game in order to be advantageous over the rest of the game.
  Some embodiments will be described with particular reference to a system for detecting and managing collusion in poker games. However, this application is not to be construed as limiting in various embodiments.
  Referring to FIG. 8, a system for detecting and managing collusion in a poker game is generally indicated by reference number (D1). The system (D1) includes a game server (D2) and portals (D3a, D3b) in the form of a website on the Internet's world wide web. In this embodiment, each of the portal websites is an online casino website that is opened on a corresponding casino web server (not shown). For convenience, various embodiments will be described with reference to only two online casino websites (D3a, D3b). Each casino website (D3a, D3b) can be accessed by one or more potential poker players (not shown). Individual poker players access the casino website by means of a computer workstation operable on the Internet with a display (D5) and attached mouse, or alternatively a pointing device (D6) such as a touchpad. To do. In this embodiment, although the casino website (D3b) is shown connected to two computer workstations, the casino website (D3a) is logically connected to the casino website. It is shown having one computer workstation (D4). By those skilled in the art, the casino websites (D3a, D3b) can be ethically connected to any number of computer workstations (D4) at the same time, the number of which is physically limited only by considerations of processing power and internet access bandwidth. Perceived to be constrained.
  The system (D1) further includes a management facility (D13) in the form of an application server that communicates with the game server (D2) via a communication channel (D12). Details of the application web server (D13) are outlined in the following description. The system (D1) also includes a collusion detection server (D14) that can communicate with the game server (D2) via the communication channel (D12).
  Game server (D2), online casino web server (not shown) corresponding to online websites (D3a, D3b), computer workstation (D4), application web server (D13) and collusion detection server (D14) are open communication They can communicate with each other via channels, in this embodiment the Internet. The Internet is a single packet switch communication network, but for convenience it is shown in FIG. 8 as independent logical communication channels (D7, D8, D9, D10, D11 and D12).
  The application web server (D13) maintains an account settlement facility (D15) having an account corresponding to each of the casino websites (D3a, D3b). Similarly, each online casino web server (D3a, D3b) has a credit account facility (D16a) with a credit account corresponding to each player participating in the poker game via one of the computer workstations (D4). , D16b). In the illustrated embodiment, the credit account facility (D16b) has two player-related credit accounts, while the credit account facility (D16a) has an associated single player account.
  The game server (D2) operates under a stored program that allows a predetermined maximum number of players, for example, eight players to participate in one game of the poker game. When the number of players reaches this predetermined number, the stored program causes a new game to be started that allows the participation of eight more players. Furthermore, in this embodiment, fixed limit games exceeding $ 1 / $ 2, $ 2 / $ 4, $ 5 / $ 10, $ 10 / $ 20, $ 20 / $ 40, $ 20 / $ 40, and pots For each of the different levels of play consisting of a limit game, a game with a different stored program is started. In this way, the game server can make as many requests as possible to a group of players who wish to run the game with different levels of play in groups of up to 8 players under a stored program. An independent game can be executed. Individual games started in this way are handled completely independently of other games.
  Online casino websites (D3a, D3b) allow players who wish to participate in the game to request participation in the game by one of the computer workstations (D4) If participation is allowed, it will be possible to bet at that time. Individual participating players are presented in the same graphical user interface (GUI) by means of programs stored in the game server (D2) on the display (D5) of the respective computer workstation (D4). . The GUI allows the player to make a desired game play decision and allows the player to play a poker game (not shown) with an appropriate icon that allows other participating players to monitor the game play decisions of the same game. Provide appropriate indications).
  As shown in FIG. 9, the stored program is executed by any one of the participating players at the turning point of the poker game and the betting means (D17) that allows any participating player to bet at the turning point of the game. An identification means (D18) is provided that can determine whether the placed bet is successful or unsuccessful. The program stored in the game server (D2) is positive for all games that are allowed to participate in the game and data that represents the corresponding portals (D3a, D3b) used by each participating player to access the game. The dynamic registration (D19) of all the players who participate in the game is also maintained. The dynamic register (D19) also includes data representing the times of the game in which the player is participating. The application web server (D13) also determines the betting of the participating players after the end of the game turning point.
  In use, a player who wishes to participate in a poker game uses the computer workstation (D4) to access the online casino website (D3a, D3b) selected by the player. A player is presented with an icon (not shown) in the GUI on his computer workstation, which allows the user to request to participate in a poker game at the desired play level. The player's participation request is forwarded by the online casino website (D3a, D3b) to the game server (D2) which arbitrates and processes the request in the following manner: If all existing poker games played at the desired play level are being played by eight players, the existing games are completely occupied and the player wishing to participate is not allowed to participate. The user is informed of the situation and is encouraged to join the waiting list of players who want to join. 2. If one of the existing poker games played at the desired play level is available, the player who wants to join is removed from the waiting list and allowed to join the game, allowing the player to play the game and bet The appropriate GUI is presented to the newly authorized player for placement. The registration of the player who wants to participate is updated with data indicating the online casino website (D3a, D3b) that the player is allowed to participate in, and similar to the specific game that the player is permitted to Includes details of newly authorized players. 4). When the waiting list of players who want to participate in a game of a specific play level becomes sufficient, for example, 4 or 5 players, the game server will create a new round of games at that level so that players on the waiting list can participate. And the list is cleared. 5. The registration of the player who wants to participate is updated with data indicating the online casino website (D3a, D3b) that the player is allowed to participate in, and similar to the specific game that the player is permitted to Includes details of newly authorized players for newly started games.
  Any player can always leave a participating poker game once the game is complete. When a participating player exits a poker game, the following actions occur as a result of the player exiting: The GUI corresponding to the poker game on the computer workstation is replaced with one that allows selection of play of other casino games. 2. The details of the player who leaves are excluded from the active player registration. 3. The remaining game fields are analyzed in order to finish the game with the missing participants and bring the participating players in these fields into one game field with many participants.
  A player who participates in any place of the game uses betting means (D17) to place bets from time to time during the entire poker game as described above and to make the required game play decisions in progress. . When the game is complete, the identification means (D18) determines which player is the winner of the game, and the application web server (D13) is placed by the player participating in the game at that time. Settle your bets: The game server (D2) notifies the online casino website (D3a, D3b) related to the individual player who played the game. The individual online websites (D3a, D3b) charge the associated player's individual account by the same amount as the player's bet amount. 2. The account settlement of the online website (D3a, D3b) associated with the individual player who bet on the game round is charged by the same amount as the bet amount corresponding to the player. 3. The account settlement of the online website (D3a, D3b) associated with the player who has successfully placed a bet on that game is filled in by the same amount as the sum of all bets including successful bets. 4). The game server (D2) alerts the relevant online websites (D3a, D3b) of the successful player, who will place all bets, including successful bets, in the successful player's personal credit account. Enter only the same amount as the total.
  A bet placed by a participating player in a game is made using credits purchased by the player prior to participating in the game. For this purpose, the individual online casinos (D3a, D3b) include credit issuing means (not shown) that can issue credits to any player wishing to participate in the poker game. The player purchases the credit by means of a conventional debit card payment or a known debit card payment, which will not be described in detail. Whenever a player purchases credit from the credit issuing means, the corresponding online casino (D3a, D3b) enters in the player's credit account the same amount as purchased by the player.
  In various embodiments, the application server (D13) deducts a portion of the total of all bets at each game as a collection of operator profits for the game server (D2) and online casino websites (D3a, D3b). To do. A portion of the collection is entered into the checkout account of each online casino (D3a, D3b) as a function of the percentage of players participating in the game round via a specific casino website. As a variation of this embodiment, the checkout account of the casino (D3a, D3b) associated with the player who successfully placed a bet in the game round is the same as the sum of all bets, including successful bets, less than the amount collected. Will be filled in. Similarly, the credit account of a player who has successfully placed a bet is filled with an amount equal to the sum of all bets, including successful bets, less than the amount collected.
  The collusion detection server (D14) maintains the recording means in the form of a collusion detection database (D20) whose details will be explained later. The collusion detection server (D14) operates under the control of a stored program that can record the history of individual players participating in the poker game arena at any point in time. The play history includes the bet amount for each individual game in which the player participated, along with the corresponding bet results. The outcome of a bet is considered to be the profit of the bet if successful and the amount of bet that will be confiscated if the bet fails. In this particular embodiment, the result of a successful bet is the sum of the amount of all bets by players participating in the poker game times minus the amount bet by the winner and the amount collected. The recorded information is recorded in the collusion detection database (D20).
  As shown in FIG. 10, the program stored in the conspiracy detection server (D14) provides a ranking facility (D21) that can extract the corresponding main statistics from the recorded play of each player. Each time a player's play history is updated with the results of a further game of the player's participation, the player's primary statistics are recalculated by the ranking facility (D21). The extracted main statistical values are stored in the collusion detection database (D20). The key statistic is the player's win / loss ratio over all games, calculated as: win .times ./. Times. Loss .times. .Times. (All .times. .Times. Hands. .times. played) = Units +/- na: where Units +/- is the sum of all bets; na is the number of hands made by the player.
  The stored program in the collusion detection server (D14) also provides a monitoring means for continuously monitoring the main statistical values of any player in the collusion detection database (D20). If the main statistical value of any player changes beyond a predetermined threshold, the monitoring means (D21) generates an output in the form of a flag. Such changes indicate changes in the player's play pattern and serve as an indicator of the possibility of collusion by the player deserving further investigation. In order to minimize the possibility of false flag generation, the ranking facility (D21) provides key statistics for players whose play history has exceeded 300 games recorded in the collusion detection server (D14). Take out. The winning / losing ratio of a specific player varies depending on the level at which the game is played, and it is considered that the player is more careful than when playing a game at a high level. For this reason, the ranking facility (D21) calculates the main statistics for each player for each level at which the game is played. In this case, the level of play is as follows: games from $ 1 / $ 2, games from $ 2 / $ 4 to $ 5 / $ 10, games from $ 10 / $ 20 to $ 20 / $ 40 Fixed limit games over $ 20 / $ 40, pot limit games, and no limit games. Thus, the main statistical value of a specific level of play is drawn by the ranking facility (D21) only when the play history of 300 games is recorded for the specific level of play.
  The stored program in the collusion detection server (D14) controls the control facility (based on the flag generated by the monitoring means (D21) by stopping the corresponding player from further participation in the poker game ( D23) is also provided.
  The ranking facility (D21) also calculates secondary statistical values for individual players. If the primary statistic is a positive value indicating a winning player, the first secondary statistic is a breakdown of the player's victory from other players in the game. If an excessive percentage of the player's victory comes from one or more players, the monitoring means (D22) generates a flag. Such a distorted victory pattern is a further indicator of a winning player's collusion.
  A secondary statistic that is further calculated when a player's primary statistic indicates a negative and losing player is a breakdown of that player's loss over other players in the game. If an excessive percentage of the player's losing comes from one or more players, the monitoring means (D22) generates a flag.
  Further calculated secondary statistics are calculated as follows: raise with or without raising hand = R / RH where R = total number of raises; RH = number of raising hands.
  Individual game play decisions that raise a previous bet by the player are analyzed by an analysis facility (D24) connected to the game server (D2). The analysis facility (D24) evaluates whether the game play decision is optimal in light of the card of the player's hand. A ratio close to 1 indicates that the player is raising correctly. A ratio much greater than 1 indicates that the player is overraising with a hand that is not adapted to the raising hand. This indicates that the player is a poor player or conspirator, and the flag is raised by the monitoring means (D22).
  As a further statistic, the loss resulting from all raises of the player is resolved and analyzed. If the losing ratio for one or more other participating players is excessively high, the monitoring means (D22) raises the flag.
  We believe that the previous two secondary statistics can be used advantageously to quickly analyze new participating players. With a record of the game play history of only 20 or 30 times, these secondary statistics are accurate enough for the monitoring means (D22) to raise the flag as needed.
Sports Bets Various embodiments provide systems and methods for performing sports and event betting. According to one aspect, the ease of using a network (eg, the Internet, a mobile phone system, and / or other types of networks) is combined with sports and event betting in a fixed casino. In this way, sports and other types of event bets are improved because the bets are more convenient for the bettor.
  According to one embodiment, the bettor is a professional and college football, soccer, baseball, basketball, car race, ice hockey, as well as cricket on a website (eg, via the internet and / or other types of networks). Bet on other sports or events, including rugby, and various sports tournaments including NCAA Men's and Women's Basketball Championships and World Cup Soccer. Other events where bets are placed include, for example, a type of event where the winner of a reality television show (e.g., Survivor Reality Show) is chosen, when the first person landed on Mars, or the winner of the US presidential election Includes the type of event you choose.
  According to one embodiment, a website (eg, made available via the Internet or other type of network) includes a listing of all bets that may be placed. According to another embodiment, the bettor selects a bet made online and registers the bet with the casino. One advantage of this is evident for complex or multiple selection events involving multiple selections of occurring events. For example, a bet that includes all 63 games and 54 teams of the NCAA Men's Basketball Championship Tournament is a complex bet that requires multiple event selection. As another example, selection of fantasy league teams (eg, for the National Football League) includes 30 team members or positions and 60 selections for each position, further complicating the betting process. However, such traditional betting has been limited to being made at gaming facilities by the bettor. According to one aspect, the bettor is allowed to bet outside the gaming facility and legally pay for bets.
  According to various embodiments, a bettor may apply to a website operator to consider a bet. According to various embodiments, the registration number is issued by a website operator if betting is permitted. According to various embodiments, the bettor then proceeds to a fixed casino operating the website and pays for the registered bet. According to various embodiments, legal issues relating to Internet betting in the United States are reduced or eliminated by allowing bettors to actually pay for bets at a fixed casino. Since the bettor can decide and bet before going to the casino, this method is sure to provide convenience to the bettor. In addition, since the bettor is required to visit the casino for payment, such a method provides the casino bettor with the necessary customer launches to facilitate play of other games.
  FIG. 17 illustrates an example process for making sports and event bets in accordance with various embodiments. At block E200, process E230 begins with the player deciding to place a bet on a sport or other event. At block E202, the person placing the bet signs other resources accessible on the website or via the communications network. In one example system, a player accesses a website that includes an interface (eg, a graphical user interface (GUI)) from which the player may log on for security. In addition, the player is allowed access to account information and / or information specific to the bettor. This interface is used to access a website or the Internet, or to access other interfaces (e.g., an interface used to access a download website for downloading betting software). It's okay. The interface may be, for example, HTML, JAVA, or other type of interface.
  In block E204, the better sees bets available on the website. According to some embodiments, all or some of the possible bets may be listed. The bets that may be shown are determined by the betting person's account or betting profile (eg, football betting is not shown to those who are not interested in football). Available bets are also shown based on the betting behavior history of the bettor.
  The odds for a bet may be fixed or vary depending on whether the bet is registered or when the bet is paid. For example, in the major league baseball world series, the odds are 6: 1 before the start of the playoff after the regular season, 1: 1 immediately before the start of the world series, and 1: 4 after the end of the third game of the series. For this example, the odds of a registered bet may be determined at the time of bet registration or when the bet is paid. If the odds of the registered bets are determined at the time of bet registration, the fixed casino pays for the bets registered within a certain period (eg 1 minute, 1 hour, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, etc.) This specific period is shortened as sports or other events approach.
  In block E206, the person making the bet is determined to make a bet, and the person making a bet in block E208 registers the bet. For example, a bet is registered on a website (eg, via a communication network including the Internet, a mobile telephone network, etc.). The bettor may make a bet listed on the website. Alternatively, or in addition to the listed bets listed, the player may apply for bets outside the website. For example, if a bet is not listed on the website, the bettor declares the specific event that he is about to bet, and the bettor or website operator will place the bet You may decide to be given.
  When the website operator accepts the bet, the website may provide the bettor with a registration, transaction, or confirmation number for the bet at block E210. The operator then proceeds to the fixed casino for payment at block E212. For example, a bettor may proceed to a cashier, kiosk, or other means available to pay a bet at a casino or other statutory gambling jurisdiction. In block E214, the bettor presents the registration number to the casino, and the casino confirms the registration number in block E216. At block E218, the bettor pays the casino for a bet, and the bettor may obtain a piece of paper that indicates the odds of the bet placed.
  At block E220, an event is held to determine the outcome of the bet, and the casino determines whether the person who bet at block E222 is the winner. If the bet is a winner, the casino pays at block E226. In order to receive the victory, the bettor is required to return to the casino.
  At block E220, the bettor may need to pick further with the same bet. For example, a bettor may require additional picks for the second and other additional times in multiple tournaments based on previous results. Such tournaments include, for example, the FIFA World Cup in soccer or the NCAA Men's Basketball Championship. In such a tournament, the bettor must pick every time before betting.
  If payment is made for a registered bet, the bettor may pay, for example, with money, a favorite point, a combination thereof, or other payment method. In particular, the bettor may pay to the game operator or affiliate using money from the use of debit cards, credit cards, checks, cash or account credits. In addition to alternative or other payment methods, the bettor may pay with his / her favorite points from an account established by the game operator or affiliate. Favorite points can be obtained from any organization, but are generally associated with favorite programs such as frequent use of airlines, frequent stays at hotels or frequent use of casinos. The bettor may pay by an individual (e.g., using a cashier) or by other methods within a casino including a phone, portable device or kiosk.
  The computer system or game operator may automatically determine when the bettor will be the winner. Such results are automatically authenticated and verified by the computer system. In this case, the computer system notifies the bettor of the player's victory or defeat and what kind of victory. Notification to the bet may be by email, computer web or network, telephone, television, fax, or any other method.
  After the winner is authenticated and verified, the computer system notifies the bettor of the victory. In addition, the computer system may display the winning bet, the identity of the bettor or the payment.
  The person who bet may be able to replay and review past bets using voice or video execution devices. For example, a kiosk, display phone, television, computer or portable device may be used to view past bets. By accessing a selected bet in the computer system, the game player may be able to see event results, betting odds and payments.
  In one embodiment, the computer system may be used to perform many acts of betting operations including bet capture, registration and payment. For example, a computer system used to perform a betting function according to one embodiment includes a single or multiple computer systems, one or more of which includes a supercomputer, minicomputer, mainframe computer, or personal computer. It's okay. The computer system used to perform the bet operation may include any combination of computer system types that work together to accomplish system level tasks. Multiple computer systems may also be used to perform one or more of the betting operations. The computer system may also include an output or input device, a display, and a storage unit for enabling betting operations. Any computer system or multiple computer systems may be used, and it is recognized that some embodiments have no number, type, or configuration restrictions on the computer system.
  A computer system (eg, system E300) that performs bet operations according to various embodiments includes, for example, one or more configuration systems (eg, systems E302, E304, and / or E306 as shown in FIG. 13). It's okay. One system component (e.g., payment system E302) may handle payment by the bettor. Other system components (eg, sports betting system E306) may handle bet capture and registration for one or more events, including sports betting. Still other systems (eg, payout system E304) may manipulate payout to the player. Such a betting system may be connected to other computer systems (e.g., directly on line or network), including casino or hotel loyalty programs, reservations, indoor TV viewing, gaming floor kiosks or other system operations. . Connections to other computer systems may be made using one or more of the system components described below.
  The payment component (eg, system E302) may include one or more of the known systems. For example, a bettor may be able to pay via a casino cashier, kiosk or other means connected to a payment computer system via an interface. In a computer, the data may be stored in a database that is stored in the memory of the computer system. As used herein, a “data structure” is an array of data defined by a computer readable signal. These signals may be read by a computer system and stored on a medium associated with the computer system (eg, in memory, disk, etc.) and transmitted to one or more other computer systems over a communication medium such as a network. May be. As used herein, a “user interface” or “UI” is an interface between a computer and a human user that allows communication between the user and the computer. Examples of UIs implemented in various embodiments include graphical user interfaces (GUIs), display screens, mice, keyboards, trackballs, microphones (eg, used with voice recognition systems), speakers, touch screens, games Controllers (eg, joysticks) etc., and combinations thereof are included.
  Information about the bettor is also entered into the payment system component. The input bettor information may include name, address, telephone number, and age, and payment information may include credit or debit card number or favorite account information. Based on the payment information, the call center representative may confirm that the payment information is valid and that there are enough credits or funds available for the player's bet.
  The various payment systems and one or more user interfaces may be located on a computer system connected by a network with a computer system that stores data of bettors, account and signature information. As used herein, a “network” or “communication network” is a group of one or more devices that are interconnected by one or more segments of a transmission medium or active communication device in which communication is exchanged between the devices. is there.
  The above examples are merely exemplary aspects of payment system components. There are many ways to implement a payment system, for example, variations on payments at a casino site are possible and correspond to the scope of various embodiments, so such exemplary aspects are not limiting in scope. For example, the payment system may include a pay-per-view system for interactive television at a casino hotel, or the payment engine may also send a receipt to the player by email or mail. None of the following claims is limited to any particular implementation of the payment system, unless the claims explicitly include a particular implementation.
  Payment systems (eg, system E304) are well known. Any of a number of standard systems, or a payment engine that pays to win, may be used by various embodiments, as shown in FIG. For example, 'Quickken' (available from Intuit Inc., Mountain View, Calif.) Is used to issue checks and mail, or to debit cards, credit cards (in jurisdictions where play is legal) or patronized accounts May be used to fill in. 'Quickken' may access the payment data structure via the network to obtain payment information. As used herein, an “application programming interface” or “API” is a set of instructions that define functions and are readable by a computer so that such functions are executed on a computer along with an application program. It is configured.
  'Quicken' is only an exemplary embodiment of a payment system. Such exemplary embodiments are not intended to limit the scope, as many other implementations of the payment system are possible, for example, variations of online payments, and represent the scope of various embodiments. In addition, the cashier may access payment data via a network using a user interface. The cashier then pays the winning player based on the information accessed.
  A sports and event betting system according to various embodiments (eg, system E306 shown in FIG. 16) may include a number of components for performing a particular function. These components may include, for example, a storage medium that stores a data structure having information regarding betting events and odds. For example, this information may include event data, time, location, bet person's betting and winning history, and event odds and event odds payment time dependency. The sports and event betting system may include components that access payment and payout data structures.
  The sports and betting system may also include a betting engine. For example, the bet engine may execute a function according to the process E230 shown in FIG. 17 as described above. The betting process E230 may include more or fewer actions than those shown in FIG. 17, and various embodiments may perform a particular number or order of actions (eg, FIG. 17) because the actions may be performed in other orders. In the order shown), may include additional actions, and one or more of the actions of process E230 may be performed in series or in parallel with one or more other actions or portions thereof. For example, blocks E214 and E218, or portions thereof, may be performed together, and act E216 may be performed at any point in block E214 of process E230 (including after block E218).
  Process E230 is merely an illustrative example of a method for performing a sport or event bet. Such an exemplary embodiment is not limiting in scope, as many other methods for performing sports or event betting may be used. None of the claims is limited to a particular implementation of a sport or event bet unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states the particular implementation.
  Process E230, its acts, and embodiments and variations of these methods and acts may themselves or in combination be a computer readable medium, eg, non-volatile recording media, integrated circuit memory elements, or combinations thereof, Defined by a computer-readable signal that is substantially embedded in Such signals may, as a result of being executed by the computer, direct instructions to instruct the computer to perform one or more of the methods or acts described herein and / or various aspects, variations and combinations thereof, For example, it may be defined as part of one or more programs. Such an instruction may be given in any of a plurality of programming languages. Languages include, for example, Java, Visual Basic, C, C #, or C ++, Footran, Pascal, Eiffel, Basic, COBOL, and various combinations thereof. A medium in which such instructions are stored and readable by a computer may be located in one or more of the above-described general-purpose computer components, or may be distributed over one or more of such components.
  To implement the various embodiments described herein, computer readable media may be transportable so that stored instructions can be downloaded to any computer system resource. Further, the instructions stored in the computer-readable medium as described above are not limited to the instructions embedded as part of the application program operating on the host computer. The instructions may be implemented as any computer code (eg, software or microcode) that can be used to program a processor to implement the aspects described above.
  For example, a single component or collection of components of a computer system that performs the functions described above and described below in conjunction with FIG. 11 is generally considered one or more controllers that control the functions described above. It is done. The one or more controllers may be implemented in a variety of ways, such as with dedicated hardware or with a processor programmed with software or microcode to perform the functions described above.
  Other components of the event betting system may include software components (eg, drivers) that stream video to users over broadband, satellite, or wireless media. If the game is played completely automatically, the user interface may be just a video terminal including a television without user input means. Access for viewing may be controlled by standard conditional access methods including the use of set top box addresses, telephone numbers, or Internet Protocol (IP) addresses.
  The above are only exemplary embodiments of sports and event betting systems. Such exemplary embodiments are not intended to limit the scope, as many other sports and event betting systems, such as conditional access variants, are possible and within the scope of the various embodiments. None of the claims set forth below is limited to a specific implementation of the sports and event betting system unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states the specific implementation.
  System E300 and components of system E300, such as payment, payout, and bet engines, use software (eg, C, C #, Java, or combinations thereof) and hardware (eg, one or more specific Application-integrated circuits, processors, or other hardware), firmware (eg, electrically programmed memory), or combinations thereof may be implemented. One or more components of E300 may be on a single system (eg, a payment subsystem), or one or more components may be on independent, individual systems. In addition, individual components may be distributed across multiple systems and one or more systems may be interconnected.
  Further, on each of one or more systems that include one or more components of E300, individual components may be in one or more locations. For example, different parts of the component E300 may be in different areas of the memory (eg, RAM, ROM, disk, etc.). Each of such one or more systems is, among other components, a plurality of known components such as one or more processors, a memory system, a disk storage system, one or more network interfaces, and one An internal communication link that interconnects the above buses or various other components may be included.
  System E300 may be implemented on a computer system described below with reference to FIGS.
  System E300 is merely illustrative of one embodiment of a game system. Since many other sports and event systems, such as E300 variants, are possible and within the scope of the various embodiments, such exemplary embodiments are not limiting in scope. For example, interactive television may also be used to view available bets. It is not intended that any claim set forth below be limited to a particular implementation unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states that particular implementation.
  Various embodiments may be implemented on one or more computer systems. These computer systems may be general purpose computers such as those based on, for example, Intel PENTIUM type processors, Motorola PowerPC, Sun UltraSPARC, Hewlett Packard PA-RIK processors, or other types of processors. One or more of any type of computer system may be used to partially or fully automate game play in accordance with various embodiments. In addition, the software design system may be distributed on a single computer or among multiple computers with attached communication networks.
  For example, the various embodiments may be implemented as specialized software executing in a general purpose computer system E400 as shown in FIG. Computer system E400 may include a processor E403 that connects to one or more memory devices E404, such as a disk drive, memory, or other device for data storage. Memory E404 is typically used to store programs and data during operation of computer system E400. The components of the computer system E400 may be connected to an interconnect mechanism E405 that includes one or more buses (eg, components integrated within the same machine) and / or a network (eg, between components on independent discrete machines). May be connected. The interconnect mechanism E405 enables communications (eg, data, instructions) to be communicated between system components of the system E400. The computer system E400 includes one or more input devices E402 such as a keyboard, mouse, trackball, microphone, and touch screen, and one or more output devices such as a printing device, a display screen, or a speaker. E401 is also included. Further, the computer system E400 may include one or more interfaces (not shown) that connect the computer system E400 to a communication network (in addition to or as an alternative device to the interconnect mechanism E405).
  The storage device E406 shown in FIG. 12 generally stores a program that is executed by a processor, or a signal that defines information that is stored in or within the medium E501 and processed by the program, and can be read and written by a computer. Recording medium E501. This medium may be, for example, a disk or a flash memory. In general, the processor reads data from the non-volatile recording medium E501 and moves it to another memory E502 that makes data access by the processor faster than the medium E501. This memory E502 is generally a non-volatile random access memory such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static memory (SRAM). It may be installed in the memory system 406 shown or in the memory system E404 not shown. The processor E403 generally operates the data in the integrated circuit memories E404 and E502, and copies the data to the medium E501 after the processing is completed. Various mechanisms for managing data movement between medium E501 and integrated circuit memory elements E402, E502 are known.
  The computer system may include specially programmed application specific hardware such as, for example, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Various features or aspects may be implemented in software, hardware or firmware or a combination thereof. Further, such methods, acts, system elements, and components thereof may be implemented as part of the computer system described above or as an independent component.
  Although the computer system E400 is shown for purposes of illustration as one type of computer system in which various embodiments may be implemented, embodiments are not limited to implementation on a computer system as shown in FIG. Various embodiments may be implemented on one or more computers having different configurations or components as shown in FIG.
  The computer system E400 may be a general purpose computer system that can be programmed using a sophisticated computer programming language. Computer system E400 may be implemented using specially programmed special purpose hardware. In computer system E400, processor E403 is typically a consumer processor such as the well-known Pentium class processor available from Intel Corporation. Such processors include, for example, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000 (Windows ME) available from Microsoft Corporation, MAC OS systems available from Apple Computer, Solaris operating systems available from Sun Microsystems, or various Run an operating system such as UNIX available from various sources.
  The processor and operating system define a computer platform for applications written in advanced programming languages. Various embodiments are not limited to a particular computer system platform, processor, operating system, or network. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various embodiments are not limited to a particular programming language or computer system. In addition, other suitable programming languages and other suitable computer systems can be used.
  Part or more of the computer system may be distributed across a computer system (not shown) connected to one or more communication networks. These computer systems may be general purpose computer systems. For example, various embodiments provide one or more customer computers with services (eg, servers) or one or more configured to perform an entire task as part of a distributed system. It may be distributed among computers. For example, various embodiments may be implemented on a customer server system that includes components distributed among one or more server systems that perform various functions according to various embodiments. These components may be executable in the middle (eg, IL) or translation code (eg, Java) that communicates over a network (eg, the Internet) using a communication protocol (eg, TCP / IP).
  Various embodiments are not limited to what particular system or group of systems run on them. Various embodiments are not limited to any particular distribution configuration, network, or communication protocol. Various embodiments may be programmed using an object-oriented programming language such as SmallTalk, Java, C ++, Ada, or C # (C-Sharp). Other object-oriented programming languages may also be used. Alternatively, functional, scripting, and / or logic programming languages may be used. Documents created in HTML, XML, or other formats that do not have various embodiments programmed (eg, when viewed in a browser program window, take the form of a graphical user interface (GUI) or perform other functions. ). Various embodiments may be implemented as programmed or non-programmed elements, or any combination thereof.
  While several exemplary embodiments have been described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that they have been presented by way of example only, and that the above description is illustrative only and not limiting. Many variations and other exemplary embodiments are within the scope of those skilled in the art and are considered to be within the scope of various embodiments. In particular, although many examples described herein include method acts or specific combinations of system elements, it is understood that these acts and elements may be combined in other ways to achieve the same purpose. Should.
Confirming the player that the event was random Various embodiments may provide a means for verifying the integrity and authenticity of a random event used in an online casino game.
  Various embodiments may provide a method for using a pre-generated random event sequence to run an online game.
  Various embodiments may provide a method for sending a user a pre-generated random event sequence in an encrypted and / or digested manner so that the user cannot predict a random event sequence in an online casino game.
  Various embodiments may use an encryption key and an initial random number at the end of a game session to verify a random event sequence that was previously generated by comparing the decrypted and stored random event sequence with the original random event sequence. An event sequence may be provided to the player, thereby authenticating a random event used in the online game.
  Various embodiments may provide a method for sending a pre-generated random event sequence to a user so that the user can reconstruct the random event after the game session is completed.
  Various embodiments may provide a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence of an online casino game. In a preferred embodiment, the user sets up a communication with an online casino and requests a game session. A user requests a game to play in an online casino game from a list of blackjack, roulette, crap, and the like. When the user finishes the game selection, the online casino receives the request and starts a game session. For an individual game, there are a certain number and type of expected random events necessary to play the game session to the end or to end the game session at the user's discretion. Each random event represents an action that occurs in a real casino such as drawing a card or rolling a die. Online casinos include a random number generator that pre-generates the expected number of random events and places the random events in a random event sequence. The random event sequence is encoded into an encrypted sequence and sent to the user who stores the encrypted sequence until the game confirmation stage. With respect to the encryption step, the random event sequence may be converted to a digital digest and sent to the user, or first encrypted, converted to a digital digest, and then sent.
  At this stage of the game session, the user cannot understand the pre-generated and encrypted random event sequence received from the online casino. Also, online casinos don't have to worry about users being able to mispredict the sequence of random events in the future. The user requests a random event from the online casino and starts playing a particular game. The online casino receives these requests from the user and responds by sending the user the next number, which is sequentially subtracted from a pre-generated random event sequence. Events from the random sequence are consumed by the online casino during the game session. The user records all random events received from the online casino. If the number of random events in the sequence generated in advance is used up or if the user indicates an intention to end the game session, the online casino communicates a “game end” to the user and the game ends.
  Next, the online casino transmits an encryption key for game verification to the user in order to prove the integrity of the game. The encryption key allows the user to decrypt the encrypted random event sequence sent to the user at the beginning of the game session. The user decrypts the encrypted random event sequence, and the decrypted event sequence is compared with a record of the random event sequence sent by the online casino and stored by the user. If the sequence was the same, the random event sequence was not changed or altered by the online casino during the game session. If the random event sequence recorded by the user and the random event sequence presented by the online casino are different, the verification fails. The user communicates the failure to the online casino and an appropriate response is taken.
  A game session may be played by one or more players. The online casino sends the same pre-generated encryption sequence to each participant, allowing the participant to re-edit the individual random event sequence to the original pre-generated random event sequence for verification purposes. Compare random event sequences sent by online casinos with re-edited random event sequences.
  Various embodiments are described with reference to FIGS. They generally disclose a method for ensuring the authenticity and integrity of an online game, and more specifically, a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in an online casino game.
  Referring to FIG. 18, in a preferred embodiment, the user sets up communication with an online casino to request a game session that is identical to the actual game F10. The user possesses the necessary computers, customer game software, and other basic tools and hardware necessary for setting up communication with the casino line. An online casino may be a single computer that acts as a game server, or it may be a number of computers with databases and processors in different locations. A user requests a game to play on an online casino during a game session by selecting from an available game list. A list of common games played during a game session may include the following games: blackjack, roulette, crap, baccarat, slot machine, lottery, sports betting and poker. Various embodiments are not limited to these games, and may include games not included in the list.
  When the user finishes the game selection and communicates the selected game to the online casino, the online casino receives the request and starts a game session F12. For an individual game, there are a certain number and type of expected random events that are required to play the game to the end or to end the game session at the user's discretion. Each random event represents an action that occurs in a real casino such as drawing a card or rolling a dice. For example, in the case of a blackjack game, the type of random event that occurs during the game is an action of drawing a card. The number of random events in a game session generally does not exceed 10,000. Events from the random sequence are consumed by the online casino during the game session. The online casino is equipped with a random number generator for generating a random event F14 in advance.
  The online casino generates the expected number of random events and places the random events in a random event sequence, which is a set of random events generated for the game session F16. The random event sequence is encoded into an encrypted sequence F18 and then sent F20 to the user who stores the encrypted sequence until the game verification stage. The method for encrypting the random event sequence may be any known encryption method that is used. As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 respectively, for the encryption step, the random event sequence may be converted to a digital digest and sent to the user, or first encrypted and then converted to a digital digest. May be sent to the user.
  Referring again to FIG. 18, at this stage of the game session, the user cannot understand the pre-generated and encrypted sequence, and the online casino may not be concerned about the user predicting a future random event sequence. . Thereafter, the user requests a random event from the online casino and starts playing a specific game F22. The online casino receives these requests from the user and responds by sending the user the next number that is continuously subtracted from a pre-generated random event sequence. The user logs all random events received from the online casino F24. The user may manually record the random event as a function of the customer game software or other known recording method. When the number of random events in the sequence generated in advance is used up or when the user indicates that he / she wants to end the game session, the online casino communicates “game end” and the game ends F26.
  The online casino then sends F28 the encryption key to the user for game verification to prove game integrity. The encryption key allows the user to decrypt the encrypted random event sequence sent to the user at the beginning of the game session. The user decrypts the encrypted random event sequence F30, and the encrypted random event sequence is compared to the record that is the random event sequence sent by the online casino at the beginning of the game session held by the user. F32. The user may manually compare random events as a function of customer game software or other known recording method. If the sequences were the same, the game was fair and F34, the random event sequence was not changed or tampered during the game. If verification fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.
  As shown in FIG. 17, in the encryption step, the online casino may encrypt a previously generated random event sequence using a digital digest. The online casino converts the random event sequence into a digital digest before F38 to send the digital digest to the user F36. F22 where a specific game is played. The user records a random event during the game session F24. When the game is over F26, the online casino sends an undigested random event sequence to the user F40. The user then converts the undigested random event into a digital digest and compares this digital digest with the digital digest sent by the casino at the start of the game, thereby verifying the random event sequence sent by the online casino. F42 to verify the sex. In order for the verification to succeed, the two digital digests need to be the same. When the random event sequence sent by the online casino is verified in this way, the verified non-digested random event sequence sent by the online casino at the end of the game is compared with the random event sequence held by the user By this, the user proceeds to verification F44 of the random event sequence sent by the casino during the game session.
  In order for verification to succeed, the two random event sequences must be identical. Similarly, the comparison can be performed manually by the player or by customer software. If the sequences were identical, the game was fair and F46, the random event sequence was not changed or altered during the game session. If validation fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.
  Referring to FIG. 20, an online casino may signal a pre-generated random event sequence with initial encryption and convert the encrypted sequence to a digital digest to complete the signaling step. The online casino encrypts the random event sequence and converts it to a digital digest before F50 to send to the user F48. F22 where a specific game is played. The user records a random event during the game session F24. When the game is over, F26, the online casino sends an undigested random event sequence to the user in an encrypted form. The online casino also sends the encryption key to the user F52. The user first authenticates the encrypted random event sequence by converting the encrypted random event sequence into a digital digest and comparing F54 with the digital digest sent at the start of the game session. The random event sequence is composited F56 and compared to a random event sequence record sent by the online casino held by the user F58. User comparison can be performed manually or by customer game software. The sequence must be identical for verification to succeed. If the sequences are the same, the game is fair and F60, and the random event sequence has not been altered or tampered during the game session. If validation fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.
  Using the above method, the encrypted sequence is pre-generated and sent to the user prior to the start of the game session, eliminating the opportunity for the online casino to change the event sequence depending on the user's actions or steps during the game. Thus, the user can be confident that the random event sequence has been generated without fraudulent activity or fraudulent information at the online casino.
  Referring to FIG. 21, the game session may be performed by one or more players F62. The online casino may send the same sequence that is pre-generated (eg, the encrypted sequence represents the same card deck) to each participant. Individual users must have access to random event sequences received by other users during a game session. At the end of the game session, to confirm that the sequence has not changed, the user generally compares the received random event sequence with the random event sequence sent by the online casino at the start of the game session.
  Although an embodiment for verifying the authenticity and integrity of an online game has been described, the described features can be used for any electronic game or technology that requires authentication of a random event sequence. Thus, the above features and aspects are not to be construed as limiting.
Teams Various embodiments relate to a computerized system that enables team play of card games. The computerized system includes a first computer for use by a first participant of a first team, a second computer for use by a second participant of a second team, a first team first At least a third computer for use by three participants, a fourth computer for use by fourth participants of the second team. The computer network interconnects the first and second computers and allows the first and second participants to play for team points in a first set of card games. Similarly, the computer network interconnects the third and fourth computers and allows the third and fourth participants to play for team points in the second set of card games. A central server computer connected to the computer network coordinates the first, second, third and fourth computers and by individual team participants to calculate the total team score for each team. Count the team points obtained. The central server computer preferably also calculates team points individually acquired by the first, second, third and fourth participants. The computer network may be in the form of a local area network, assuming the computers are located relatively close, as in a casino. As an alternative, the computer network may be the Internet when one or more of these computers are installed remotely.
Incorporated by reference The following is hereby incorporated by reference:
US Pat. No. 6,375,568;
US Patent 6,575,834;
US Patent 5,800,268;
US Patent Application 20070015587
US Pat. No. 6,319,125;
US Patent 5,655,961;
United States patent application 20060194633;
US patent application 20060189381:
US Patent Application 200601728803;
US patent application 20060094497; and US patent application 20060089189.
Mobile games The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 22 to 34 unless otherwise specified.
  In various embodiments, a distributed gaming system allows participants to participate in gaming activities from remote locations and / or mobile locations. Possible gaming activities include gambling provided by casinos. Gambling activities include any casino type gambling activities, including but not limited to: slot machines, video poker, table games (eg, craps, roulette, blackjack, paygo poker, caribbean stud poker, baccarat) Etc.), turntable fortune games, sports betting, horse racing, dog racing, gai rai, and other gambling activities. Gaming activities include betting on any type of event. Events include, for example, sporting events such as horse racing or motor racing, and athletic competitions such as football, basketball, baseball, golf and the like. Events also include those that are not normally bet. Such events include political elections, entertainment industry awards, film performances and more. Games also include non-wagered games and events. The game also includes lottery or lottery type activities, such as states and lotteries across states. These include number selection lotteries, scratch lotteries, and other lottery contests. The gaming system may be implemented on a mobile network or a communication network such as a personal wireless and / or wired network. Examples of the latter include WiFi and WiMax networks. In some embodiments, the gaming system communication network is completely independent of the Internet. In some embodiments, the gaming system operation minimizes Internet usage so that only information that is not a security issue is transmitted over the Internet and / or the information is encrypted. In various embodiments, the communication network allows players to participate in games from a remote location (eg, outside the gaming area of the casino). The system allows a player to move while participating in a game activity. In various embodiments, the system has a location verification or decision feature that allows or disallows participation in a game from a remote location based on whether the location meets one or more criteria. to enable. The criterion may be, for example, whether the location is in a predetermined area where gambling is legally permitted.
  For example, as shown in FIG. 22, the game system 10 may include at least one user 12. The system may include additional users, such as at least a first user 12 and a second user 14. A plurality of users may access the first game system 10 in a second game system (not shown) in which other users are communicating with the first game system. Users 12 and 13 may access the system 10 using the game communication device 13. Game communication device 13 may include any suitable device for sending and receiving electronic communications. Such devices include, without limitation, mobile phones, personal information terminals (PDAs), computers, minicomputers and the like. The game communication device 13 transmits game information to the communication network 16 and receives from the communication network 16. Game information is communicated between the network 16 and a computer 18 such as a server in the area of the game service provider 20. Although the installation location of the computer 18 is flexible, the computer 18 may be installed near or away from the game service provider 20. Various embodiments may not include a game service provider. The computer 18 and / or game service provider 20 may be located within, close to, or remote from the game provider (not shown in FIG. 22). A game service provider may be the actual controller of a game such as a casino. As an example, the game service provider may be located at a casino site and the computer 18 may be within the game service provider's geographic boundaries. However, as described above, there are other possibilities for remote locations of the computer 18 and the game service provider 20. The computer 18 may function as a game server. The additional computer (not explicitly instructed) may function as, for example, a database management computer and a redundant server.
  In various embodiments, the software resides on game communication device 13 and computer 18. Software on game communication device 13 may be capable of presenting information corresponding to game activities (including gambling and non-gambling activities described herein). Information includes, without limitation, a graphical depiction of an object associated with the activity, and an optional depiction of the user-selectable associated with the activity. The game communication device may be able to receive data from a computer and data entered by a user. Software on the computer exchanges data with the game communication device, accesses additional computers and data storage devices, and performs all of the functions described here in addition to the functions commonly known as electronic gaming systems You can do it.
  The game information transmitted over the network 16 may include any format that is necessary or desirable for the operation of the game experience in which the user participates. The information may be transmitted in whole or in combination in any format including digital or analog, text or voice, for example based on known or future transfer technologies including wired or wireless technologies. Wireless technologies may include, for example, licensing or license exemption technologies. Specific technologies that may be used include, but are not limited to, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), WiFi (802.11x), WiMax (802.16x ), Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Digital Subscriber line (DSL), Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN), or cable modem technology. These are only examples, and those skilled in the art will appreciate that other communication technologies are also contemplated. It is further understood that additional components can be used for communication of information between the user and the game server. Such additional components include, without limitation, lines, trucks, antennas, switches, cables, transmitters, receivers, computers, routers, servers, fiber optic communication equipment, repeaters, amplifiers, and the like.
In some embodiments, the communication of game information occurs without internet involvement. However, in some embodiments, some of the game information may be transmitted over the internet. All or part of the game information may be partially transmitted over the Internet communication path. In some embodiments, some information is transmitted in whole or in part over the Internet, but the information is non-game information or game information that does not require confidentiality. For example, data representing a graphical depiction of a table game on a user's game communication device is transmitted at least partially over the Internet, while betting information transmitted by the user is transmitted entirely over a non-Internet communication network. Is done.
  According to some embodiments, the communication network includes a mobile communication network 22, for example as shown in FIG. The mobile communication network 22 includes a plurality of base stations 23, and each base station has a corresponding service area 25. Base station technology is generally known and the base station may be of any type found in a typical mobile communication network. Base stations may have overlapping service areas. Furthermore, the service area may or may not be sectioned. The network includes a mobile station 24 that functions as a game communication device used by a user to access the game system and participate in activities available in the game system. Users are connected to the base station network by transmitting and receiving radio signals. The communication network also includes at least one voice data switch connected to the wireless portion of the network via a dedicated secure terrestrial line. The communication network may also include a game service provider that is connected to the voice data switch via a dedicated secure terrestrial line as well. The voice data switch may be connected to the radio network of the base station, for example via a mobile switch center (MSC), and a terrestrial line is provided between the voice data switch and the MSC.
  A user accesses the game system by a mobile station that is communicating and becomes part of a communication network. The mobile station may be any communication device that operates in connection with a network as described above. For example, in this particular embodiment, the mobile station includes a mobile phone.
  In various embodiments, for example in the case of a mobile communications network, the gaming system can be implemented through the use of a personal label carrier network. Individual base stations are programmed by the cellular carrier to transmit personal safety voice and / or data transmissions from the mobile station handset to the mobile station handset. The handset may be pre-programmed with both gaming software and carrier authentication software. The base station communicates with the switch via a private T1 line. The game service provider borrows a private T1 or T3 line that sends the call back to the game server managed by the game service provider. Encryption is set on the phone if required by a game regulator such as a game committee.
  The mobile communication network may be a private, closed system. The mobile station communicates with the base station, which is connected to a central switch in the game jurisdiction. Voice calls on the switch are transmitted locally or over long distances. Game traffic for a particular service provider is sent from the central switch to a game server at a host location, which can be a casino or other location.
  When a subscriber initiates a particular game application, the handset communicates only with a particular base station having a cell or sector that is designed to be completely game jurisdiction. For example, if a base station is close enough to capture or send a signal on a state line, the base station cannot communicate with the device. If the customer uses the device in a game, the system may prohibit making and receiving voice calls if desired. In addition, audio is completely excluded when requested. In addition, the device is not allowed to connect to the Internet. This ensures at a high level that betting begins and ends within the boundaries of the game jurisdiction and that the private wireless system cannot be bypassed or bypassed. In some embodiments, some of the data and / or voice traffic is at least partially communicated over the Internet, while in other embodiments the communication path does not include the Internet. Alternatively, in some embodiments, certain non-game information may be communicated on a route that includes the Internet, while other information related to the game activity of the system is communicated on a route that does not include the Internet. .
  As shown in FIG. 24, the game communication device 32 communicates with a game service provider over a network 34. The game service provider preferably owns one or more servers on which various games and other applications are located. As shown in FIG. 24, some examples of gaming applications include horse racing and other sports, financial exchanges, casinos and / or virtual casinos, entertainment and other event exchanges, news and real-time entertainment. Each of these applications may be implemented by one or more software modules. Applications can be combined in any possible combination. Further, it should be understood that these applications are not exhausted and other applications may be provided to provide the user with an environment that is associated with either the described or potential activities. .
  In other embodiments, for example, as shown in FIG. 25, the communication network includes a private wireless network. Private wireless networks may include, for example, 802.11x (WiFi) network technology that covers “game spots” or “entertainment spots”. In FIG. 25, various WiFi networks are shown as network 41. The network 41 may use other communication protocols that provide a private wireless network, including but not limited to 802.16x (WiMax) technology. Further, the network 41 may be interconnected. Further, the game system may include a combination of networks as shown in FIG. For example, a combination of private wireless networks 16, a mobile communications network that includes a multi-channel access unit or sectorized base station 42, and a satellite network that includes one or more satellites 46.
  For private wireless networks, this technology covers a small area and provides a very high amount of information, so private wireless networks are particularly suitable for game committees that require location and identity verification for game service providers. Yes. Game spots enabled by the network 41 include current casino areas 48, new areas such as swimming pools, lakes or other recreation areas 49, rooms and casinos 48 or restaurants such as those in hotels 45 and 47. , And other remote game areas 43 are included. The overall configuration of the game system depicted in FIG. 25 is merely an example and may be modified to fit various embodiments.
In some embodiments, the system configuration of the gaming system includes:
(1) Wireless LAN (Local Access Network) components, mostly consisting of 802.11x (WiFi) and / or 802.16x WiMax technology; highly resistant security and authentication software; game software; Windows® or Symbian (registered) (Trademark) a handset with a built-in operating system and certified by a mobile carrier; and (a) CDMA technology secure against over-the-air data protection;
(B) at least two layers of user authentication (provided by the mobile carrier and provided by the game service provider);
(C) forced tunneling to game servers (static routing);
(D) end-to-end encryption at the application layer; and (e) state-of-the-art firewall and DMZ technology;
(2) MWAN (Metropolitan Wireless Access Network) consisting of licensed or license-exempt point-to-point links and licensed or license-exempt point-to-multipoint technology.
(3) T1 and T3 lines of private MAN (Metropolitan Access Network) that supplies connection to places where wireless service does not reach (4) Redundant private line communication returning from mobile switch to game server Individual “game spot” or “ The “amusement spot” is preferably connected to the central and redundant game servers via MWAN / MAN. To access the private wireless network 41, the game communication device may be PDAs or mini-laptops run by WiFi or WiMax and may not be managed by a third party partner.
  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes a location verification feature that allows or disables a game from a remote location depending on whether the location meets one or more criteria. The determination criterion may be, for example, whether or not it is in a pre-defined place where the game is legally permitted. As another example, the criteria may depend on whether the location is a non-game zone such as a school. Location verification techniques used in the system may include, but are not limited to, “network-based” and / or “satellite-based” techniques. Network-based techniques may include, for example, multilateration, triangulation, and geofencing. Satellite-based technology may include, for example, global positioning satellite (GPS) technology.
  As mentioned above, the mobile telephone approach may include the use of at least one mobile telephone, mobile communications voice and data network. For games in jurisdictions such as Nevada, for example, triangulation, Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technology, and / or geofencing avoids the possibility of betting or betting outside the Nevada border. May be included for. In some embodiments, the network does not cover all of a particular jurisdiction such as Nevada. For example, the network does not cover an area where the mobile phone coverage area of a particular base station spans a state border or other jurisdiction boundary. This is to allow the use of location verification to prevent the opportunity for betting to begin or end outside the state. Triangulation is used as a method to prevent playing games from an unauthorized location. Triangulation is performed, for example, by comparing signal strengths from a single mobile station received by a plurality of base stations each having GPS coordinates. This technique may be used to pinpoint the location of the mobile station. The location is checked against a map or other material to determine an area where the mobile station is not allowed, such as a school. Alternatively, GPS technology may be used for this purpose.
  As shown in FIG. 26, the game system includes a plurality of game communication devices 54, 55, and 56. Devices 55 and 56 are both located within the game jurisdiction. However, only the device 56 is located in the geofence 57 set by the service areas of the plurality of base stations 53. Thus, geofencing allows games via device 56 but may be used to disable games via devices 54 and 55. Some game communication devices within game jurisdiction 58, such as device 55, are not allowed access to the game system, but geofence 57 is not permitted to access game communication devices outside jurisdiction 58, such as device 54. Guarantee.
  Geo-fencing does not specify a location. Rather, it ensures that the mobile station is within a certain boundary. For example, geofencing is used to ensure that mobile stations that cross state boundaries do not have access to the gaming system. On the other hand, triangulation specifies a pinpoint or a position close to the pinpoint. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, device 56 is triangulated between three of base stations 53 to determine the position of device 56. Triangulation may be used to identify whether a device such as a mobile station is located at a particular spot where gambling is not allowed (eg, school). The positioning technique used with the various embodiments preferably conforms to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Phase 2E911. Geological Institute Survey (GIS) mapping is to compare the identified coordinates of the game communication device with GIS map features or elements to determine if the device is within an unauthorized area of the game. May be used. Any type of location verification, such as triangulation, geo-fencing, global positioning satellite (GPS) technology, or other location determination technology that will ensure that the user is within an allowed game area at an acceptable level May also be used.
  In various embodiments, location verification is performed by channel address checking or location verification using other identification numbers or information indicating which network or which part of the network is being accessed by the game communication device. Assuming the use of an identification number for this purpose, according to the location verification method, for example, a participant accesses the game system via a mobile phone. The identification number of the mobile phone or the network component being accessed by the mobile phone identifies the caller's connection to the mobile network. The number represents that the caller is within a defined area and is on a particular mobile network. The server application may be on the mobile phone to communicate this information to the game service provider via the network. In some embodiments, the identification number or information may be transferred from the first network provider to the second network provider. For example, the caller's home network may be provided by a second provider, but the caller roams on the network (within the jurisdiction) provided by the first provider. The first provider forwards the identification information to the second provider so that the second provider can determine whether the caller is within the prescribed area of the associated gaming activity that is allowed or not allowed. In various embodiments, the game service provider maintains or accesses a database that maps numbers that identify various worldwide mobile communication networks to geographic areas. Various embodiments contemplate the use of numbers or proxies that indicate a network, part of a network, or network component that is connected to a mobile phone. The identification number may represent one or more base stations, base station groups, lines, channels, tracks, switches, routers, repeaters, etc.
  In various embodiments, when a user connects a mobile phone to a game server, the game server retrieves network identification information and communicates the information to the game service provider. The software in the game communication device may incorporate a function of determining a user location (at least partially based on identification information) and sending a message to the game service provider upon user login or access. The identification number or information used for position determination may be country specific, state specific, town specific or other definable boundaries.
  In connection with any of the position determination methods, the game system may periodically update the position determination information. Updates can be made at predetermined time intervals during a game session, for example, to ensure that movement of the game communication device to an unauthorized area is detected during play as well as during login or initial access. May be implemented.
  Thus, depending on the position determination technique used, the game communication device, game server, or telecommunications network used to transmit information between the game communication device and the game server (eg, a base station) In any of these components, a determination may be made whether to allow or prohibit game activity.
  One aspect of a private wireless network related to preventing games in a non-permitted area is the installation of a sensor such as a radio wave identification (RFID) sensor attached to a game communication device. When the user takes the device out of the game permission area, the sensor issues an alarm. Furthermore, the device may be connected to an immovable object. The user logs into such a device using an ID and password.
  In various embodiments, the gaming system may include the ability to determine the location of gaming communication devices within a large building such as a casino complex. This adds the capability to make the device executable or non-executable based on the location of the device in the building. For example, government regulations prohibit the use of devices that gamble from guest rooms in casino complexes. Accordingly, certain embodiments may include the ability to determine the location of the device within the building and disable the gambling function of the device from the cabin or other areas where gambling is prohibited. FIG. 27 illustrates an example wireless gaming system in which the position of the game communication device 604 is determined according to various embodiments.
  As shown in FIG. 27, the wireless gaming system includes a wireless network that at least partially covers a casino complex 600 in which one or more game communication devices 604 are used to participate in various gaming activities. While various embodiments may include fewer or more than three signal detection devices, a wireless network may include at least three signal detection devices 602. As shown in FIG. 27, the wireless network includes four signal detection devices 602 each located at a corner of the casino complex 600. In various embodiments, these signal sensing devices may include wireless access points, wireless routers, wireless base stations, satellites, or other suitable signal detection devices. Further, although the signal detection device 602 is illustrated as being located at the boundary of the casino complex 600, if the signal detection device can receive a signal coming from the game communication device 604 in the casino complex 600, the signal detection device is the casino complex. It may be in any position inside or outside the body 600. In various embodiments, the signal detection device 602 may be used to transmit a signal to the game communication device 604 as well as reception.
  In various embodiments, the casino complex 600 may be divided into one or more zones 608 representing different areas of the casino complex, such as a lobby, guest room, restaurant, shop, entertainment venue, or pool area. For example, as shown in FIG. 27, zone 608a may correspond to a casino lobby, zone 608b may correspond to a guest room, zone 608c may correspond to a restaurant, and zone 608d may correspond to a casino game floor. Individual zones 608 may be further divided into one or more sub-zones 606 that identify specific locations within zone 608. The subzones 606 may each be arranged in a grid-like configuration of uniform size. In some embodiments, each subzone may consist of 9 square feet (ie, 3 feet in length and width). In some embodiments, the individual subzones may consist of 10 square feet (ie, 10 feet in length and width). The selection of the area size covered by the subzone is determined by administrator preferences, wireless network technical constraints, government regulations, and other considerations.
  Certain embodiments may use a map that divides the casino complex 600 into multiple zones 608 and sub-zones 606 to determine the location of the game communication device 604 within the complex. These embodiments may utilize signals received by the signal detection device 602 from the game communication device 604 to determine the location of the device.
  In various embodiments, the location of the game communication 604 may be determined based on the signal strength received from the device 604 by the individual signal sensing device 602. In various embodiments, the signal strength determination is performed using a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) value or any other suitable indicator that indicates signal strength. Generally, the closer the subzone is to the signal detection device, the stronger the signal received by the signal detection device from the game communication device located in that subzone. Thus, given multiple signal strength readings taken from different points within the casino complex (eg, signal sensing device 602), these different signal strength readings are used to determine the location of the device. Good. With this in mind, an individual subzone 606 may be associated with a reference set of signal strengths that the signal detection device has received from devices located in this particular subzone. In general, reference readings are obtained from game communication devices located in sub-zones, and these numbers are generated and calibrated periodically. After the individual subzones are associated with a reference set of signal strengths, these reference signal strengths may be compared with the signal strengths received from the game communication device by the signal sensing device. Since each subzone has its own set of signal strengths, this comparison may be used to identify the particular zone in which the game communication device is located.
  In various embodiments, the position of the game communication device 604 may be determined based on the elapsed time between signal transmission from the device 604 and signal reception by the individual signal sensing devices 602. In various embodiments, this elapsed time may be determined based on time of arrival differences (TDOA) or other suitable techniques. As in the case of signal strength, each sub-zone 606 may be associated with a predetermined or reference elapsed time from signal transmission to reception from the game communication device. Since the time at which a signal arrives at an individual signal detector depends on the proximity of the subzone to the individual base station, this set of elapsed times is different for each individual subzone of the casino complex. The sub-zone in which the device is located is determined by comparing the time from signal transmission until the signal detection device receives a signal from the game communication device.
  Once the position of the game communication device is determined, certain embodiments enable and / or disable certain functions of the device based on this determination. For example, as described above, certain embodiments make it impossible for the gambling communication device to perform the function of gambling from the user room, while the user purchases goods or services, or purchases tickets for entertainment events. Enable other features of the device. When the user leaves the room, the gambling function of the game communication device may be enabled. Similarly, certain embodiments may prevent gaming communication devices from being used for money transactions from the gaming casino floor. Such functions may be enabled when the user leaves the casino floor. Similarly, other functions of the game communication device may be enabled or disabled based on the location of the device in the building, according to various embodiments.
  In various embodiments, various functions of the gaming communication device may be enabled or disabled based on the zone 608 in which the device is located. In such embodiments, individual zones 608 of the casino complex may be associated with a set of permitted activities. For example, the lobby zone 608a of the casino complex may be allowed all activities, while the guest room zone 608b of the building may be allowed all activities except gambling. Depending on the position of the game communication device, the function of the game communication device may be limited to the set of activities allowed for the zone in which the device is located. As the game communication device moves from zone to zone, the location of the device may be redetermined and the capabilities of the device may be updated to reflect the set of activities allowed for the zone in which the device is currently located.
  Various embodiments may use position determination to send position specific information to the game communication device. For example, if the device (and thus the user) is located elsewhere in the casino complex, a notification may be sent to the user's device that an entertainment event for which the user has a ticket will begin. In other embodiments, if the user is in a room, the user may be informed that the user's preferred dealer is on the casino floor.
  In various embodiments, the gaming communication device may be used to deliver items and services purchased or ordered by a user of the device. For example, in various embodiments, a user may purchase food and drinks using the device. Even if the user moves to another subzone after ordering, the location of the device may be used to deliver food and drink to the user.
  The positioning of the gaming communication device may be used to provide the user with instructions to other places in the casino complex. For example, a user on a casino floor who wants to go to a particular restaurant within the casino complex may be given instructions based on the user's location. These instructions may be updated as the user proceeds toward the desired position. If the user leaves the course, the position determination updated while the user is moving may be used to note to the user that the user has left the course and to determine a new course to the desired position.
  It should be understood that the above description includes only some of the implementation techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques are available and encompassed. Various embodiments may be implemented using any existing or future developed technology, whatever is suitable.
User Profiles According to various embodiments, a wireless gaming system can introduce user profile elements. One or more user profiles are created, maintained, and modified, for example, on one or more servers of the game system. In general, a user profile includes information about individual users. Information may be held in one or more databases. The information can be accessed to the game server and / or one or more mobile devices. Devices that access information include game devices or game management devices, according to some embodiments. Game management devices may include wireless devices used by casino staff to provide game services or game management services.
  Various embodiments include software and / or hardware that allows for the preparation, modification and maintenance of one or more user profiles. Thus, each of the one or more user profiles may consist of a data set held in the data storage device. A data set for an individual user may reflect a number of parameters or information about a particular user corresponding to the profile. Without limitation, such information may include, for example, favorite game and / or game composition, preferred screen composition, betting preferences, gaming activity preferences such as game location preferences, meals and other service information. May include preferences etc. The information may include electronic files such as name, address, hotel name and room number, phone number, social security number, user code, and voice, photos, retinal scans, or other biometric information. User profile information may also include information about the user but not determined by the user or user activity. Such information may include any information related to or forming part of the profile. For example, a legal entity such as a casino may include rules governing the distribution of benefits or offers to users as part of the profile. User profile information may include any code, account number, credit information, consent, interface, application, or any information related to the user. Thus, the user profile information may include any information specific to a predetermined user. For example, the profile information may include trend information regarding the position played by a particular user, skill level, success level, type of game played, and betting style, and user activity.
  In various embodiments, user profile information may include user-related administrator or other service information. Manager services may include restaurant services, entertainment services, hotel services, money management services, or other suitable services provided to users of gaming devices. For example, restaurant services may include, without limitation, services to allow users to order drinks, food orders, reservations or other restaurant related activities. As another example, entertainment services may include, without limitation, services that allow users to purchase show tickets, arrange reservations or services, make actual purchases, coordinate transportation, or other entertainment-related activities. May include. Hotel services may include, for example, services that allow users to check in, check out, spar reservations, check messages, place messages, review hotel bills, or perform other customer related activities. Money management services may include, for example, services that allow users to transfer funds, pay bills, or other activities related to money management.
  The gaming system may be configured to set a new profile for any user who uses the gaming device for the first time. Alternatively, the new profile may be set for a previous user who has not played for a predetermined period of time. The gaming system may set a profile, monitor user activity, adjust the profile, and adjust information (such as graphics) displayed to the user. The game system may be configured to use the profile information to change the game information presentation to the user. For example, if a previous user returns to the gaming system, the system may examine the profile for the user and confirm that in the previous game session, the user lost money with a crap and obtained gold with a blackjack. Based on this information, the system may adjust the default game screen and present the user with a blackjack table. As another example, the profile information may indicate that much of the user's previous blackjack time was spent in a table with a minimum of $ 25. Accordingly, the system may further adjust the game environment to make the blackjack table a $ 25 table. In this sense, the game system enables a personalized wireless game based on one or more criteria maintained in the user profile.
  User profiles may be set and maintained and updated regularly to the extent necessary to enable game providers to provide enhanced, current and / or customized gaming experiences. Updates may be updated based on appropriate triggers such as the occurrence of an event, the occurrence of user activity, or the passage of a predetermined period. Any or all of the profile information may be updated.
Alerts In some embodiments, the gaming system may be configured to initiate one or more alerts to one or more users based on any number of criteria. For example, it may be based on the location of the user. The system may be configured to track other position independent parameters. Game alerts may be based on this and / or other information stored in the user profile. Alerts are preferentially presented and the content and display of alerts is customized by the user or other legal entity. As a related concept, the system may be configured to provide instructions and / or maps. Other related concepts may include the system allowing the user to remotely view specific activities or areas. The alert may be generated in response to the presence of data in the user profile. Further, the alert concept and presentation may be determined based on information in the user profile. Thus, when an alert occurs and what the alert indicates may be customized or adapted according to user preferences (or other information stored about the user (e.g., user profile)). .
  In some embodiments, the alert may be presented or displayed to the user in a format determined at least in part by any of the parameters described or contemplated herein. For example, when the user is outdoors, the brightness may be set automatically to make it easier for the user to see the warning. The alert may be text, visual, audio, or any other information exchange format or combination thereof. The warning presented to the user on the game communication device may be configured in any desired manner, for example. The information is preferably displayed in a manner that makes the most effective use of the screen space for transmitting the warning message. In this way, different alerts of different types or different priorities can be displayed differently on the game device. For example, secondary alerts scroll to the bottom of the screen, but more important alerts can be displayed as pop-ups. A player can register alerts and determine specific preferred alert configurations.
  According to some embodiments, the instruction information may be provided to one or more users. The instruction information may relate to a warning. The instruction information may be based on any of the parameters described herein (eg, profile, alert, location, play or other activity changes, etc.). Instructions may be given to activities, locations, seats, tables, entertainment sports, restaurants, cage changes, information booths, casinos, hotels, sports venues, theaters and others. For example, a specific table or game area, a casino other than where the user is currently located or a casino with other users, a restaurant specified in the user profile, a casino sports reservation area, a hotel room, etc. May be given.
  The instructions can be presented in speech, text, and / or graphics (eg, as a map with zoom capability). An example of how the instructions are provided includes a user profile that indicates that the user likes to play restrictive blackjack on Saturday nights but the user has no preference for a particular casino It is. When a user enters any casino in which the system is operating, the system provides the player with warnings that invite the player to a high-limit hijack table and visual roulette-style instruction information. Another example included a user leaving a sports reservation in a casino, who indicated that he wanted to crap. The device gives walking instructions to the crap table. Another example includes a user with a favorite list of dinner restaurants. At a predetermined time (eg, 8:00 pm), the system provides the user with a list and allows the user to make a selection and reservation. The system provides the user with voice instructions from the user's current location to the selected restaurant. The system may be configured to provide auxiliary information based at least in part on alerts, profiles, or instruction information provided. For example, depending on where the user goes and the route the user takes, the system informs the user that he needs a taxi, needs to go by train, or needs a jacket and tie.
  According to various embodiments, the system allows a user to view a specific activity or area remotely. For example, cameras (or other viewing devices) may be installed throughout a casino building (or other related area). On the kiosk or wireless gaming device, the user can look through one or more selected areas to see activity in the selected area. For example, from the pool the user can know if the crap table has changed limits or is filled with people. From the crap table the user can see if the restaurant or bar is starting to get crowded.
  According to various embodiments, the alert module's operation and alert method are integrated with various technologies for managing user profiles. In an example of this aspect, when playing a casino game, the system may be configured to recognize that the user has a favorite dealer or stickman. If these dealers or stickmen are at work and the user is located in a specific area or within a specific distance, a warning will be issued to invite the user to participate in gaming activities at the specific table at which the dealer or stickman is working. May be sent.
  Thus, if the user profile information indicates that one or more criteria are met, the system may send a warning to the corresponding user or other users. For example, the system may know that the user is a fan of a particular sports team. The system monitors the upcoming events involving those teams at a predetermined time to check if the user bet on the event. If not, the system invites the user to visit the sports reservation and bet. In another example, the system knows that the user prefers a table with a minimum amount of $ 10 and alerts the user to open a table at such a table. In another example, a warning can be triggered by information not directly related to or related to a specific user (eg, non-user-specific information). For example, a warning may be triggered at a specific time or a specific event (eg, the odds given to a specific sport change by a specific predetermined amount).
Service Application According to various embodiments, the game service may be provided as an application accessory to an existing communication or data service. In this way, the game service application may be made available to existing communication or data service customers. For example, a particular wireless telephone or data service customer may be provided with any one or combination of the various game service applications described herein as additional features combined with the telephone or data service. This document refers to communication services grouped together with provided game service applications as including existing communication services, but game service applications are provided as part of a package that includes a newly activated communication service plan. May be received. In still other embodiments, the game service may be set up first and the communication service added later.
  Game service applications bundled with or provided with a communication service may be customized to meet the needs of customers, service providers, or both. For example, a service provider may choose to create a game service application that is available only to a subset of the service provider's customers. In this way, customers who are associated with the service provider are offered game services, if not all. As another example of a customized game service application, a communication service may provide a customer with a number of game service plans that provide different levels of service. For example, certain services, such as advertising services and / or promotional services, may be free for communication service customers. Such level of service may be a customer selection, a service provider selection, or both.
  The customer may be billed independently for additional gaming services or may be billed with invoices that the customer has already received for existing communications services. For example, in certain embodiments, the game service is charged as an additional fee, just as the caller ID service, the call waiting service, and the call message service are added to the base fee associated with the communication service. May be.
Peer-to-peer wireless games According to various embodiments, the game service enables peer-to-peer wireless games. In particular, the system allows multiple players to participate in the same game activity simultaneously from distributed locations. This is particularly desirable for certain games such as, but not limited to, horse racing, poker, and blackjack. The system may allow a single player to participate in multiple positions for a particular game. For example, a user may be allowed to play multiple blackjack hands. Certain aspects include assisting a user looking for a specific activity. For example, a first player may want to play poker at a table of 6 people. The game system may be used to identify a poker table that has a position available to the first player. Additionally or alternatively, the first player wants to play at the same table as the second player, and the system will help the first player find a game that the second player has already joined. May be configured.
  Location determination techniques may be incorporated to enable peer-to-peer gaming or related services. For example, a “buddy network” may be set up to track members of a selected group. For example, a group of friends may be in a gambling jurisdiction but in various discrete locations within the jurisdiction. The game system allows this group of friends to build a private buddy network of private friends. The system allows one or more members of the group to track one or more other members of the group. In various embodiments, the system may also allow messages from or to one or more group members. For example, the system may allow members to invite other members to a specific wireless gaming activity. Additionally or alternatively, the system may allow a member of the group to bet on the game execution of other members of the group participating in the virtual or actual game.
  Positioning techniques may be incorporated to set up a “warning system”. The alert system may be used to invite certain types of players to participate in gaming activities. A criterion may be used to identify a user of the gaming device that matches the criterion. For example, a game participant may wish to initiate a game activity with another user of a gaming device that is recognized as a “high roller” or “high prize gamer”. As another example, a celebrity user may wish to start a game activity with another celebrity, or an old citizen may wish to start a game activity with another old citizen. In either case, the user identifies criteria that are used to identify other game participants that meet the criteria for starting a peer-to-peer game event.
  The foregoing description should be understood to include only certain implementations of the techniques used by the various embodiments. Depending on various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, including any existing or yet undeveloped technology.
Games and Wireless Systems Various embodiments include a gaming system that includes a handheld personal gaming device. The game system is tuned to present one or more games to a user with one of the handheld game devices.
  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes a portable gaming device or interface. The portable game device has a display that displays game information to the player and an input device that receives input from at least one user, and can send and receive information to and from the remote device / location. The game system also includes a game server that generates game data, transmits the game data to the portable game device, and receives information such as player input from the portable game device. The gaming system further includes a payment transaction server for validating payments and granting a player provided by the game server the right to play the game via the portable gaming device.
  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes one or more fixed gaming machines or other devices capable of printing a valued ticket. The portable gaming device includes a ticket reader for reading ticket information used by the payment transaction server in verifying the value assigned to allow the player to play the game.
In one or more embodiments, the portable game device communicates with other devices (such as game servers) via a wireless communication channel. Appropriate relays and transceivers are provided to enable wireless communication.
In one or more embodiments, the portable gaming device includes a plurality of interfaces for changing the configuration of the gaming device or interacting with one or more transaction servers. In some embodiments, a login interface is provided for receiving login information regarding a user of the device. In various embodiments, the number of interfaces that are displayed or allowed access, other functions, or features are configured according to the user of the device. When the game representative confirms the identity, an interface is provided that allows access to various control functions. When a player verifies their identity, such control functions are not accessible, but instead only consumer-related functions such as game play are accessible.
In one or more embodiments, the gaming system includes one or more transaction servers, such as a food transaction server. Using the portable gaming device interface, a player or other user may request a service from the food trading server. For example, a player may request food, drinks, restaurant reservations or other services.
One or more embodiments include a method for playing a game via a portable gaming device connected to a game network. In some embodiments, a player obtains a portable gaming device to check out the device from a restaurant hostess station or hotel / casino reception. The player gives the game operator value such as a credit card or cash down payment. This value is associated with the server and matches a ticket number, player tracking number, or other identifier.
  The game device is configured to support player play using a login interface. Login is performed by a player or a game operator. The player then sets the right to show a value and get a service like playing a game. In some embodiments, the player scans his ticket using the device's ticket reader. The scanned information is sent to the payment transaction server to verify the player's right to play the game or obtain other services. Once the rights are confirmed, the player is allowed to participate in game play or request a service.
  When a player wishes to play a game, the player indicates that desire by selecting a particular game using the game play interface. Upon receiving such an instruction, the game server generates game data and transmits it to the personal game device. The transmitted data may include audio and video data used by the personal gaming device in presenting the game. The player can participate in the game by inputting to the game server via the personal game device. The game server determines whether the outcome of the game is a win or a loss. If the result is a win, a prize may be awarded. This award may be a cash value associated with the player account of the payment transaction server. If the result is a loss, the bet or stake that the player bets on is lost and the amount may be withdrawn from the player account on the trading server.
  FIG. 29 shows a block diagram of a game system according to various embodiments.
  As illustrated, the game system B20 includes a plurality of game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j. In some embodiments, these game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j are fixed types. Generally, the game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j are adjusted to present one or more games to the player. In various embodiments, these games are of the type that requires placing a bet or bet, or the type of player who receives the winning result is provided with a prize, such as a prize. These devices include, for example, video poker and slot machines. Further, the game system B20 includes one or more handheld portable gaming devices (PGDs) B24. The PGD B24 is tailored to provide one or more games to the player and may be used as an access point for various other services, as shown below. Here, a device referred to as a “personal game device” may be referred to in other terms such as a portable game interface, personal game unit, etc., but regardless of the name of the device, one or more of the features herein may be used. Have.
  Further, in various embodiments, the PGD B24 communicates with at least one game server B28. As described below, in various embodiments, one or more games presented to a player via PGD B24 are provided by game server B28.
  The game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j and the individual PGD B24 communicate here with a system called “EZ-Pay”. This system includes a server B26 for transmitting and receiving information. In general, the EZ Pay system is used to receive payments from players who play games and obtain other goods and services and to win or award players.
  In the illustrated embodiment, the game system B20 includes other servers B30, B32 for sending and / or receiving information. In some embodiments, one server B30 includes a prize transaction server. The other server B32 includes a food transaction server. In some embodiments, information may be sent between PGD B24 and servers B30, B32.
  An EZ Pay system according to various embodiments is described in more detail with reference to FIG. If the player wishes to win or cash in the game, the EZ Pay system may constitute an award ticket system that allows issuance of award ticket coupons instead of traditional coin awards or payouts. These tickets may also be used by gaming machines and other devices that provide value, such as payment for items including bets or bets for playing games.
  FIG. 30 illustrates in block diagram some embodiments of such a system. As shown, the first group of game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d and B22e is connected to a first store clerk confirmation terminal (CVT) B34, and consists of game machines B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i and B22j. The second group is connected to the second CVT B36. All gaming machines print ticket coupons that are exchanged for cash or accepted as credits or marks for other gaming machines. If CVT B34 and B36 are not connected to each other, a ticket coupon printed by one gaming machine will only serve as a credit mark for other gaming machines in the group of gaming machines connected to the same CVT. May be used. For example, a prize ticket printed from the game machine B22a can be used as a credit mark in the game machines B22b, B22c, B22d and B22e connected to the common CVT B34, but the game machines B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, And in B22j, since these game machines are connected to CVT B36, they may not be used.
  CVTs B34 and B36 store ticket coupon information corresponding to unpaid ticket coupons waiting for redemption. This information is used when the ticket is confirmed and cashed. CVTs B34 and B36 store information about ticket coupons printed by a game machine connected to the CVT. For example, the CVT B34 stores ticket coupon information about tickets printed by the game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, and B22e. If a player wishes to cash a ticket coupon and the CVTs B34, B36 are not connected to each other, the player cashes the coupon printed from a particular gaming machine with the CVT of that gaming machine group. Good. In order to cash the ticket coupon, the information obtained from the ticket coupon and the information stored in the CVT are confirmed by comparison. After the ticket coupon is cashed, the CVT marks the ticket as paid in the database to prevent the ticket coupon from being cashed multiple times with similar information.
  A plurality of groups of game machines connected to the CVTs B34 and B36 may be connected to each other by a cross check network B38. A cross-validation network generally accepts input from two or more CVTs and uses one communication line to enable communication to two or more CVTs and communication from two or more CVTs. Includes the belief B40. The concentrator B40 is connected to a front-end controller B42 that may call CVTs B34, B36 for ticket coupon information. The front end controller B42 is connected to an EZ pay server B26 which may provide various information services to the award ticket system including accounting B44 and management B46.
  The cross-confirmation network allows ticket coupons issued by any gaming machine connected to the cross-confirmation network to be accepted by other gaming machines in the cross-confirmation network. In addition, the cross-confirmation network allows cashiers at cashier stations B48, B50, and B52 to confirm any ticket coupons issued from game machines in the cross-confirmation network. In order to cash the ticket coupon, the player may present the ticket coupon at one of the cashier stations B48, B50, B52. The information obtained from the ticket coupon is used to confirm the ticket by comparing the information on the ticket with the information stored in the CVTs B34, B36 connected to the cross-confirmation network. Since the ticket is confirmed, this information may be sent to another computer B54 to provide a review service.
As described above, the game system B20 may also include one or more PGDs B24. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 is a portable device capable of transmitting and receiving via a wireless communication link / network.
  Referring again to FIG. 29, the game system B20 may include wireless transceivers B62, B64, B66 and B68 connected to the printer B56, wireless communication relays B58 and B60, and remote transaction servers B26, B28, B30 and B32. In various embodiments, a player may obtain PGD B24, obtain appropriate permission, then play one or more games and / or obtain other services, including food or accommodation services.
  FIG. 31 shows a block diagram of a game and service system implemented by PGD B24 and game system B20 illustrated in FIG. In various embodiments, the game and service system B100 comprises at least a PGD B24 and a number of input / output devices. The PGD B24 generally includes a display screen B102 that may display a number of game service interfaces B106. Game service interface B106 is generated on display screen B102 by a type of microprocessor (not shown) in PGD B24. An example of a hand-held PGD B24 that adapts the game service interface B106 shown in FIG. 31 is manufactured by Symbol Technologies, Inc. of Holtsville, New York. The interface or menu data may be stored in local memory, or the data may be transmitted from a remote location (such as a data server) to the PGD B24. This reduces the memory requirements of the device.
  The game service interface B106 may be used to provide game operation services that include various game service transactions and presentation for play by a user playing one or more games. Game service interface B106 including login interface B105, input / output interface B108, transaction arbitration interface B110, ticket confirmation interface B115, award providing interface B120, food providing interface B125, accommodation facility providing interface B130, game operation interface B135, and game play interface B137 May be accessed via a main menu with a number of submenus that allow game service representatives or players access to different display screens associated with a particular interface.
In one or more embodiments, some or all of the interfaces may be available to users of the PGD B24. For example, in one or more embodiments, the PGD B24 can be used by a player who plays a game and participates in other activities, and when a game executor provides services to the player and performs management functions. May have the dual purpose of being used in In various embodiments, some PGDs B24 may be specially configured to be used only by players and other PGDs B24 may be specifically configured to be associated with the game or used only by other personnel. . In such a case, interface B106 may be specially programmed.
In one or more embodiments, only a specific interface B106 may be displayed depending on the status of the user of the PGD B24. In some embodiments, the particular interface B106 that is displayed and accessible is determined by the user's situation indicated through the login function. In various embodiments, when the PGD B24 is operational (such as when the power button is turned on), the default status of the PGD B24 is the display of the login interface B105. When the user of PGD B24 logs in, the status of the PGD is changed.
In one or more embodiments, the login interface B105 may input a type of user identification to the game service representative and enable the user identification to be verified with a password. When the display screen B102 is a touch screen, the user may input user / operator identification information on the display screen including the login interface B105 using the input pen B103 and / or one or more input buttons B104. Using a menu on the display screen of the login interface, the user may select another display screen related to the login and registration process. For example, another display screen obtained via a menu on the display screen in the login interface allows the game service representative's fingerprint to be scanned for identification, or the game player's fingerprint to be scanned. You can.
  If the user identifies himself as a game operator or representative, the PGD B24 may be adjusted to display one or more interfaces as listed above and described in detail below. In one or more embodiments, the default status or login may be a “player” mode login.
  In various embodiments, the login interface B105 allows a player to identify himself to configure the PGD B24 to allow access to multiple player services such as game play and the like. You can do it. In various embodiments, the login interface B105 includes a request for the user to identify himself as a “player” or “authorized personnel”. When “Authorized Personnel” is selected, the above-referenced user identification (including password) is required. Once “player” is selected, in various embodiments, the player is required to provide an EZ payment ticket. As described in more detail below, in various embodiments, a player who wishes to play one or more games or obtain other goods or services may provide credits or pay for them. Use an EZ payment ticket. Tickets may be obtained from the cashier or by playing other game devices (such as devices B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B222i, B22j in FIG. 29). Tickets are verified by the EZ payment system described above.
  In various embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a ticket reader B145 and a card reader B140. In some embodiments, the ticket reader B145 may be of various types. In some embodiments, the reader includes a barcode reading optical scanner. In this case, the user of the PGD B24 simply passes the barcode ticket in front of the barcode reader. In some embodiments, card reader B140 includes a magnetic stripe card type reader for reading information associated with the magnetic stripe of a card, such as a player tracking card.
  When appropriate permissions are granted, access is given to users of PGD B24, which consists of one or more of the following interfaces B106.
In one or more embodiments, authorized users are given access to the input / output interface B108. In various embodiments, such access is provided only to game service operators, not players. In one or more embodiments, the input / output interface B108 selects a device from which the PGD can input game service information or output game service transaction information from the device list stored in the memory of the PGD B24. Allow that. For example, PDG B24 may communicate with ticket reader B145. As another example, the PGD B24 may input information from the card reader B140. Such an input is useful, for example, when the game service operator wants to verify the authenticity of a player tracking card or the like.
  The PGD B24 may output game and service transaction information to many devices. For example, to print a receipt, PGD B24 may output information to printer B150. In this game service transaction, the PGD B24 may transmit a print request to the printer B150 or may receive a print response from the printer B150. Printer B150 may be a large device somewhere fixed or a portable device carried by a game service representative. As another example, the output device may be a card reader B140 capable of storing information on a magnetic card or smart card. Other devices that accept input or output from the PGD B24 are personal digital assistants, microphones, keyboards, storage devices, game machines, and remote transaction servers.
  The PGD B24 may communicate with various input and output mechanisms using both wired and wireless communication interfaces. For example, the PGD B24 may be connected to the printer B150 by some type of wired connection. However, PGD B24 may communicate with remote transaction server B160 via a wireless communication interface including a spread spectrum mobile communication network communication interface. An example of a spread spectrum mobile communication network communication interface is Spectrum 24, which operates between 2.4 and 2.5 GHz and is provided by Symbol Technologies of Holtsville, New York. Information communicated using wireless communication may be encrypted to provide security for certain game service transactions such as confirming a ticket for cashing. Some devices may be compatible with a composite communication interface. Such a spread spectrum network is just one possible communication system.
  Another type of interface that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the award ticket confirmation interface B115. In some embodiments, this interface is only available to authorized game service operators and not to players. Some embodiments of the award ticket interface B115 are compatible with the EZ payment ticket coupon system and may confirm the EZ payment ticket as previously described. However, if other ticket coupon systems are utilized, the award ticket confirmation interface B115 may be designed to interface with other ticket coupon systems. Using the award ticket confirmation interface B115, the game service representative reads the information from the ticket presented to the game service representative by the user using the ticket reader, confirms it, and gives the prize indicated on the ticket. You can pay.
  In various embodiments, the award ticket includes game service transaction information that may be verified against information stored on the remote transaction server B160. To confirm, the ticket requires the number of game service transactions. For example, after obtaining the game service transaction information from the award ticket, the PGD B24 may transmit a ticket confirmation request to the remote transaction server B160 using the spread spectrum communication interface and receive a ticket confirmation response from the remote server B160. In particular, the confirmation response and confirmation request may be for an EZ payment ticket. After the award ticket is confirmed, the PGD B24 may send a confirmation of the transaction to the remote server B160. Details of the game service transaction confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG. In various embodiments, the award ticket interface may confirm award information from a smart card or other portable information device, or may confirm award information directly from a gaming device.
  When the game and service transaction is completed, the game and service transaction information may be stored in storage device B155. The storage device B155 may be a remote storage device or a portable storage device. Storage device B155 may be used as a backup for audit purposes in the event of a failure of the PGD B24 memory, or may be removable from the PGD B24.
  One type of game service interface that may be recorded on the PGD B24 is an award service interface B120. While playing a game as an award of a game machine (ie, game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j in FIG. 29), You may receive tickets that can be converted into merchandise including bicycles, computers or travel bags (such as issued by other game consoles), or such awards directly (while playing PGD B24) You may receive it. Using the award service interface B120, the game service representative or player may check the award service ticket and check the availability of a particular award. For example, if the award service ticket indicates a player's bicycle acquisition, the game service representative may check whether the award is available at a nearby award distribution center. As an alternative, the player may be allowed to do the same. In some embodiments, a player may be awarded one prize at a particular level if there are one or more particular prizes for that level. In such a case, the player may use interface B120 to determine which awards are currently available at the award level awarded. The PGD B24 may confirm the award ticket and communicate with a remote award server to check the availability of a particular award. Further, the game service representative may send the prize to the player's home or may send a request to send the prize to the prize delivery location. Game service transactions required to confirm award tickets, including award confirmation requests and award confirmation responses, to confirm award availability, and to place or ship awards, are displayed on various display screens located within the award interface. Implemented. Different prize screens of the award service interface may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the award service interface. In some embodiments, the award service interface B120 may confirm information from a smart card or other portable information device, or may confirm award information directly from a gaming device.
  The type of game service interface that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the food service interface B125. As a gaming machine award or as a price for a certain amount of games, a player may receive free food or drinks. Using the food service interface, the player may originalize a food or drink award, or the game service representative may give such a prize (eg, the award is given in the form of a ticket to the player of the gaming device B22a). You may check the availability of the award. For example, if a player receives a prize ticket valid for a free meal, the food service interface may be used to check the availability of a dinner reservation and make a dinner reservation. As another example, PGD B24 may be used to place food or drink orders by a player. Such an order may be processed via the remote food server B32 (see FIG. 29). The transactions required to confirm food tickets or awards, check the availability of food services, request food services, and receive responses to food service requests are the various transactions located within the food service interface B125. Implemented using a display screen. These display screens may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the food service interface. In some embodiments, the food service interface may be configured to verify food service information from a smart card or other form information device.
  Another type of game service that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the accommodation service interface B130. In exchange for a game play award or a specific amount of game play, a player may receive a prize in the form of an accommodation service such as a room upgrade, free night, or other accommodation service. Using the accommodation facility service interface B130, the player may check the availability of a particular accommodation facility award. For example, if a player receives a room upgrade award, the accommodation service interface may be used to check room availability and book a room. Regardless of whether the player has won an accommodation award, the player may use the accommodation service interface to make a room reservation (such as an additional room reservation) or to upgrade a room. In some embodiments, tickets may be issued to game players (eg, from independent game devices B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j shown in FIG. 29). The game representative may check the player's award ticket, check the availability of the award, and use the accommodation service interface to implement the award. As another example, PGD B24 may be used to call a taxi or other form of transportation for a player who is in a gaming machine and intends to leave the game play area. The game play area may be a casino, a hotel, a restaurant, a bar, or a store.
  The PGD B24 may communicate with the remote accommodation facility server to confirm the award for accommodation facility service and check the availability of the award for a particular accommodation facility. Various displays located in the accommodation service interface are necessary to check the accommodation ticket, check the availability of the accommodation service, request the accommodation service, and receive a response to the accommodation service request. It may be implemented using a screen. These display screens may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the accommodation service interface. In some embodiments, the accommodation service interface may be configured to verify accommodation service information from a smart card or other portable information device.
  One type of game service interface that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a game operation interface B135. Using the game service interface B135 on the PGD B24, the game service representative may execute a number of game service transactions related to game operations. For example, if a game player spills a drink in the game play area, the game service representative will send a request to the maintenance to send personnel to clean the accident and receive a response to the request from the maintenance You can do it. Maintenance requests and maintenance responses may be transmitted and received via a display screen selected via a menu on the screen of the game operation service interface. As another example, if a game service representative notices a broken game machine, such as a light break, the game service representative may send a maintenance request for the game machine using the PGD B24. In one or more embodiments, the player may be granted various options through the game service interface B135. For example, a player may be authorized to request a service representative or attendant using interface B135.
  One type of game service interface that may be stored on PGD B24 is transaction arbitration interface B110. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a memory that stores game service transaction information. The memory may record the type and time when a particular game service is executed. From time to time, game service transaction records stored in PGD B24 may be compared to records stored in other locations. For example, for confirmation of a prize ticket, every time a prize ticket is confirmed and paid out, confirmation is transmitted to the remote server B160. Thus, the information regarding the award ticket confirmed using the PGD B24 should be consistent with the information regarding the transaction performed by the PGD stored in the remote server B160. The transaction reconciliation process includes the use of transaction reconciliation interface B110 to compare this information. In various embodiments, only game service representatives (except players) are allowed to access the transaction arbitration interface B110.
  One type of game service that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a voice interface B138. Using spread spectrum mobile communications or other communication networks built into the PGD, players and / or game service representatives may use the PGD B24 as a voice communication device. This voice interface B138 may be used to assist with some of the previously described interfaces. For example, if a game player spills a drink, the game service representative may use the voice interface B138 on the PGD B24 to send a maintenance request and receive a maintenance response. As another example, if a game player requests confirmation of a food service such as a free meal, the player, or a game service representative in a restaurant or other location, uses the voice interface B138 on the PGD B24. Such a request may be made. In some embodiments, a player may be allowed to communicate with other PGD B24 players, such as by entering a code number assigned to the PGD B24 that they wish to communicate with. In this way, for example, couples using two different PGDs B24 are allowed to communicate with each other. Voice interface B138 may allow players to communicate with a hotel / casino front desk, gaming board switchboard operator, and the like.
  One type of game service interface that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a game play interface B137. In various embodiments, the player is authorized to access the game play interface B137 to select one or more games for play. The game play interface B137 may include a menu that lists one or more games that the player may play via the PGD B24. In various embodiments, game play is performed by game server B28 (see FIG. 29).
In one or more embodiments, the game control code is not present in PDG B24, but is located on a secure remote server. Referring to FIG. 29, game play data is transmitted from game server B28 to PGD B24, and from PGD B24 to game server B28. The PDG B24 receives video data and processes the data to be presented as information on the display B102, thereby receiving and processing the data. Similarly, the PGD B24 is adapted to accept input and send the input or command to the game server B28. This adjustment results in the advantage that almost all aspects of the game player can be monitored since game play data is required to be sent to or from a remote location. This prevents, for example, storing game software that has been tampered with, copied, or the like in the PGD B24.
In one or more embodiments, each PGD B24 has a unique identifier that is used to identify from which PGD B24 data is transmitted and to which PGD B24 data is transmitted. In some embodiments, by directing game data for a particular game being played on a particular PGD B24 to that PGD B24 using a particular identifier, the game server B28 can direct the same or different games to different PGDs. It may be used to present to multiple players using B24.
  As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the PGD B24 may have a variety of configurations. As described above, the PGD B24 may be used in a game system B20 where the game code is not directly stored in the PGD. In such an embodiment, the PGD B24 may have a much more limited amount of data memory. In some embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a processor for executing the control code necessary to operate the display B102, accept input from the pen B103 or input button B104, and the like. Furthermore, the PGD B24 preferably includes a buffer memory for receiving data transmitted from the game server B28. This data may include data for displaying game information such as video and audio content.
  Various usage modes of the PDG B24 will be described. In one or more embodiments, the PGD B24 may be used directly by the player. In various embodiments, a player may use the PGD B24 to play one or more games and get food-like products and services.
  The usage of PGD B24 according to some embodiments is illustrated in FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b). In general, a player must first obtain a PGD B24. For example, a player may borrow PGD B24 from a game operator. The player then sets permission to use PGD B24. In some embodiments, the player must show the player's identity at the login interface and obtain a valid ticket to operate the PGD B24. In operation, the player uses the interface B106 to play a game, spot prizes, order food and drinks, make a reservation, seek game operator assistance, and so on. Participate in various transactions, such as seeking various other goods and services as described in more detail in.
  An example of how the player uses the PGD B24 will be described with reference to FIG. In the first step B400, the player first obtains a PGD B24. In some embodiments, the game operator may have a place where the player obtains the PGD B24 from a game attendant or other desired location, such as a hotel / casino front desk, a restaurant hostess. In some embodiments, the game operator may actually allow a player to own PGD B24 to lend, sell, or give PGD B24 to the player.
  In step B402, the PGD B24 is operated. In some embodiments, this step includes turning on the PGD B24 (such as using a power switch) and logging in. In some embodiments, the login interface B105 is automatically displayed when the PGD B24 is turned on. Login interface B105 may include “player” and “authorized personnel” buttons that may be operated using pen B103.
  In some embodiments, the game operator may log in the player. For example, if a player obtains PGD B24 from a restaurant hostess, the hostess may log in to the player. In some embodiments, the game operator may have PGDs B24 used by players and other devices used by gamers. In such a case, the PGDs B24 configured for the player may be automatically configured in the player mode after turn-on.
  In step B404, the player sets the eligibility for using the PGD B24. In some embodiments, this step may include the player providing a valid ticket that can be verified using the EZ payment portion of gaming system B20. In some embodiments, a player has obtained a ticket by playing on one of the gaming machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j. May be. In some embodiments, a player may have a ticket issued by a game service representative. For example, the player may be issued a ticket with a cashier cage (with credit card or cash) credits. The player may pay cash or the like to a restaurant hostess and issue a ticket.
  Once the player has a ticket, the ticket may be scanned using the ticket reader B145 of the PGD B24. For example, a player may pass a ticket in front of ticket reader B145. Once the information is read by PGD B24, the data may be sent to EZ payment server B26 for confirmation. This confirmation preferably identifies a particular ticket, including the fact that it is unpaid and has a reasonable value.
In one or more embodiments, entitlements may be set in other ways. For example, in some embodiments, a qualification may be established with a player tracking or identification card that may be read using the card reader B140 of the PGD B24.
  Setting the qualification of PGD B24 may ensure that the player has the necessary funds to pay for services and products available through the use of PGD B24. However, in one or more embodiments, this step may be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, a player may use PGD B24 and pay for goods or services in other ways. In some embodiments, a player may order food and pay the food to the waiter, for example, with room charge or cash when the food is delivered. In some embodiments, a player may use a credit card to pay for a game, food, or the like. In this case, the credit card may be read by card reader B140 when services or products are delivered or ordered by a player.
  In step B406, the player is allowed to make one or more selections from interface B106. As described above, a player may not be allowed to access all interfaces B106. In any case, the player may select a service from the group of the interface B 106 by using the pen B 103 or the like. An example of involvement in a specific activity using PGD B24 is described below with reference to FIG. 32 (b).
  If the player no longer wishes to be involved in activities using PGD B24, the PGD B24 usage session ends at step B408, and in one or more embodiments, PGD B24 is returned to the game operator. . In various embodiments, when a player no longer wishes to use PGD B24, the player returns PGD B24 to the game operator. At that point, the game operator may confirm that the transaction using PGD B24 is closed or completed and pay if the player wins. In some embodiments, player B24 receives a new ticket representing player credit (including all payments made for the first use of PGD B24, all wins are added, Subtracted) is issued.
  An example of a method for using the PGD B24 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 32 (b) when the game player selects a game play option using the game play interface B137. In step B410 (including the specific embodiment of step B406 of FIG. 32A), the player has selected a “game play” event or service using the game play interface B137.
  In some embodiments, when the player selects the game play interface B137, a menu of one or more games that the player is allowed to play may be displayed to the player. In some embodiments, when the player selects the game play interface B137, a signal is sent from the PGD B24 to the remote game server B28, indicating to the game server B28 that the player wants to play the game. In response, game server B28 may send the latest game menu to PGD B24 for display. In this configuration, the available game menus may be constantly updated at one or more central locations (such as server B28) instead of individual PGD B24.
  If system B20 allows the player to select a game from the game menu, the method includes selecting a particular game that the player is going to play. Game play begins when a game is selected or when only a single game option is provided. In some embodiments, the game server B28 sends data such as video and audio content to the PGD B24 for use by the PGD B24 in presenting the game.
  In some embodiments, in step B412, the player is required to place a bet or wager to participate in the game. In some embodiments, a player may place a bet or wager using an EZ payment system. As described above, a player qualifies for PGD B24 with an EZ payment ticket or other ticket indicating that the player has cash or credit in the account that the player may use to pay for goods and services. It is preferable to do. These services include game play services.
  In some embodiments, when a player qualifies for PGD B24, the player's credit value or cash is displayed to the player so that the player pays visual attention to these amounts. . When the player starts playing the game, the player may enter a bet or wager that does not exceed the value of credit or cash held by the player. When the player places a bet or wager, the information is sent to the EZ payment server B26 and subtracted from the player's account. The value of the new credit is displayed to the player at PGD B24.
  In various embodiments, a player may provide bets or wagers in other ways. For example, a player may pass a credit card through card reader B140 to provide the credit required for betting or betting.
  In step B414, the player is allowed to participate in the game. In some embodiments, game play includes game server B28 executing game code and sending information to PGD B24 to present certain aspects of the game to the player. If necessary, the player is allowed to input and the input data is transmitted from the PGD B24 to the game server B28.
  As an example of a game, the game may include video poker. In this embodiment, game server B28 executes code to randomly generate or select five cards. Data representing the video image of the card is sent to the PGD B24, where the images of the five dealt cards are displayed on the display screen B102.
A “draw” or “stay” instruction may be displayed to the player. At that time, the player may select one or more cards to leave or exchange. When the player selects card exchange, the instruction is transmitted to the game server B28, and the game server B28 randomly generates or selects a replacement card. The exchange card data is transmitted to the PGD B24, and an image of the exchange card is displayed.
  If the game server B28 determines that the five card hands (including exchange cards) include a predetermined winning hand, the player may be paid a winning amount. Otherwise, the player loses the bet or wager. This step includes step B416 of the method for determining the outcome of the game.
  If the result is a win, the player may be paid for the win by filling in the player's account with the EZ payment server B26. In that case, the displayed player credit value is updated to reflect the player's victory.
  The player may select a re-game, may play a different game, or may select one or more provided services. In some embodiments, a “return to main menu” button or the like may be displayed to the player at all times, allowing the player to return to a display that includes various interfaces B106.
  In some embodiments, once the player has completed using PGD B24, the player returns PGD B24 to the game operator. For example, the player may return the PGD B24 to the cashier cage or game service operator. In various embodiments, a game service operator or other party issues a ticket to the player for credit or value remaining in the player's account. The PGD B24 may be deactivated for use by other players. In some embodiments, the PGD B24 may be deactivated by turning off its power. In some embodiments, a “logout” interface or option may be provided that causes the PGD B24 to return to a default state that requires login by a player or user.
  The PGD B24 may be used by a game service operator. Some examples of such usage are described in detail below in conjunction with FIGS.
  When the game service representative contacts the game player seeking game service in the game playing area B70 (see FIG. 29), the game service representative will be contacted by the game player as described with reference to FIG. An appropriate game service interface on the PGD B24 display screen is used to provide the required game service. For example, when a game player requests EZ ticket confirmation, the game service representative displays an EZ payment ticket confirmation interface on the display screen of the PGD B24 using a menu available on the display screen B102. The game service representative scans the EZ payment ticket using a ticket reader connected to the PGD B24 to obtain unique ticket information. Next, the PGD B24 transmits an EZ payment ticket confirmation request to the EZ payment server B26 using the wireless communication interface.
  In various embodiments, the ticket confirmation request consists of one or more information packets that conform to the wireless communication standard used. Using wireless link B72, one or more information packets containing a ticket confirmation request are sent to transceiver B62 connected to the EZ payment server. Transceiver B62 is a communication format used by PGD and is designed to receive and send messages to one or more PGDs B24 from one or more PGDs B24 in game playing area B70. Depending on the position of the PGD B24 in the game playing area B70, the communication path of the information packet to or from the PGD B24 may be via one or more wireless communication relays including B58 and B60. For example, if PGD B24 is near game machine B22a, the communication paths for messages from PGD B24 to EZ payment server B26 are PGD B24 to relay B60, relay B60 to relay B58, relay B58 to transceiver B62, and From transceiver B62 to EZ payment server B26. When the position of the PGD B24 in the game playing area B70 changes, the communication path between the PGD B24 and the EZ payment server B26 may also change.
  After receiving an EZ payment ticket confirmation response from EZ payment server B26, the EZ payment ticket may be confirmed using an appropriate display screen on PGD B24. After ticket cashing, the game service representative may use PGD B24 to send a transaction confirmation to EZ payment server B26. The transaction history for PGD B24 may be stored on PGD B24 as well as EZ payment server B26. Next, a transaction receipt may be printed. The receipt may be issued from a portable printer carried by the game service representative and connected in some manner to the PGD B24, or the receipt may be issued from a fixed location printer B56.
  After using PGD B24 to provide many game services, including many game service transactions, to different game players in game playing area B70, the game service representative logs off PGD B24 and returns it to a secure storage location You can do it. For example, at the end of the shift, the game service representative may check the PGD B24 in several places, and if the device is not assigned to a particular game service representative, other game service representatives. May be assigned. However, before the PGD B24 is assigned to another game service representative, the transaction history stored in the PGD B24 matches the independent transaction history stored on a transaction server such as the EZ payment server B26. May be.
  Allocation and non-allocation of PGD B24 to game service representatives and transaction arbitration are performed for security and audit purposes. Another safety measure used for the PGD B24 is fixing the connection time between the PGD B24 and the transaction server. For example, if a PGD B24 is assigned to a game service representative and the game service representative logs on the PGD B24, the PGD B24 may have one or more transactions including the EZ payment server B26, the server B28, the server B30, or the server B32. A connection with the server may be established. The connection between the transaction server and the PGD B24 allows the PDG B24 to send information to the transaction server and receive information from the transaction server. The length of the connection may be fixed so that the connection between the PGD B24 and the transaction server is automatically terminated after a predetermined time. In order to connect to the transaction server, the login and registration process must be repeated on the PGD B24.
  The transaction server may provide one or more game service transactions. However, PGD B24 may connect with multiple transaction servers to obtain different game services. For example, the server 30 may be an award transaction server that enables award service transactions, and the server B 415 may be a food transaction server that enables food transactions. When the game service representative receives the award service request from the game player, the PGD B24 communicates with the award transaction server B30 using a wireless communication link between the PGD B24 and the transceiver B64 connected to the award transaction server B30. May be used for Similarly, when a game service representative receives a food service request from a game player, the PGD B24 uses a wireless communication link between the PGD B24 and the transceiver B66 connected to the food transaction server B32, and the PGD B24 uses the food transaction server B32. May be used to contact with.
  Different transaction servers including servers B26, B28, B30, B32 may be on separate networks or linked in some manner. For example, the server 32 is connected to the network B 74, the server B 26 is connected to the network B 38, the server B 30 is connected to the network B 76, and the server B 28 is connected to the network B 78. In this embodiment, the network link B80 exists between the network B76 and the network B38. Thus, the server B26 may communicate with the server B30 via the network link B80. Communication links between different servers may allow game service transaction information to be shared with these servers and may allow different communication paths between the PGD and the transaction server. Similarly, network link B82 exists between network B78 and network B38, allowing the game server to communicate with EZ payment server B26.
  FIG. 33 is a flowchart illustrating a method for providing a game service using a handheld device. In step B500, the game service representative receives the PGD B24 and logs into the device to assign the device. Checkout and assignment processes are for security and audit purposes. In step B505, the game service representative contacts the game player in the game playing area requesting a certain type of game service. In step B510, the game service representative selects an appropriate interface on the PGD B24 using a menu on the PGD display screen B102 that enables the game service representative to provide the required game service. In step B515, the game service representative inputs the game service transaction information required to execute the game service transaction. For example, to confirm a prize ticket, a game service representative may read information from the ticket using a ticket reader. As another example, to provide a food service that includes a dinner reservation, a game service representative may enter the name of the game player to make a reservation.
  In step B520, the transaction information acquired in step B515 is confirmed as necessary. For example, if a player attempts to cash a prize ticket, the information from the prize will be verified to ensure that the ticket is authentic (for example, the ticket may be counterfeit) and has not yet been confirmed. Is done. The confirmation process requires movement of a certain number of information packets between the PGD B24 and the transaction server. Details of the award ticket confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG. If the transaction information is valid at step B522, a game service transaction is provided. For example, a guest room reservation for a player who requests an accommodation facility service is made. A confirmation of the game service transaction may be sent to the transaction server for transaction arbitration in step B545. In one or more embodiments, the method may include issuing a receipt for the game service transaction.
  In step B535, after providing the service, the game player may request another game service. If the game player requests an additional game service, the game service representative returns to step B510 and selects an interface suitable for the game service. If the game player does not request additional game services in step B530 and it is not at the end of the shift, the game service representative returns to step B505 and contacts the new game player. If the shift is complete in step B540, the game service representative logs out of the PGD B24 and deposits it in a safe place so that the PGD can be assigned to other game service representatives. In step B545, before the PGD B24 is given to a different game service representative, the transaction history recorded on the PGD is consistent with the transactions previously confirmed on the transaction server during the game service representative's shift period. In order to guarantee the transaction history arbitration is executed. The transaction history on the PGD B24 may be stored in the PGD removable memory storage device. In this way, the memory may be removed from the device for transaction arbitration and replaced with a new memory. In this way, transaction information from the previous game service representative assigned to the device is arbitrated, while the device with the new memory is given to the new game service representative.
  FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a method of confirming information for providing a personal game service. In the illustrated embodiment, the ticket is verified in a manner consistent with the EZ payment ticket system. EZ payment tickets are usually used for award tickets. However, the system may be adapted to provide tickets for other services, including food services, prize services or accommodation services. In step B600, the request for game service transaction information read from the ticket is sent to the appropriate transaction server via the wireless communication interface of the PGD B24, as described with reference to FIG. In step B605, the server identifies which clerk confirmation ticket (CVT) B34, B36 owns the ticket. When the CVT owns the ticket, the information regarding the state of a specific ticket issued from the game machine connected to the CVT B34, B36 is stored. In step B610, the server sends a ticket payment request to the CVT identified as the ticket owner. Generally, a payment request for the service indicated on the ticket is required. For cash tickets, the payment request means that a ticket cashing request has been made. For free meals, a payment request means that a request has been made to obtain a meal. In step B615, the CVT receives the ticket payment request and marks the ticket pending. While the ticket is pending, any attempt to verify the ticket with similar information is blocked by CVT.
  In step B620, CVT B34 and B36 return a response to the server with the context information. As an example, the context information may be the time and place when the ticket was issued. Information from the CVT to the server may be transmitted as one or more data packets according to a communication standard shared between the CVT and the server. In step B625, after receiving an acknowledgment from the CVT, the server marks the payment request as pending and sends a payment command to the PGD B24. While the payment request is pending, the server does not allow other tickets with the same information as the ticket for which the payment request is pending to be confirmed.
  In step B630, the game service representative may select whether to accept or reject the payment command from the server. If the game service representative accepts a payment request from the server in step B640, the PGD B24 transmits a response confirming that the transaction has been executed to the transaction server. The transaction server marks the request as paid, thereby preventing other tickets with the same information from being confirmed. In step B645, the server sends a confirmation to the CVT that allows the CVT to change the mark from pending to paid. If the game service representative rejects the payment instruction from the server, the PGD B24 sends a response to the server to change the mark of the payment request from pending to unpaid. Once the ticket is marked unpaid, the ticket may be verified by another PGD B24 or other verification device. In step B655, the server sends a response to the CVT to change the mark of the payment request from pending to unpaid, thereby enabling ticket confirmation.
In one or more embodiments, the ticket may be used to provide credit / value for qualifying services or goods, such as the right to play games or acquire food. The PGD B24 may include a card reader B140. In such a configuration, a user of PGD B24 may use a credit card or other magnetic stripe type card to provide credit / value. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 may include one or more other types of devices for obtaining / receiving information, such as a smart card reader. In such a configuration, the PGD B24 device may read information from a credit card, smart card, or other device. Such cards may include well-known credit or debit cards. This information may be used to provide credit / value. In the credit card example, user account information may be read from the card and sent from PGD B24 to controller B42. Credit card / credit confirmation information may be associated with a credit card server (not shown). This credit server may work with casinos or banks or other businesses that are remote from where the PGD B24 and controller B42 are used. A communication link may be provided between the controller B42 and a remote server for sending credit card information.
  In some embodiments, if a player uses a smart card or credit card, the accompanying credit or value may be communicated to the EZ payment server B26 and the credit / value is credited as if it were provided by the ticket. The forehead may be handled in the same manner. If the player wishes to cash, the EZ payment server B26 may have a record of the original credit amount, award amount, loss or payment, and issue a ticket corresponding to the total amount of credit to the player.
  According to various embodiments, a gaming system is provided that includes one or more portable gaming devices. Portable gaming devices allow players to play one or more games in various locations, such as hotel rooms, restaurants, or other locations. These locations may be remote from traditional game areas where independent, generally fixed game consoles are located.
In one or more embodiments, a player may use a portable gaming device not only to play a game but also to obtain other products and services. Further, in one or more embodiments, the portable gaming device may be used by a game service representative to perform various functions and provide various services to the player.
  The foregoing description should be understood to include only certain implementation techniques that may be utilized in accordance with various embodiments. Other techniques may be used, and other techniques are contemplated, according to various embodiments. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, regardless of existing or undeveloped technology.
Wireless interactive system According to various embodiments, a wireless interactive gaming system includes one or more wireless gaming devices, a receiver, and a central processor. The wireless interactive game system may also include a terminal that communicates with the central processor.
  In a gaming environment using a wireless interactive game system, a player receives a wireless gaming device from a game administrator representing a gaming company or “house”. The wireless game apparatus can receive betting information as a command input by the player, and can transmit the received betting information together with identification information to the recipient by wireless transmission.
  The wireless interactive game system may support many wireless game devices in one game facility. The wireless transmission range from the wireless gaming device may be up to 100 feet.
  According to various embodiments, the player enters information into the wireless gaming device, for example, by pressing a push button or key on the device. The wireless gaming device may include any number of buttons, for example 5 to 20, in a keypad type arrangement. The button may be marked with a number from 0 to 9 and may include a “$” (dollar mark) key and an “enter” key so that the player can easily enter betting information. In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device includes at least eight player selection buttons (eg, numbers) and at least five special function buttons (eg, to request a player balance). In various embodiments, by passing a smart card containing a microprocessor chip or magnetic stripe with encrypted information through a smart card reader of a wireless gaming device, a player may or may not have wagering information. Can be input to the wireless game device.
  In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device may include an identifier. The identifier may be, for example, a series of symbols combining alphabets and numbers, a bar code, or a magnetic stripe attached to the device. In various embodiments, the identifier may be a digital code stored in a secure memory, such as an electronically erasable and programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). If the identifier is a continuous symbol combining alphabets and numbers, the identifier may be read directly by the game administrator, or the identifier is automatically read by a bar code reader or magnetic tape reader. It's okay. In various embodiments, the identifier may be programmed into the EEPROM or may be read from the EEPROM via an RS-232 port connected directly to the terminal encryption and decryption circuitry.
  The wireless game device may store the encryption key. The encryption key may be used to encrypt information transmitted from the device to the receiver. Encryption of information transmitted to the receiver limits the tampering of the wireless gaming machine and prevents unauthorized or fake devices from being used with the system.
  In various embodiments, the encryption key may be stored in EEPROM. An EEPROM has the advantage of being a storage device that is difficult to access if a suitable encryption circuit is not available. Thus, it is considered that the encryption circuit that downloads the encryption key to the device is kept safe by the game administrator.
Instead, each time the game device is delivered to the player, the game device is directly connected to the encryption and decryption device in the terminal via the port, and the player receives the game device with the encryption key stored in the EEPROM. It may be updated and changed. In addition, other digital information related to the game being played can be transferred from the terminal to the EEPROM by direct connection to the wireless gaming device.
May be downloaded to
  In various embodiments, a microprocessor controls the operation of the wireless gaming device. The microprocessor receives digital betting information entered by the player using the buttons or keys of the wireless gaming device. The microprocessor stores a wireless game device identification code, which is a digital equivalent of the wireless game device identifier. The microprocessor also executes a software application for encrypting the identification code and player wagering information for transmission to the receiver. The software includes an algorithm that encrypts a data packet including an identification code and betting information with an encryption key.
  In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device has a unique address, i.e., an identification code, for communication with the receiver and stores the player identification programmed into the device by the central processor. The wireless gaming device may include a bet amount register that is maintained and updated using the device keys. The value stored in the wager amount register may be included in the transmission from the device to the central processor. The value of the bet amount register is set as a default value to a predetermined value, for example, $ 1 when the device is initialized, and may be further adjusted by the player. The wireless gaming device may also include an account balance register that is placed in the device and periodically updated by the central processor. The value of the account balance register should be set to $ 0 as the default value when the device is initialized.
The wireless gaming device may include a player function key. Player function keys may be used to accomplish the following functions:
1. 1. Send a message to the receiver Request account balance information3. 3. Adjust the state of the device. 4. Make sure that data is sent in the next send message. Increase the bet amount register by a predetermined amount, for example $ 10, $ 5 or $ 1 Reset bet amount register to default value, eg $ 1
  The firmware of the wireless gaming device may only allow a button or key to be pressed once every 100 ms. In various embodiments, key presses are not queued; when a key press message is queued and sent, other player inputs are accepted until the queued message is sent. Absent.
  The wireless gaming device may include a transmitter. The transmitter may receive the encrypted digital information from the microprocessor and convert it into a signal for wireless communication to the receiver. The transmitter transmits a signal wirelessly, for example, using a wireless signal or an infrared signal. Communication between the receiver and the wireless gaming device may be asynchronous at 2400 bits per second.
  The wireless game device may include an identification circuit that drives the transmitter to periodically transmit an identification signal to the receiver. By using the identification circuit, the receiver and the central processor can confirm that the wireless gaming device is operating and functioning and is in the gaming facility. In this way, when the wireless game machine is taken out of the gaming facility, the receiver and central processor no longer receive the periodic identification signal transmitted by the identification circuit and the transmitter, and the game administrator can May be warned that it has been taken out of the game facility.
  The wireless gaming device may include a real time clock that allows the microprocessor to monitor the current time and date. The clock may be a timing circuit. The microprocessor can use the time and date obtained from the clock to perform calculations and other functions based on the current time and date.
  The wireless gaming device may include a tag, such as an electronic or magnetic component, that issues a warning upon passing a sensing device located at the entrance and / or exit of the gaming facility. A warning is issued when the tagged wireless game device passes the detection device, thereby informing the game administrator that the wireless game device is about to be taken out of the game facility.
  The wireless gaming device may be powered by a battery power source built into the device. Portable power sources, such as battery power, expand the cordless operation of wireless gaming devices in a gaming environment. The battery power source may be part of a removable rechargeable battery pack that allows charging when the device is not in use.
  In some embodiments, the wireless gaming device displays information such as game information on a display device such as a backlit liquid crystal display (LCD). The LCD can be used to display the values stored in the bet amount register and the account balance register. The wireless gaming device may include a display receiver that receives digital information transmitted from the receiver or central processor.
  The device may also include a two-color light emitting diode (LED). The two-color LED displays at least two colors, for example, red and green. The green light may flash for a period of time so that it can be seen by the player each time the wireless gaming device transmits to the receiver. When a key is pressed on the wireless game device, red light is emitted and may be lit until a transmission is received by the receiver, when no additional key input is performed. The wireless gaming device may also include additional light emitting diodes, for example, to indicate when the account balance register is updated and balance information is displayed on the LCD.
  The receiver can receive a signal transmitted from the transmitter of the wireless game device. The receiver incorporates a decoder that converts the received signal into, for example, digital information. This digital information includes at least an identification code of the wireless game device and player betting information. The digital information obtained by the decoder is sent to the central processor. In various embodiments, communication between the central processor and the receiver may be a 9600 or 19,200 byte per second RS-232 electrical interface data serial communication link.
  The receiver receives signals from many wireless gaming devices, for example, continuously or at high speed using multiplexing technology so that many players can bet on the wireless gaming device in a short time. Good. The receiver identifies signals received from various devices by identification codes present in the signals received by the receiver.
The central processor receives the wireless gaming device identification code and player betting information from the receiver. The central processor decrypts this information using the encryption key. The central processor can receive data from multiple wireless gaming devices in a seemingly simultaneous manner.
  In various embodiments, the player's account is stored in a central processor database. The database stores the monetary value of the account balance associated with the identifier of the wireless game device.
The central processor manages the player's account in the database based on signals received from the player's wireless gaming device when the player bets and when a prize is awarded while the game is running. The central processor withdraws money from the player's account balance when the player places a bet. A player's account balance may be automatically increased by the central processor if the player wins a game in which he places a bet.
The central processor can also store and execute software applications including algorithms for calculating player account balances, bets, and wins. The central processor is an algorithm that defines the activities performed in the player's account during the course of the game, such as when bets are entered, winnings are paid out, and funds are added to the player's account Should be able to do all of
The central processor software algorithm may calculate odds and payments for certain games, such as lottery-type games, during game execution. Odds and payments at specific points in time may depend on the characteristics of the game being played by the central processor and may change as the game progresses. These algorithms may be executed by a central processor to provide an accurate calculation of the odds of a particular game event that is happening, and an award for the player to correctly predict that one of these events will occur . The algorithm may be run at all times so that real-time odds and payments are calculated as the game progresses.
The central processor may perform various activities on the player's account, resulting in various effects on the account. For example, if a player wins the game, his account is filled for payment based on his bet. When a player bets using a wireless gaming device, his account is debited by the amount of the bet. When the game manager receives additional funds from the player, only the amount of funds is entered into the player account. When the game manager closes the player's account and pays the player money, the balance of the player account is withdrawn by the payment amount.
The central processor may be located in a gaming facility that houses the receiver. In various embodiments, the central processor may be located remotely from the receiver and communicate with the receiver via electronic digital telephone communication such as a serial communication link or wireless transmission. Further, the central processor may perform a number of functions for various receivers in various gaming environments.
  In some embodiments, communication between the central processor, the receiver, and the wireless gaming device may include a polling scheme. Polling allows many wireless gaming devices to communicate with a receiver without interference between each other. Such polling schemes include digital signal transmission in the form of hexadecimal digit strings. All communications between the central processor, receiver and wireless gaming device are preferably encrypted.
  In such a polling scheme, hexadecimal digits may be reserved for a particular control protocol. For example, an attention character is a header character that is used to initiate all communications from the central processor to the receiver, depicting a message and synchronizing message receipt at the receiver. The same function is included when an attention character follows in response to a message communication. Acknowledgment characters are other header characters that provide confirmation that the sending device has received and confirmed previous message data. The confirmation character can also function as a caution character to start the next message. An end of message character is used to indicate the end of transmission. Also, the character that complements the next byte allows the use of reserved protocol characters in a normally sent message by preventing the wrong control signal when the message data byte matches one of the control characters. If the message byte that needs to be sent matches one of the protocol control characters, the character that complements the next byte is sent, followed by completion of the matching message byte.
  Verification of the received data may be performed using a single byte checksum of the message information. This checksum may be a complement of the total of the initial message data that does not include header characters. If the checksum is equal to one of the protocol control characters, it is handled according to the character function that complements the next byte.
In the above polling scheme, there are three different communication modes on the link between the central processor and the receiver. Initially, the central processor may send a message intended for the receiver. Second, the central processor may send a message directed to the wireless gaming device. Third, the wireless gaming device may send a message directed to the central processor. In various embodiments, a message sent by the central processor may be followed by a destination device identification code, an instruction or message, a message terminator, and a checksum character in the form of a character string formatted with header characters. . Although the message received by the receiver or wireless gaming device may be confirmed by sending a confirmation character, the central processor need not confirm the message transmitted from the wireless gaming device. Messages sent by the central processor and received by the wireless gaming device may be broadcast to all wireless gaming devices. The device address may be reserved as a broadcast address for all wireless game devices, and all devices receive messages transmitted to this address. In this case, confirmation does not need to be returned from any of the wireless game devices.
Each instruction or message may begin with an instruction code that indicates whether the information contained in the message should be used. Instruction codes for messages sent by the central processor to the receiver and the wireless gaming device include:
1. 1. Send device address list to receiver 2. Send account balance information to the device with the address 3. Send a command to deactivate the device with the address Send instructions to operate the device with the address
In various embodiments, the message sent between the receiver and the wireless gaming device is in the form of a character string formatted with header characters, the destination device identification code, current bet amount, request, command or data. Followed by a message terminator and a checksum character. Command codes, commands and data for requests sent between the receiver and the wireless gaming device include:
1. Read user identification 2. Read device address Read the balance register Read the wager register Provide device status 6. 6. Write user identification Write the device address8. 8. Write balance register Write your bet amount10. Run a self test
  These instruction codes are used to program the device address and user identification information into the wireless gaming device so that it may be used to initialize the device to the default state, i.e., to bring the player's account balance to $ 0. May be used. Each of the account balance register and user identification may include two characters, the least significant byte and the most significant byte, allowing the use of a wider range of numbers for these values.
  Various embodiments include a method in which a central processor communicates with a wireless gaming device. The central processor sends a string of hexadecimal digits including, for example, a device identification code, a request, an instruction or data, a message terminator, a header character followed by a checksum character. After the central processor transmits the character string, the wireless gaming device receives the string, recognizes its identification code, and executes the instructions in the string. If the central processor sends instructions to all wireless gaming devices simultaneously, all of the currently operating devices will receive and execute the instructions. The receiver may receive a transmission that the instruction has been correctly received from the wireless gaming device, but the wireless gaming device does not send a confirmation message to the central processor. The central processor communicates with the receiver in the same way, except that the receiver may send a confirmation message containing the confirmation control protocol characters to the central processor.
  Similarly, the wireless gaming device communicates with the receiver and the central processor using, for example, a string of hexadecimal digits. The receiver regularly and periodically checks the active wireless gaming device for information requests or betting requests. If the player inputs a request to the wireless game device since the wireless game device was last investigated, the player's request is transmitted to the receiver.
  Various embodiments include a method in which a wireless gaming device receives a player's request and relays it to a central processor. First, the player uses a button or key to input a request to the wireless game device. Next, the player, for example, displays “Input” or “Send” and presses a button that instructs the wireless gaming device to send a request the next time the receiver examines the wireless gaming device. When this button is pressed, the red light source of the two-color LED is illuminated to inform the player that the request is awaiting transmission. The request can be, for example, a header character, an identification code (or, alternatively, an independent identification string reserved for a particular player), a current bet amount, a player request (e.g., change of bet amount or balance update). Send), a message terminator character, and a checksum character. The next time the receiver examines the device, the device's transmitter sends a character string to the receiver. When the wireless gaming device is investigated by the receiver, the green light source of the two-color LED flashes to inform the player that the request has been sent. The receiver receives the request string and sends the string to the central processor. The central processor then executes based on the player's request.
  Using the terminal, the game administrator may process betting transactions and distribute wireless gaming devices. In various embodiments, the terminal may include a bar code and / or a magnetic stripe reader to quickly enter an identifier for the wireless gaming device prior to handing the wireless gaming device to the player. The reading device provides information of a digital data mode to the terminal. The terminal may include a keyboard that is used to input data that is manually transmitted to the central processor by the game administrator. Using a reader, keyboard, or a combination of these, the game administrator sets up a player's account, and if the player pays money to the game administrator, the account balance is increased, and the player pays cash from the account balance. When trying to collect value, communicate with the central processor to reduce the account balance.
  When a player receives a wireless game device from a game manager, the player sets a balance for an account that works with his wireless game device identified by the identifier. The player may increase the monetary value of the account balance by paying additional funds to the game administrator in cash or credit, which the game administrator stores in the central processor via the terminal to increase the account balance. Access your account.
  After the player has played one or more games, the wireless game device is returned to the game manager. The reader may be used to read an identifier for closing a player's account stored in a central processor database. The terminal includes a terminal display that informs the game administrator of the balance of the player's account so that the player can pay the cash value of the remaining balance of the account.
  In some embodiments, an account status display device is placed at the gaming facility to display the player's account information. In various embodiments, the display device may be a liquid crystal display or a cathode ray tube display, for example. The display device is controlled by a central processor that sends information for display to the player.
  Confirm that the bet sent from the wireless gaming device is received by the receiver and sent to the central processor, determine the monetary balance of the player account, and confirm that the player's win has been entered in his account To do so, the player may look at the display device. The display device displays important information necessary for the player to participate in the game. Information displayed to individual players may include account number, player account balance, player last bet, and player last prize or win.
  The display device is divided into specific areas: for example, display areas, each area showing account information of one player. The size of the display area may be determined by the size of the display device and the number of players having a wireless game device. It is considered that only the account being used is displayed on the display device. If additional display devices are required to display information about many accounts, the central processor may be configured to drive a number of similar display devices.
  The display device may be used to display odds and payouts for game bets. Alternatively, a separate display device driven by a central processor may be used to display odds and payout information. Furthermore, the odds and payout may be displayed on the device display 21.
  A procedure for using a wireless interactive gaming system according to some embodiments is described. In some embodiments, the player pays, for example, $ 100, in cash or credit to the game facility game administrator to set up an account. For example, the game manager uses a bar code reader of the terminal to select the wireless game device and input the identifier of the wireless game device to the terminal. The game manager inputs the amount paid, i.e., $ 100, to the terminal via the keyboard. The game manager hands over the wireless game device to the player and informs that the account is account number 12, for example. Alternatively, the player may confirm his / her account number directly from the identifier of the wireless gaming device. Information entered into the terminal by the game administrator is transmitted to the central processor, which sets the player's account record in the database.
  For example, the central processor may be running a race game in which the player selects a winning race element to be bet on in the next race game scheduled to be held at the game facility. To place a bet, the player presses a button on the wireless gaming device.
  In some embodiments, the player first presses the button corresponding to the number assigned to the race element that the player selects, eg, 3 and then “$” for a bet amount, eg, $ 5 bet. And press “5”. The player then presses the “Enter” key to send the bet to the central processor.
  In an alternative embodiment, the game may be simplified so that pressing a single button on the wireless gaming device places all bets on a fixed amount, eg, $ 1. By pressing the button corresponding to the number assigned to the selected race element, eg, “3”, the player places a $ 1 bet on race element number 3. The player presses the “3” button a number of times corresponding to the number of $ 1 bets he desires, eg, by betting $ 5 on race element 3 by pressing “3” five times, so that the race element 3 It is possible to bet more.
  Each time a player enters a bet, the wireless gaming device generates a data packet that includes the player's betting information and an identification code for the wireless gaming device. The data packet is encrypted and transmitted by the transmitter by wireless communication.
  The decoder of the receiver receives the encrypted data packet transmitted by the transmitter. The encrypted data packet is sent to the central processor where it is decrypted. To update the player account in the database by subtracting the bet amount from the player's account, the central processor uses the obtained information to register the player's bet on the game.
  After the game is executed, the central processor awards the winning player based on the bets placed by the player and the odds corresponding to the winning results of the game. If the player who owns the wireless gaming device is the winner, the central computer updates the player account in the database by adding the prize amount to the player account balance. Otherwise, the player account is not changed.
  When the player finishes the game at the gaming facility, he returns the wireless gaming device to the game administrator. For example, the game manager uses the barcode reader of the terminal to input the identifier of the wireless game device to the terminal again. The terminal accesses the player's account information stored in the central processor database to obtain the remaining balance of the player's account. The terminal display displays the remaining balance of the player to the game manager, and the game manager pays the player the cash value of that amount. The account is closed and the transaction is recorded in the central processor.
It should be understood that the above description includes only some implementations of techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, whether existing technology or technology that has not yet been developed.
Handheld Wireless Game Player Various embodiments include a handheld wireless game player for playing a chance game. A handheld wireless game player may generally be considered to include: 1) a wireless communication interface; 2) a display screen; 3) one or more input machines; 4) a microprocessor, i) a master game control on the gaming machine. Presents a chance game on a display using an operation command received from a device via a wireless communication interface, and ii) masters information from an input signal generated from one or more input machines via a wireless communication interface Configured to transmit to the controller. The wireless game player may be used at multiple meeting locations that are physically separated from the gaming machine location. Here, the plurality of meeting places are selected from a group consisting of a kino parlor, a bingo parlor, a restaurant, a sports book, a bar, a hotel, a pool area, and a casino floor area. The chance game played by the wireless game player may be selected from the group consisting of a slot game, poker, slingshot, multiple hand poker game, pay-go poker, blackjack, keno, bingo, crap, and card game. In various embodiments, other games are also contemplated.
  In various embodiments, the wireless communication interface may use a wireless communication protocol selected from the group consisting of IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11x, Hyperrun / 2, Bluetooth, and HomeRF. The wireless game player may include a wired network interface that connects the wireless game player and the wired network access point. Further, the wireless game player may include a peripheral interface that connects to the peripheral game device. Here, the peripheral interfaces are a serial interface, a parallel interface, a USB interface, a FireWire interface, and an IEEE 1394 interface. Peripheral game devices may be printers, card readers, hard drives, and CD-DVD drives.
  In various embodiments, one or more input machines of a wireless game player may be selected from the group consisting of a biometric input device that may be a touch screen, input switches, input buttons, and a fingerprint reader. The wireless game player may include a removable memory interface designed to accept a removable memory that stores a graphics program for one or more chance games played on the wireless game player. The wireless game player may include one or more of the following: 1) an audio output interface for receiving a headphone jack, 2) an antenna, 3) a sound projection device, 4) a battery, and supplying power to the wireless game player from an external power source. And a power interface for charging the battery from an external power source, 6) a memory unit that may store a graphics program for one or more chance games performed by the wireless game player, and 7) designed to accept electronic keys. And 8) a video graphics card that represents an image on a display screen that may be used to turn 2-D graphics into 3-D graphics.
It should be understood that the above description includes only some implementations of techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, whether existing technology or technology that has not yet been developed.
Incorporation by reference The following documents are hereby incorporated by reference:
US Patent 6,676,522
US Patent 6,846,238
US Patent 6,702,672
Casino Electronic Games The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 35 through 40 unless otherwise noted.
Game Execution FIG. 35 shows one embodiment of a rotating reel slot machine 10. The slot machine includes mechanically rotatable reels 12a, 12b, 12c and a video display (see FIGS. 36a and 36b). Depending on the bet, the reels 12a, 12b, 12c rotate, and a pattern is randomly arranged on the reel in visual cooperation with the display area 16. Payment is given based on the combination of pictures that appear in the display area 16. The video display uses the display area 16 to provide a video image 18 that is superimposed on the reels 12a, 12b, 12c. The video image 18 may interact with the reels 12a, 12b, 12c and may be dynamic or static, displaying payment value, payment table, payment line, bonus game, special effects, theme landscape, and instruction information. May include. In the exemplary embodiment, slot machine 10 is “vertical” with display area 16 positioned in a vertical direction relative to the player. Alternatively, the slot machine 10 may be an “upper tilt” in which the display area 16 is tilted about 30 degrees toward the slot machine 10 player.
  With reference to FIGS. 36a and 36b, in various embodiments, the video image 18 in the display area 16 may be either a direct image (FIG. 36a) or a virtual image (FIG. 36b). If the video image 18 is a direct image, the direct image may be generated by a flat transparent video display 14a located in front of the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, as shown in FIG. 36a. The transparent display 14a may be, for example, a transparent liquid crystal display (LCD) that can be purchased from LG Phillips LCD Co., Ltd. Seoul Korea. A touch screen attached to the front surface of the display 14a may be used as the transparent display 14a. The touch screen incorporates soft touch keys displayed by an image on the display 14a below the touch screen, and is used to operate the slot machine 10.
  When the video image 18 is a virtual image as shown in FIG. 36b, the virtual screen is preferably generated by a projection arrangement including the video display 14b and the partial reflection mirror 20. The video display 14b and the partial reflection mirror 20 are relatively disposed so as to project a virtual image on the front surface of the reels 12a, 12b, and 12c between the reel and the player. Video display 14b may be mounted under reels 12a, 12b, 12c and is generally perpendicular to display area 16. The mirror 20 may be mounted on the front surface of the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, and is set at an angle of approximately 45 degrees with respect to both the video display 14b and the display area 16. The virtual image is generally parallel to the display area 16 and may actually occupy the display area 16. The virtual image may be three-dimensional. In the embodiment of FIG. 36b, the display area 16 includes a glass cover / window. This cover is optionally equipped with a touch screen containing soft touch keys that are displayed by virtual images and used to operate the slot machine 10.
  The video display 14b of FIG. 36b may be a CRT, LCD, dot matrix, LED, electroluminescent or other type of video display. Also, instead of mounting the video display 14b under the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, the display 14b is a mirror that is installed on the top of the reel at an angle of approximately 45 degrees with respect to both the video display 14b and the display area 16. May be installed together.
  Referring back to FIG. 35, the slot machine 10 can execute a basic slot game with a bonus game that can be triggered by the appearance of a bonus start as a result of the basic game, using three mechanical rotating reels 12a, 12b, and 12c. The number of mechanical reels may vary including, for example, one or more reels. The mechanical reel may be mounted on a horizontal axis to rotate vertically as shown, or alternatively, may be mounted on a vertical axis to rotate horizontally. Also, instead of individual rows of designs corresponding to one reel, each design is associated with a single reel so that the design layout of 9 designs corresponds to 9 independent reels. May be. Each of the five payment lines 22a, 22b, 22c, 22d, 22e extends through a picture on each of the three mechanical reels. The number of payment lines may be more than five or less than five, and may have various configurations.
  In general, game play begins with the insertion of a certain number of coins or the execution of a certain number of credits, and activates a certain number of payment lines in the central processing unit, depending on the number of coins or credits performed. As shown in FIG. 37, the superimposed video image 18 may display instruction information that prompts the player to insert coins or execute credits. The player then selects the number of payment lines (eg, between 1 and 5) by pressing the “Select Line” key on the button panel 24. The player then selects the number of coins or credits to bet on the selected payment line by pressing the “bet by line” key on the button panel 24. As shown in FIG. 38, the overlaid video screen may display the activated pay lines and the number of credits bet per pay line.
  After the payment line is activated, touch the “Reel Rotation” key on the button panel 24, or if the player wants the maximum bet per line, the “Maximum Bet Rotation” on the button panel 24 By use, the reels 12a, 12b, 12c may be started. Alternatively, other mechanisms such as a lever may be used to start the reel. The central processing unit uses a random number generator to select a game outcome (eg, a “basic” game outcome) corresponding to a particular set of “stop positions” on the reels. The central processing unit then stops the individual mechanical reels at the appropriate “stop position”. In order to schematically show the stop position of the reel and indicate whether the stop position of the reel corresponds to the winning game result, a picture is printed on the reel.
  The player can know the winning result of the basic game (for example, a picture combination that provides payment of coins or credits) from the payment table. As shown in FIG. 39, the overlaid video image 18 may display a payment table in response to an instruction by the player (eg, by pressing the “Payment Table” key on the button panel 24). When the picture appearing on the reels 12a, 12b, 12c corresponds to one of the winning combinations on the payment table, the winning result of the basic game is generated. The winning combination is, for example, three matching pictures on the activated payment line. When the displayed pattern stops at the winning combination, the player is given an amount obtained by multiplying the prize of the payment table corresponding to the combination by the credit amount bet on the winning payment line from the game. As shown in FIG. 40, the superimposed video image 18 highlights the winning combination (eg, “7,” “7,” “7”) and the associated payment line (eg, payment line 22c), and the winning combination. An award may be displayed. The video image 18 may further flash the winning payment line and / or award and display an explosion. The winning payment line may flash followed by an explosive flash or may display a portion of the payment table. The player may collect the accumulated credit amount by pressing the “collect” key on the button panel 24. In one implementation, the winning combination begins with the first reel 12a (from left to right) and leads to the next reel. In another implementation, the winning combination starts with the first reel 12a (left to right) or the third reel (right to left) and leads to the next reel.
Payment Table The game may have a payment table that defines all possible outcomes for one play of the game that will award the player.
  In various embodiments, each row in the payment table provides the player with the number of coins required to play the game, the criteria that define the victory, the odds of the winning criteria that result from one play of the game, and the game device if a victory is registered. Define the number of coins to be refunded. In addition, the payment line may include the ability to accept progressive awards from the system. This allows, in various progressive game systems and methods, the game payment line to be linked to a progressive award controlled by the system.
  The payment table may include a payment list for slot machines or video poker games. This table may indicate how many coins the bettor obtains for each picture combination and the number of coins bet.
  In some old and new reel machines, the payment table may be displayed on the surface of the machine, usually above and below the area containing the turntable.
  Each machine may have a table that tabulates the number of credits a player will receive when the pictures listed in the payment table are aligned on the machine's payment line. The payment table shows in detail where the picture must be for the person who placed the bet to be paid. In general, the picture must be centered directly below the machine's payment line. Video slot machines typically display payment lines only for winning lines.
  Some machines provide a “wild” picture and pay if they appear anywhere, even if they are not on the payment line. These wild patterns may be used as any other pattern in the payment table.
  Most video displays display a payment table when a player touches the “Payment Table” button or “Payment Table” on the screen, some also have a payment table shown on the cabinet.
Progressive chance games may be described as forward or non-progressive. In a non-progressive game such as a traditional pull tab, participants play for a chance to get a predetermined award, ie one of the winning cards. In contrast, progressive games include jackpots or prizes that increase during game execution. Many state number lotteries correspond to the progressive category, for example, as prizes increase over time as player participation increases. During the operation of the progressive game, a portion of the individual player purchase is incorporated into the award. In this way, the prize increases until the winning number is selected and the game is over. Some slot machines also offer progressive jackpots.
  In various progressive game systems and methods, some individual bets may be used as funds to increase the value of the current award, as funds for the starting value of the next prize after the victory, and other uses. Used as funds for. In general, the portion used is usually known as a contribution and is determined by the control data associated with the percentage and coin units.
  For example, with a starting value of $ 1,000,000 for the next prize, a contribution ratio of 3.5% and a contribution ratio of 2.5% to increase the value of the current prize, $ 1,000 Assume an award starting from 1,000. Also assume that the award is linked to a gaming device that requires a $ 2 wager. This means that each bettor contributes $ 0.07 (2.00 * 0.035 = 0.07) for the starting value of the next prize, and $ 0.05 (2.00 * 0.0. 025 = 0.05) to contribute to increase the current prize. According to such a contribution ratio, about 14,285,715 (1,000,000 / 0.07) steering wheel operations or between winnings for the starting amount of $ 1,000,000 award by funding There must be a game run. In essence, the total amount of bets made in the theoretical life cycle of award award is $ 28,571,430.00 (14,285,715 * 2.00 = 28,571,430.00) is there.
  During this theoretical period, the prize value increases by $ 714,285 (0.05 * 14,285,714.29), and the average prize value is $ 1,714,285 for each theoretical victory. To correspond to Assume further that a marketing survey should earn an award on average about once a month to keep the player interested. This means that 14,285,715 handle operations should be a 30 day time span. Assuming that each game device can average approximately 5 games per minute in 10 hours per day, the game device executes 3000 games per day. If a prize is earned every 30 days and each game device generates 90,000 handle operations per month (5 games * 60 minutes / hour * 10 hours * 30 days = 90,000), at least 159 games The device (14,285,715 / 90,000 = 158.73 ...) must be involved in the award.
Linked machines Machines are often linked and connected so that a set of machines offers a particularly large prize or “jackpot”. The group's individual slot machines will contribute a small amount to this progressive jackpot, which will be presented to a player who will win a royal flush in a video poker game (for example) or a specific combination of pictures on a normal or 9 line slot machine Is done. The amount paid for a progressive jackpot is usually much higher than a single slot machine pays itself.
  In some cases, multiple machines are linked across multiple casinos. In these cases, the machine may be owned by the machine manufacturer responsible for paying the jackpot. The casino does not own the machine but rents it. Megabucks, including Nevada's Megabucks and Penny Megabucks, is an example of linked machines across multiple casinos.
Central Computer, Network, and Accounting Various embodiments include networked gaming devices. Multiple gaming devices, such as slot machines, benefit from interconnecting to a central computer via a computer network. Some of the advantages of networked gaming devices may include the ability to extract accounting data from individual gaming devices as well as player tracking. Various network systems allow a central host computer to monitor usage and payments, known collectively as audit data, for individual gaming devices. This audit data includes the number of coins or tokens inserted into the device, the number of times the device was used, the amount paid for the raise, the number and type of jackpots paid by the machine, the number of times the door was opened, etc. Contains relevant data. The host computer can thus edit the accounting report based on the audit data from the individual game devices. This report can be used by management, for example, to assess the profitability of individual gaming devices.
  In some areas, the regulations recommend or require relatively detailed accounting of individual video game machines to ensure that the machine is operating within regulatory standards. A meter is often provided to track the deposits into or withdrawals from the machine. For example, when a player inserts a certain amount of cash or credit and then cashes it before spending all the amount, it may not be used for betting even if it is deposited on the machine, so depositing for simple withdrawals This ratio does not necessarily accurately reflect the operating activity of the gaming machine. Therefore, it is useful to track the amount betted by the player and the amount or credits earned.
  In large installations such as casinos, the central computer may monitor such information for multiple embedded system single player gaming machines by means of a “location controller”. Individual video game machines continuously communicate with the location controller to provide appropriate information to the central computer. When the central computer detects an offense for a particular game, the central computer instructs the location controller to deactivate the game. An example of a system including a location controller and an embedded system circuit of a video game machine for providing information to the location controller is disclosed in US Pat. 5,429,361 and No. 5,470,079, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  The following reference numbers apply only to FIG. 41 unless otherwise noted.
  FIG. 41 illustrates one embodiment of a gaming system 10 according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 41, the game system 10 includes a first group or network 12 of game units 20 that are operatively connected to a network computer 22 via a network data link or bus 24. Game system 10 includes a second group or network 26 of game units 30 operatively connected to a network computer 32 via a network data link or bus 34. The first and second game networks 12, 26 may be functionally connected to each other via a network 40, such as the Internet via a first network link 42 and a second network link 44, a wide area network. (WAN), or a local area network (LAN).
  A first network 12 of game units 20 may be located at a first casino or facility, and a second network of game units 30 may be located at a second casino or facility at an independent geographic location other than the first facility. . For example, the two facilities may be in different areas of the same city or in different states. The network 40 may include network computers or server computers (not shown) that are each functionally interconnected. If the network 40 includes the Internet, data communication may occur over the communication links 42, 44 via an Internet communication protocol.
  The network computer 22 may be a server computer and may be used to store and analyze data relating to the operation of the game unit 20. For example, the network computer 22 may receive from each game unit 20 data representing the amount of dollars and bets made on each game unit, data representing how much each game unit 20 is paying in victory, You may always receive the data etc. which represent the identification of the player who uses the game unit 20, and the custom of a game. The network computer 32 may be a server computer and may be used in conjunction with the game unit 30 to perform the same or different functions as the network computer 22 described above.
  Although networks 12 and 26 are each shown to include one network computer 22 and 32 and four game units 20 and 30, it should be understood that different numbers of computers and game units may be utilized. It is. For example, the network 12 may include a plurality of network computers and dozens or hundreds of game units, all of which may be interconnected via a data link 24. Data link 24 may be a dedicated hardwire link or a wireless link. Although the data link 24 is shown as a single data link 24, the data link 24 may be multiple data links.
  Various embodiments include a system for operating a networked gaming device. The system according to various embodiments collects player tracking and accounting data from all machines in a casino equipped with the system, while performing promotions or bonuses on any properly deployed gaming machine Enable. The system gives the casino the ability to select which machines are used in response to a given promotion. The system also allows several different promotions to be performed simultaneously.
  The system includes a plurality of game devices or game machines connected to an associated floor controller over a network. The system includes one or more floor controllers. The floor controller is interconnected by a high speed network such as an Ethernet network to a database in which accounting and player tracking data is stored. The system can also include a pit terminal and / or a fill and jackpot processing terminal. Each promotion includes sending a reconfiguration command from the floor controller to the gaming device selected as part of the predetermined promotion on the associated network. When the reconfiguration command is received, the game device reconfigures the payment schedule according to the received reconfiguration command. In some embodiments, this reconfiguration includes running a bonus payment schedule. The promotion partial list may include, but is not limited to: a number of jackpots in which the gaming device reconfigures its payments into a number of default payment schedules; an additional bonus if the gaming device meets certain conditions A bonus jackpot that reconfigures the payment schedule to pay an amount; and a progressive jackpot in which two or more gaming devices are combined with a progressive jackpot having a progressive jackpot payment schedule. In addition to these, many other promotions are possible with the system described above for controlling a plurality of gaming devices.
  In some embodiments, the system tracks player tracking by recording machine transactions including play time, machine number, play duration, deposit coins, payout coins, jackpot payers and games played. You may help. Player tracking takes place on the same network from which accounting data is retrieved. This makes it possible to prepare for the execution of bonuses for certain individual players as well as for certain periods. Various embodiments include a system that monitors and reports how many coins have been executed by individual players. The system according to various embodiments includes the ability to record how much each individual player spends on each machine, the number of coins earned, the games played, and the jackpot hand earned by each player. . All of this information is stored in a database and can be used for future direct mail campaigns. Player tracking according to various embodiments allows casinos to assess bus and other group plans and their profitability. The system allows cashless play with advanced accounting and security.
Bonus Games Various embodiments include “secondary” or “bonus” games that may be played with a “basic” game. The bonus game may include any game, starts based on the appearance of a predetermined event or the result of the basic game, and may be similar to or completely different from the basic game.
  Various embodiments include at least one recognizable mark of a secondary game that may include a method of game execution, a gaming device, a primary game, such as a spinning reel, and a payment instruction. The secondary game may be completely or temporarily separated from the main game.
  According to various embodiments, the bonus payment indicator is clearly visible to the player and functions when the main reel of the main game slot machine stops at a predetermined mark. According to some embodiments, if the primary game shows one of a plurality of predetermined marks, the secondary payment indicator may automatically or some player activity, such as a player pressing a button. Take the form of a spinning bonus board that is rotated accordingly. The turntable gradually decelerates, and when the turntable stops, the indicator directs payment to be presented to the player.
  Various embodiments further include a recognizable multiplier that can be converted to payment from the primary game unit or the secondary payment indicator, or both. Various embodiments include payments from a primary game unit, only payments directed by a secondary payment indicator, payments from a primary game unit or secondary indicator in response to changes by a multiplier, or changes by a multiplier Consider providing separate payments from primary game units and secondary indicators with or without.
  According to various embodiments, the mechanical bonus payment indicator is electronically operated and linked to a random number generator that determines where the secondary indicator actually stops.
  According to various embodiments, when the main unit stops at one of the predetermined plurality of victory mark sets, the secondary event actuator is set to an operational state. According to various embodiments, a person, such as a player, must actuate an actuator to activate the bonus indicator.
  According to various embodiments, the bonus actuator requires operator intervention in order to involve a casino clerk who can activate the bonus indicator.
  According to various other embodiments, the bonus indicator is connected to a drive mechanism that gradually reduces the rate of rotation of the bonus turntable before the bonus turntable stops.
  Various embodiments include a gaming device having electronic means for displaying a revolving reel mark, such as a video screen and / or a means for displaying a secondary payment indicator mark such as a video screen. . Various embodiments include a method for playing a chance game. One method is a combination of marks selected at first, a mark selected and displayed from a group of slot reels, at least one reel mark, at least one game card mark, and these Displaying a combination, generating at least one signal corresponding to at least one selection indication of the first mark, at least one of a mechanical bonus indicator indicating at least one of a plurality of possible payments Providing a recognizable mark, the means for providing a bonus indicator mark is operatively connected to the first standard game unit and operable in response to the signal. According to various embodiments, the recognizable mark of the mechanical bonus indicator gradually reduces the speed of movement for a period of time before actually providing a recognizable mark for payment. According to another embodiment, a multiplier is provided for multiplying at least one payment by a multiple that is most advantageous to the player. The multiple can preferably change continuously as the recognizable mark changes. For example, multiples can be synchronized with a plurality of recognizable marks so that multiples also change in response to a change in payment indicated.
  Various embodiments include the step of giving a player an opportunity to place a bet, a group of reels, at least one preferably a plurality of reel marks, at least one preferably a plurality of game card marks, and combinations thereof. Indicating a combination of randomly selected marks, generating at least one signal corresponding to at least one selected indication of said marks, indicating at least one of a plurality of possible bonuses of a mechanical bonus indicator Providing a chance game that includes providing at least one of recognizable marks, wherein the bonus indicator mark takes the form of a turntable or reel and is operable in response to the signal. is there.
  Bonus games may include other gaming machines or random selection devices that are activated by a bonus authorization signal from the base or main gaming machine. Various bonus games, features and devices are known, some of which are described next.
  The WHEEL OF GOLD ™ and WHEEL OF FORTUNE ™ slot casino games incorporate a single play bonus feature. When a certain mark appears on the reel of the slot game, the player presses the bonus button to start the rotation of the rotating disk and is used to pay the bonus by rotating the rotating disk. An independent multiplier may be used to multiply the bonus payment. After the bonus rotation, play is resumed on the base game machine.
  In various embodiments, a bonus game including multiple plays is presented to a basic gaming machine such as a slot machine. Here, the Bernoulli trial procedure allows the player to repeat a high odds bonus game (like other slot games) and receive a prize until a losing combination occurs (ie, continue to win until losing) Used for. The hit rate in the bonus game is greater than 50% (can occur as much as 70% or more), and the occurrence rate in the basic game is much lower. Due to this difference in the rate of occurrence, players endure the underlying slot machine with a low rate of occurrence in order to qualify for a bonus game with a high rate of occurrence. When the bonus game occurrence rate is high, the length of the bonus game becomes long. This bonus feature allows the player to win each bonus game and win (ie, lose to victory) until the player receives a losing combination.
One slot machine primary game is interconnected with a slot machine secondary game. The player has the option of pushing a button that withdraws the appropriate amount from the credit meter to play a secondary game like other slot games. In this way, the player bets a certain amount to play the bonus game.
  Various embodiments include an electronic gaming device and methods related thereto, where each play in the bonus is a result of continuing to the basic game play. This includes primary game devices such as poker or slot machines and secondary game devices based on bingo. When a winning combination such as three queens appears in the main game, the bingo matrix space becomes a space for showing bingo symbols. Play in the main game continues until a winning line appears in the bingo game. If the player does not insert three or more coins, there is no right to play a secondary bingo game. Play continues until the bingo where the player receives the award is achieved in the game.
  Various embodiments include a slot machine with a jackpot feature that transfers prize value between different jackpot displays when playing a continuous game. Some reel symbols are printed over numbers, and when the number is on the payment line, the number is used to climb the ladder. The ladder allows the player to win one or all of the awards at the top of the slot machine. For example, if the stacked number causes the player to reach the first game level, the player receives all three awards. When the stacked number causes the player to reach the second level, the player can select which of the three awards will be received. When the player reaches the third level, it becomes a skill game for selecting which of the three prizes to select. Finally, when the player reaches the fourth level, a prize is randomly selected. Prizes may be doubled randomly.
  Various embodiments include a plurality of slot machines interconnected to an electronic controller that displays another racing game. Each time a particular predetermined mark combination appears on a display of a particular slot machine, a signal is generated from the slot machine that advances the race element over a particular predetermined distance. If the player's horse reaches the goal line before the timer display expires, the slot player wins an additional prize. Players do not race against each other, but race against the clock. Various embodiments may include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable in basic and bonus modes to control game play. In the basic mode, the processor operates to select one basic game result from a plurality of possible basic game results. Possible basic game results include a bonus start result that causes the processor to move the operation from the basic mode to the bonus mode. The processor is operable to define a plurality of bonus game results selectable by the player. In the bonus mode, the player selects one or more bonus game results and is given credit based on which of the bonus game results is selected.
  Various embodiments include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable to select a game result from among a number of possible game results. A certain number of possible game outcomes can be identified by the payment table as winning combinations, while the remaining number of possible game outcomes are identified as obvious losing combinations. The gaming machine includes means for awarding a credit when at least one of a winning combination and an obvious losing combination occurs.
  Various embodiments include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable to control game play in a basic mode and a bonus mode. In the basic mode, the processor operates to select one basic game result from a plurality of possible basic game results. Possible basic game results include one or more bonus resource results that cause the processor to generate bonus game resources that can be executed in the bonus game. The gaming machine includes means for transferring the operation of the processor from the basic mode to the bonus mode. The processor is operable to define a plurality of possible bonus game results. In the bonus mode, the bonus game resource generated in the basic game may be executed so as to influence the bonus game result by selecting the bonus game result. In one embodiment, if the bonus game result causes the processor to end the bonus game in another way, the processor continues to operate in bonus mode by executing the bonus game resource along with the bonus game result, thereby allowing the player to Continue to run bonus games.
The following reference numbers apply only to FIG. 42 unless otherwise specified.
  FIG. 42 is a perspective view of the slot machine 10. The slot machine 10 includes a rotating reel 60, and each reel has a plurality of symbols that are displayed randomly when the mechanical lever 12 is pulled and the reel 60 is rotated. When the displayed symbol is a predetermined symbol or a combination of predetermined symbols, the player can display the player through the coin insertion slot 20 where the earned item is placed in the coin reservoir 30, or in the credit window 40. Receive payments by increasing credits. The slot machine 10 may include a microprocessor or other central processing unit as well as a memory. In such a case, a display screen (not shown) (eg, a cathode ray tube (CRT), plasma display, liquid crystal display (LED), or light emitting diode (LED) display) functions on the computer instead of the reel 60. Connected, simulating the reel and its rotation, a random number generator is used to command the type and combination of symbols displayed on the display screen.
  The coin slot 14, the currency check machine 16, or the card accepting device 18 (credit card, game card, play card, smart card, etc.) enables the player to start the game of the slot machine 10. Based on the mathematical odds in which winning symbols or winning combinations of symbols are randomly displayed on the marks on reel 60, the player may have a predetermined opportunity or odds to earn payments in the base game. The odds may be adjusted by changing the number of non-winning symbols or non-winning symbol combinations in relation to possible winning symbols or combinations of winning symbols. The amount awarded to the winning player in relation to the odds to get paid and the amount of wagers may be defined in the form of a “payment table” or “par seat”.
  The start of the basic game at the slot machine 10 may be performed, for example, by simply inserting a coin, token, or other monetary equivalent (debit card or credit card) into a gaming device such as the slot machine 10. . Other examples of player activities that may be performed at the beginning of a basic game include a “smart card having a microchip or magnetic strip that is encoded and programmed with player identification, credit amount, and other relevant information. This includes the insertion of an identification card such as “”. Such smart cards or “player cards” may be used in player tracking systems. Various embodiments include cards that contain information about the player related to the game activity, such as points awarded based on the player's game activity. The player may insert a card into the game device during the game. When the player indicates that the game device has finished playing, the card is updated with the player activity information. The player can then insert the card into a different gaming device so that player activity information stored on the card is available in the player tracking system. In various embodiments, the gaming device may receive a pre-printed coupon or cashing slip, start a basic game, and print the cashing slip directly from the gaming device. In various embodiments, money may be transferred to the game by an electronic funds transfer process.
  The display of the game device may include a number of images representing various aspects of the game, such as a game portion, a credit total portion, and a wager amount portion. Other displays may include an additional bonus award portion that indicates the amount of bonus award that may be earned, typically by multiple games or secondary games.
Internet Games In various embodiments, it is possible to participate in a chance game via the Internet. This is accomplished by the casino or game organizer providing a display that is similar to the display as found on conventional gaming devices. Generally, to play a chance game over the Internet, software files are downloaded to a player's computer or terminal and used to install the software required for the game and to access a casino or game organizer site . As with conventional gaming devices, Internet games may be accessed using an identification code or name to identify a particular player and retrieve that player's credit amount or play history.
  Bonus games may include secondary games that are executed when the player achieves a predetermined result of the base game. In many cases, a bonus game is a peculiar event in which, when a result of a certain base game is achieved, the play is changed to a bonus game, and the bonus game is executed and completed. For example, when the reel of the slot machine stops at a certain mark, the bonus game may be started by pressing a button and a bonus indicator that operates to display a randomly set bonus award. In various embodiments, the bonus game is a more continuous event in that the progress of the bonus game is determined by continued play in the base game.
  In some bonus game embodiments, possible main game results include special symbol combinations that cause the computer processor to generate bonus game resources that can be executed in the bonus game. For example, one or more bonus game resources can be used to invalidate the bonus end result, thereby allowing the bonus game to continue.
  Various embodiments allow a player to have further interaction in a bonus game by providing a touch screen that allows a player to select an object by touching a predetermined location on the screen. Various values are shown until the bonus end result appears.
  In various embodiments, the bonus game may be implemented by a networked or linked gaming device so that secondary gaming activities involve multiple players betting on a base game that takes place on separate gaming devices. Various bonus games may allow a player to compete with multiple other players for a secondary award. In various embodiments, the bonus game may include one or more players in the race. In one embodiment, an individual player betting on the main gaming device may be represented by one particular player in the race. A player representing one particular player in the race can proceed according to the game activity in that player's main game unit. The race ends with one competitor's goal or the end of a predetermined time, triggered by the one that occurred first.
  Various embodiments include a system consisting of linked gaming devices where the occurrence of certain symbols on individual gaming devices is used to save bonus values. Then, a bonus award is given to a player who makes the accumulated bonus value coincide with or exceed the predetermined value.
  Various gaming systems may include progressive systems where the amount of bonus prizes increases as the base game is played on individual or linked gaming devices. In various advanced systems, game controllers are connected to multiple machines. One victory occurs approximately every half-minute (every eight handle operations) and is added to the forward bonus reserve. Thus, the progressive bonus value increases rapidly.
  Various game systems and methods for providing bonus games allow players to compete directly with other players or for other players that cooperate with each other to win a prize.
The virtual reel game device is mounted to rotate around one axis and has a plurality of reels that can start operation by pulling a lever. Marks are fixed to the outer circumference of these reels to indicate the reel position, and the brake is operable to stop the reels at any randomly pre-selected position.
The random number generator is equipped with an electronic circuit that calculates a random stop position at which the reel should be stopped by a physical brake. A random stop position is the number of physical reel positions, such that one physical reel position is represented by one or several positions on a virtual or electronically generated reel that are actually stopped by a random number generator. Realized by an electronic random number selected from a group of numbers exceeding. In various embodiments, the physical reel is only used as an indication of the random number generation result, not the game itself, as in a standard slot machine. In this way, the standard slot machine or game device can function based on the payment odds by changing the random number generator, independent of the number of physical reels and their physical stop position restrictions. Can do.
Random Number Generator In various embodiments, the slot machine is computerized so that the various resulting odds are programmed in any way. In various embodiments, reels and levers may exist for historical and entertainment reasons. In various embodiments, the position at which the reel stops is selected by a random number generator (RNG) built into the machine software.
  The RNG may always generate random numbers at a rate of thousands to millions per second. As soon as the lever is pulled or the “Play” button is pressed, the latest random number is used to determine the result. This means that the result will change depending on the exact time the game was played. The result depends on whether it is a fraction of a second or early or late. In various embodiments, the RNG may be a pseudo random number generator.
Player Tracking The gaming device may include a player tracking card that may be placed in a card reader. The player tracking card may include a data storage device that stores data representing the player identification. Further, the player tracking card may include a first card surface, a second card surface, and a transmissive main body extending between the first card surface and the second card surface. The player tracking card may be disposed at a card illumination position, the first card surface being disposed at the card reader such that the first card surface is adjacent to the light source of the card reader, and the second of the player tracking card. The card surface is kept visible outside the card reader. When the player tracking card is in the card illumination position, the light generated by the light source is within the first card surface of the player tracking card so that the light is visible to the user through the second card surface. Guided and then transparent through the transparent body of the player tracking card.
  Player tracking may include the use of individual player gaming devices, as the name suggests. In various embodiments, a player is issued a player identification card in which a player identification number that uniquely identifies the player is signaled. Each gaming device is adapted to a card reader where the player inserts a player tracking card prior to use of the gaming device. The card reader reads the player identification number from the card and informs the central computer connected to the card reader of the player's continuous game activity. By tracking individual players, some of the audit data can be associated with a player identification number to monitor individual player usage. This allows the game facility to set goals for individual players using direct marketing techniques according to individual usage.
  The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 43-44A unless otherwise noted.
  FIG. 43 schematically illustrates one embodiment of a player tracking card 59 located in the card reader 58. The player tracking card 59 is disposed at the card illumination position. The card reader 58 may include a mounting plate 113 that assists in fixing the card reader 58 to the housing 50 of the game apparatus 20. The card reader 58 may also include a chassis 114 that may include a first side rail 116, a second side rail 118, and a rear structure 120.
  The card reader 58 of FIG. 43 may also include a number of light sources 122. 43 is fixed to the rear structure 122 of the chassis 114, but the light source 122 is directly connected to the housing 50 of the game apparatus 20 or other structure different from the card reader 58 in the housing 50. It may be fixed. The light source 122 may include LEDs, OLEDs, incandescent bulbs, fluorescent lamps, or other devices that can generate light. If multiple light sources 122 are used, the same color or multiple different colors may be generated. In order to control the illumination intensity and illumination pattern of the light source 122, the light source 122 may be connected to the controller 100 via a corresponding plurality of conductors. Conductor 128 may be connected to modular connector 126 to simplify the mounting on game device 20.
  The player tracking card 59 is disposed at the card illumination position when the card 59 is disposed in the card reader, and the first card surface 127 is adjacent to the light generation source 122. In the embodiment of FIG. 43, the player tracking card 59 may be supported by the side rails 116 and 118, and the first card surface 127 is adjacent to the rear structure 120 of the chassis 114 when the player tracking card 59 is in the card lighting position. You can do it. Thus, when the player tracking card 59 is in the card illumination position, the light generated by the light generation source 122 is guided to the first card surface 127 of the player tracking card 59.
  A data reader 128 may also be included in the gaming device to read data from the player tracking card 59 located on the card reader 58. When the player tracking card 59 is placed in the card reader 58 and in the card illumination position, the data reader 128 may be attached to the chassis 114 so that the data reader is close to the player tracking card 59. Data reader 128 may read data from player tracking card 59 in a variety of ways. For example, the data reader 128 may read data from an optically readable material, such as a magnetic strip or ink, both located on the player tracking card 59. Various embodiments may utilize multiple data readers to read data from additional magnetic strips or optically readable material on the same or different sides of the player tracking card 59. As another example, the data reader 128 may use an antenna that is coupled to a corresponding antenna in the player tracking card 59 so that data is transmitted.
  The data reader 128 may be interconnected to the controller 100 such that the data is stored and operable by powering the light source 122. Although not shown, a data writing device may also be included to write new data to the player tracking card 59. This device may be a separate component or may be combined with the data reading device 128.
Machine type (video, mechanical)
The gaming device is installed in a casino, for example, and allows casino customers to play one or more games such as poker, blackjack, slots, keno, and bingo. The customer approaches the game device and selects a desired game from the games provided to the game device. With the selection of the desired game, the game appears on the game device, from which time the customer may be allowed to play.
  During the game, the customer may place a bet and proceed with the selected game. For example, if the customer is slotting, a lever may be pulled to rotate the reel. The reel may then stop on various symbols, thereby determining the customer's payment for its rotation, and the customer may then place another bet and proceed as described above. If the customer selects blackjack or poker, the player may move a “card distribution” button to distribute cards for each card game. The customer may change the bet between specific hands based on which card was dealt, and in a card game, the card may be replaced, or a card may be requested. After the exchange and / or request has been made, the payment may be determined and the player may place a new bet and play a new hand.
  The device may include a gaming device having a housing and a display unit associated with the housing and capable of generating a video image. The gaming device may also include a value input device that allows the player to store value media. Further, the gaming device may include a data reader associated with the card reader as well as a card reader with a light source associated with the card reader. The gaming device may include a controller that is functionally connected to the display unit, the value input device, and the card reader. The controller may include a processor and a memory operatively connected to the processor. Further, the controller may be programmed to allow a person to place a bet after detecting a value accumulation by a person with a value input device and to generate a video image on the display unit.
  The video image may represent a game selected from a game group consisting of video poker, video blackjack, video slot, video keno, and video bingo, and if the game includes video poker, at least five video images An image of a gaming card may be included. Similarly, if the game includes video blackjack, the video image may include images of multiple gaming cards. If the game selected by the player is a video slot, the video image may include a plurality of simulated slot machine reel images. If the game includes video keno, it may include images of multiple keno numbers, or if the game includes video bingo, the video image may include images of a bingo grid. The controller may be programmed to determine a game result represented by the video image and a payment value associated with the game result.
  FIG. 44 is a perspective view illustrating various embodiments of one or more game units 20. The following description will evaluate the design of the game unit 20, but it should be understood that the game unit 30 also has the same design as the game unit 20 described below. The design of one or more game units 20 may be different from the design of other game units 20, and the design of one or more game units 30 may be different from the design of other game units 30. The individual game units 20 may be any type of game unit and may have a variety of different structures and operating methods. For purposes of illustration, various designs of the game unit 20 are described below, but many other designs are considered available.
  Referring to FIG. 44, the game unit 20 may include a housing or cabinet 54 and one or more input devices, such as a coin slot or acceptor 52, a bill acceptor 54, a ticket reader / printer 56, a card reader. Machine 58 and may be used for various purposes as will be described in detail below. The value input device may include any device that can accept value from a customer. As used herein, the term “value” may include game tokens, coins, banknotes, ticket coupons, credit or debit cards, and anything that represents other values.
Ticket Reader If included in the game unit 20, the ticket reader / printer 56 may be used to read and / or print or signal the ticket coupon 60. The ticket coupon 60 may be made of paper or printable or signalable material and may have one or more of the following information items or game data printed or signaled thereon: casino Name, ticket coupon type, confirmation number, control and / or safety data barcode, ticket coupon issue date and time, payout instructions and constraints, award description, and any other information desired or desired. Different types of ticket coupons 60 can be used, such as bonus ticket coupons, cash-out ticket coupons, casino chip ticket coupons, additional game execution ticket coupons, merchandise ticket coupons, restaurant ticket coupons, show ticket coupons, and the like. The ticket coupon 60 is printed with an optically readable material such as ink, or is magnetically signaled as ticket coupon 60 data. The ticket reader / printer 56 may have both the ability to read and print the ticket coupon 60, or it may have the ability to only read, print or signal the ticket coupon 60. In the latter case, for example, some of the game units 20 may have a ticket printer 56 that may be used to print a ticket coupon 60, which is then placed by the player with a ticket reader 56. Used in the game unit 20.
  If provided, card reader 58 may include any type of card reader, such as a magnetic card reader or an optical card reader, and may be a card issued by a player, such as a credit card or player tracking card. May be used to read data from. If provided for player tracking, the card reader 58 reads game data from a player tracking card that can store data representing player identification, casino identification, player gaming habits, etc. And / or may be used to write game data. Card reader 58 may include additional components described in conjunction with FIG.
  The game unit 20 is a color video for displaying one or more audio speakers 62, a coin payout tray 64, an input control panel 66, and an image associated with one game or two or more games provided by the game unit 20. A display unit 70 may be included. The audio speaker 62 may generate sound representing sound, such as slot machine reel rotation noise, dealer voice, music, announcements, or any other sound associated with casino games. The input control panel 66 may include a plurality of push buttons or touch sensitive areas that may be pressed by the player to select a game, place a bet, make a game decision, and the like.
Reel Slot Machine A reel rotary slot machine may include a plurality of mechanical rotary reels controlled by a processor. When a bet is placed, the processor randomly selects one result from a plurality of possible results, rotates the reel, stops and displays the selected result. The selected result is represented by a symbol on the reel that is visually associated with the display area. If the selected result matches the winning result identified in the payment table, the processor instructs the payment mechanism to pay the player for the win to be a coin or credit.
In one embodiment, the slot machine includes a CPU and a reel mechanism. The CPU operates the slot machine according to the bet. The reel mechanism includes a motor, a reel with a symbol, and a reel driver. The motor includes a rotating shaft, and the reel is attached to the rotating shaft. The reel driver includes a local microcontroller connected to the CPU separately from the CPU. The reel driver is connected to the motor to cause the motor to rotate the reel.
  The CPU issues high level instructions related to reel rotation to the reel driver. The high-level command includes, for example, a rotation start command for starting rotation of the reel and a stop command for stopping the reel at a specific position. However, in order to free the CPU for other tasks, the local microprocessor performs a low level reel drive operation associated with reel rotation. Low level reel drive operations include, for example, sampling reel status in real time, performing calculations, and responding to control changes.
Fixed Pool Games Fixed pool games may include games in which a specific amount or award (award with a monetary equivalent that can be calculated) is distributed to separately purchasable sets and earnable units, each unit being A set with a known price and further includes award-purchasable units. Thus, when all individually purchasable units are sold out, the total amount of prizes, prize distribution (ie, number of prizes at each level), and total amount paid out are known at the beginning of the game.
  Individually purchaseable units may be issued and distributed as tickets. Two forms of tickets include a pull-tab ticket called a pull-tab and a scratch-off ticket called a scratcher. Pull-tab tickets may be created from a variety of paper that consists of two layers. The first layer may indicate in some form the purchaser may win and the second layer may cover the first layer. The second layer may adhere to the first layer at three edges to cover the result. A small tab may be provided on the fourth edge so that the purchaser can pick the tab. The tab separates the layers when it is lifted and represents the purchaser's victory. The scratcher may use an opaque member that covers a portion of the ticket, where the covered portion indicates a predetermined result. The buyer peels off the opaque material and wins.
  The distribution of the total amount of victory associated with the price of each individually purchasable unit is determined by those composing the game. The exact method and calculation of an individual game pool, along with other considerations, will depend on the target gaming audience (how much you will charge per purchased unit, ticket or play), the desired return on investment, and the size of the pool . Tickets (units that can be purchased individually) may be printed and distributed for the entire game and organized into decks with different decks sold elsewhere. A player purchases a ticket to purchase one individually purchasable unit from the entire ticket or from the game event pool.
  This may be referred to as a fixed pool lottery, meaning that there is a fixed pool of tickets (or results) with a predetermined number of winners and losers, and a player can win a winning result by participating in a “lottery” It means trying luck and trying luck buying a winning ticket from the pool.
  Games based on fixed pool lotteries are displayed in many ways. For example, such a game may be displayed as a poker hand to mimic an actual poker game.
  A player may bet a certain amount to play a game. This corresponds to units that can be purchased individually for the lottery to be used (note that different bet amounts participate in different fixed pool lotteries). The game may then obtain random draw results from a central server or from a place with several running pools. The result may be returned to the game machine. The game machine may represent the result as a game.
Video betting games Video betting games may be set up to mimic table games by adapting table game rules and cards.
  The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 45-47 unless otherwise noted.
Game Device FIG. 45 illustrates a game device according to some embodiments. The gaming device has a cabinet 100 that encloses a set of standard game play buttons, generally shown as buttons 106, and a video display 102. The gaming device includes at least one processor, dynamic memory, non-volatile memory, system support circuitry for proper operating system selection, interfaces to various player interfaces such as play button 106 and video 102. It may also include internal hardware and software necessary for the gaming device, including I / O connections and an interface to an external network connection, shown as a SMIB (Slot Machine Interface Board) 108. Also, software necessary for executing a specific game may be included. The interior is not shown. The SMIB 108 has an interface with a network connection 110, such as an RGC (Remote Game Controller, not shown). Alternatively, 108 may be an Ethernet connection to the backbone network 110 based on Ethernet.
Apparatus for Running on a Communication System FIG. 46 is an apparatus for playing a game according to some embodiments. There are a game execution system including a management unit 42, a player register 43, and a game unit 45, and a plurality of player units 40-1 to 40-n connected via a communication system 41 such as the Internet. Each unit 40 is generally a personal computer with a display unit and control means (keyboard and mouse).
  When the player logs on to the game execution system, the unit 40 identifies itself to the management unit. The system maintains player details in a register 43 that includes separate player registers 44-1 to 44-n for all possible players, ie, all members of the system.
  Once the player is identified, the player is assigned to the game unit 45. The gaming units include player data units 46-1 to 46-6, a dealer unit 47, a control unit 48, and a random distribution unit 49.
  The game unit 45 can be assigned to up to seven players. As will be explained, there can be units that allow several games to be run simultaneously when more than seven system members log on simultaneously. The assignment of the player unit 40 to the player data unit 46 may be arbitrary or random depending on which of the player data unit 46 and the game unit 45 is free. Each player data unit 46 is loaded from the corresponding player registration unit 44 and includes essentially the same details as the corresponding player unit 40, with the updated content of the player unit and player data unit being mutually updated. Communicate with player unit 40 to maintain. In addition, appropriate portions of the contents of other player data units 46 and dealer units 47 are routed to the player unit 40 for display.
  The logic unit 48 of the game unit 45 executes the game unit through various stages of play, initiates dealer action, and waits for an appropriate response from the player unit 40. The random distribution unit 49 distributes cards to the dealer unit 47 and the player data unit 46 essentially randomly. At the end of the hand, the logic unit sends the hand result, ie, win or lose, to the player data unit 46 to inform the player of the player's result. The management unit 42 also captures these results and updates the player registration unit 44 accordingly.
  The player unit 40 is configured to display. In order to identify the player, the player position is highlighted. As the play progresses, the player selects various boxes, places bets on them, and the results of those activities are displayed. When a card is dealt, a series of overlapping card symbols are shown in the bonus box. At the player's choice, the cards can be shown in a row below the box, and the cards to the dealer can be shown as well. At the end of the hand, a message is displayed informing the player of the result of the bet, ie the amount won or lost.
Server-based game execution In various embodiments, gaming devices such as electronic control slots, video and similar machines may include a central controller including a processor and memory. The central controller controls the gaming machine, including presenting one or more games to a player at the gaming machine.
  The game controller processor may execute code for controlling the operation of the game machine. This code may be stored in the memory of the game controller. Control codes including specific game codes may be loaded into the memory when the game machine is manufactured.
  In various embodiments, it may be desirable to change the control and / or game code associated with the gaming machine controller. For example, an operator may want to change the “payment table” so that the gaming machine pays out a higher percentage of bets placed. An operator may wish to update an old game to a new, more desirable game.
  Various embodiments include a gaming machine code download system and a method for managing or controlling the downloading of code to a gaming machine.
  Various embodiments include a method of downloading code or data from a remote device to a gaming device. In some embodiments, the method includes storing game machine code at a remote device. When a request for game machine code is generated, this request is provided to the remote device. According to some embodiments of the method, the game machine code is transmitted from the remote device to the first device of the game machine over the communication link upon request. The game code is processed and all or part of the processed game code is provided for use to the game machine controller or other second device of the game machine.
  In various embodiments, the method is implemented in an environment that includes a gaming machine, a communication network, and at least one remote device. The gaming machine includes at least one game controller adapted to control the gaming machine and includes the purpose of presenting the game on the gaming machine. The game console controller preferably includes a processor and memory.
  The game machine also includes a secondary device. The secondary device may include a player tracking controller. The player tracking controller includes a processor and a memory. One or more devices such as a player tracking card reader and keypad may be associated with the player tracking controller.
  In various embodiments, the player tracking controller includes a communication interface. The communication interface is associated with at least one network. In one embodiment, the network is a player tracking network that includes a player tracking host. The player tracking host includes a memory for storing player information including information regarding player play on one or more gaming machines.
  In various embodiments, the game code host is associated with a player tracking network. The game code is transferred from the game code host to the game machine via the player tracking network. The transmitted game code is preferably sent to the player tracking controller of the gaming machine that processes the code and sends it to the gaming machine controller.
  Different device systems or configurations are contemplated for different embodiments. In some method embodiments, a request for a game code is generated at a gaming machine and sent to a game code host. The request may be generated by a gaming machine controller or player tracking controller / device. For example, in some embodiments, a request is generated by a player tracking controller in response to a player identification performed by a player using a player tracking card in a card reader of a player tracking device of a gaming machine. May be.
  The game code is transmitted from the game code host to the player tracking controller via a network or other communication link. In some embodiments, this link is part of a player tracking network that connects the player tracking device of the gaming machine to a player tracking host. In other embodiments, the link is a link, such as a wireless communication link to a game code host, separate from the link connecting the gaming device player tracking device to the player tracking host. The player tracking controller may process the game code in a variety of ways, including storing all or part of the game code.
  In various embodiments, a request for code is followed by information regarding the priority of the request. The method may include ordering the codes and sending them to the gaming machine at one or more specific times.
  The game code may include different information in different ways. For example, the game code may include information used by the gaming machine controller to control or operate one or more gaming machine peripherals, such as a bill validator. The game code may also include a set of codes that allow the gaming machine controller to present a particular game or games to the player.
Incorporation by reference The following is incorporated by reference:
U.S. Patents 7,160,187; 7,033,271; 7,077,746; RE38812; 4,283,709; 6,921,337; 5,429,361; 5,470,079; 6,890, 260; 7,112,136; 5,848,932; 6,059,289; 6,190,255; 6,869,361; 4,448,419; 6,729,956; 7,137,885; 7,128,645; 7,137,630; 5,823,874; 5,848,932; 5,393,057; 5,560,603; 5,769,716; 6,048,269; 902,983; 5,851,148; 5,911,418; 5,848,932; 6,190,255; 6,089,976; 5,779,544; 5,664,998; 5,56 0,603; 6,168,523; 4,837,728; 6,729,956 and US Patent Application Publication 20070026938; 20060183529
Cards Game cards have existed for many years. There are many types of cards that are used in many different game types, but the most common gaming card consists of 52 cards, with four different tags (ie spades) printed or shown on one side of each card. , Heart, diamond, and club). In a standard deck, each of the four decks consists of 13 cards, the numbers from 2 to 10, or A (Ace), K (King), Q ( (Queen) or J (Jack). In this way, each card will contain a label display along with a display of numbers or letters on its face. King, Queen, and Jack contain some design on the face of the card and may be called picture cards.
  In some cases, a standard deck of 52 cards also includes a certain number of extra cards that may have usage or meaning that depends on the particular game being played using that deck, Sometimes called joker. For example, if a card game includes a joker and the player receives the joker in "hand", the player may use it as any card on the deck. If a player has a Spade 10, Jack, Queen, and King with a joker, the player can use the joker as an Ace of spades. As a result, the player achieves a royal flush (10 to Ace of spades).
  Many different games can be run using standard decks of gaming cards. A game run on a standard deck of cards may include other items such as game boards, chips, etc., or a game run may require only the gaming card deck itself. In most games run using a standard deck of cards, a value is assigned to each individual card. The value may be different for different games.
  Normally, the card value starts with number 2 as the lowest value, increases as the number increases to 10, and continues to increase in the order of Jack, Queen, King, and Ace. In some games, the ace is less than 2, and in games where a particular card is considered wild or any value, that card has the greatest value. For example, in a card game with 2 cards, that is, 2 with a wild card, a player with a game card containing 2 can use that card as any other card, and the 9 and 2 cards are two 9 cards. Is equivalent.
  Furthermore, the different labels shown on the four types of cards may have specific values depending on the game. In a game rule where one pair, or spade, has a higher value than the other pair, or heart, spade 7 is more valuable than heart 7.
  It can be easily imagined that many different games can be run using different card numbers and value of the cards. In some games, it is the combination of cards obtained by a player that determines whether the player has defeated another player or other players. Usually, the harder it is to get a combination, the more valuable the combination is, and the player who achieves the more difficult combination (considering the value of the card) wins the game.
  For example, in the case of a poker game, each player finally receives 5 cards. A player who obtains three cards with the same number on the plane, that is, four of hearts, four of diamonds, and four of clubs, has two cards of the same number, namely, King of Spades and King of Hearts. You will lose the player who only has it. However, a player who has five cards of all clubs, which is well known as a flash, defeats the player who has the same type of the above three cards.
  In many cases, a standard deck of gaming cards is used to make a gaming machine. In these game machines, the player plays a card game like poker using a standard card deck on the video screen to insert coins and earn more money than originally inserted into the game machine. .
  Another type of gambling using cards utilizes a table and is known as a table game. Tables and dealers are used for the table, and the player sits or stands around the table. Players place bets on the table, and dealers distribute cards to individual players. The number of cards to be dealt or whether the cards are dealt upward or downward depends on a specific table game to be performed.
  In addition, the imitation or depiction of standard gaming cards is used in many handheld electronic games, computer games, and Internet games such as poker and blackjack. Using handheld electronic games or computer games that may or may not be connected to the Internet, a player receives a counterfeit gaming card and plays a card game against a computer or other player. In addition, many of these games can be run on a computer in combination with gambling.
  There are many game shows that are played on television using game card decks for game play, where the cards are enlarged or displayed on a video screen or monitor for easy viewing. In these video game shows, participants play card games for awards or money, and individuals act as organizers who monitor actions, usually in player competition.
  There are also lottery tickets that the player purchases, and the player plays the game by "stripping" the opaque layer to see if they have won money and awards. The opaque layer prevents the player from peeling off the lottery ticket before purchasing to know the result. In some of these lottery tickets, gaming cards are used below the opaque layer, and the player needs to match a certain number of similar cards to win a prize or money.
Card Game Rules Poker Rules In a basic poker game with a standard 52 card deck, each player is dealt 5 cards. All five cards of an individual player are evaluated as one hand with various card combinations such as pairs, three cards, straights, etc. The determination of which combination is superior to other combinations is made with reference to a table containing the combination rankings. The rankings shown in most tables are based on the odds of the individual combinations generated by the player's hands. Regardless of the number of cards in the player's hand, the value and odds assigned to the card and the method for evaluating all five cards in the player's hand are the same.
  Poker is a popular skill-based card game where a player with a fully or partially hidden card places a bet on the central pot. The pot is awarded to a player or players with the strongest combination of cards, or a player who has placed a bet that is not called. Poker can also be applied to video poker, single player games found in casinos similar to slot machines, or other games that utilize poker hand rankings.
  Although poker is played in many variations, most follow the same basic play pattern.
  The right to hand out is generally passed between players and is indicated by a token called a “dealer” button or back. In the casino, the sponsoring dealer handles the cards for each hand, but a button (typically a white plastic disc) rotates clockwise between the players, pointing to the nominal dealer to determine the betting order.
  For each hand, one or more players are required to place a forced bet in order for the player to generate an initial bet for competition. The dealer mixes and cuts the cards and distributes the appropriate number of cards to the player, one at a time. Depending on the poker transformations that are made, the cards may be dealt either face up or face down. After the initial distribution, the first round of several betting rounds begins. During the round, the player's hand progresses in some manner by distributing additional cards or exchanging previously distributed cards. At the end of each round, all bets are collected in the central pot.
  At any point during the betting round, if the player bets, the opponent is required to fold, call or raise. If one player bets and no opponent accepts the bet, the hand ends immediately, the bet is given a pot, the card is not required to be shown at all, and the next hand Start. The ability to win a pot without disclosing the hand allows it to be tricked. Deception is a key feature of poker, which distinguishes poker from other competitive games and other games that use poker hand ranking.
  If more than one player remains at the end of the last bet, the card is revealed and the player evaluates the hand by opening the previously hidden card. The strongest player wins the pot according to the type of poker being played.
The most popular poker variants are:
Draw Poker Each player receives 5 or more cards as 5 card draws, all of which are hidden. A player can exchange one or more of these cards a certain number of times.
Stud Poker Players receive one card at a time, and some cards are revealed to the players at the table. An important difference between stud poker and “draw” poker is that players are not allowed to discard or exchange cards.
Community Card Poker Players combine individually distributed cards with some “community cards” distributed face up and shared by all players. Two or four cards may be dealt as the most popular variants, Texas hold 'em and Omaha hold' em, respectively.
Poker Hand Ranking Straight Flush A straight flush contains five cards of the same consecutive bill with hands like Q (spade) J (spade) 10 (spades) 9 (spades) 8 (spades). If there are two such hands, they are compared with a higher ranked card in the same way as a straight. Low ace rules apply: 5 (diamond) 4 (diamond) 3 (diamond) 2 (diamond) A (diamond) 5 is a high rank flash (also known as a steel wheel). A (Club) K (Club) Q (Club) J (Club) 10 (Club), known as Royal Flush, is a standard poker hand (except five of the same type). Is the highest rank.
Example 7 (Heart) 6 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 4 (Heart) 3 (Heart) beats 5 (Club) 4 (Club) 3 (Club) 2 (Club) A (Club) J (Club) 10 ( Club 9) Club 8) Club 7) Club J (Diamond) 10 (Diamond) 9 (Diamond) 8 (Diamond) 7 (Diamond)
Four Cards Four Quads or Quads are poker hands like 9 (Club) 9 (Spade) 9 (Diamond) 9 (Heart) J (Heart), 4 cards of 1 rank and 1 match Including no cards. Four cards are ranked above the full house and below the straight flush. Higher ranks defeat lower ranks. Between two sets of equivalent four cards (which can happen in wildcard and community card games), the kicker determines the winner.
Example 10 (club) 10 (diamond) 10 (heart) 10 (spade) 5 (diamond) ("Forten" or "Quad Ten") is 6 (diamond) 6 (heart) 6 (spade) 6 (club) K (spade) ) ("Four Six" or "Quad Six") 10 (Club) 10 (Diamond) 10 (Heart) 10 (Spade) Q (Spade) ("Forten" Queen Kicker) 10 (Club) 10 (Diamond) ) Defeat 10 (Heart) 10 (Spade) 5 (Diamond) ("Forten and Five")
A full house, also known as a full boat or full boat, is a 3 (club), 3 (spade), 3 (diamond), 6 (club), 6 (heart) poker hand, three matching cards of one rank and another Includes two cards with matching ranks. The full house is ranked above the flash under the four card. Among the two sets of full houses, the one with the higher rank of the set of three cards wins. If two sets have a set of three cards of the same rank (which can happen in wildcard and community card games), the higher rank of the pair wins. A full house is a “Queens over nines” (also used to represent two-pairs) by three identical cards (eg QQQ) and pairs (eg 9-9) , “Queens full of nines” or simply “Queen full”.
Example 10 (Spade) 10 (Heart) 10 (Diamond) 4 (Spade) 4 (Diamond) (Tensful) beats 9 (Heart) 9 (Club) 9 (Spade) A (Heart) A (Club) (Ninesful) K (Spade) K (Club) K (Heart) 3 (Diamond) 3 (Spade) (Kings Full) beats 3 (Spade) 3 (Heart) 3 (Diamond) K (Spade) K (Diamond) (Three Full) Q (Heart) Q (Diamond) Q (Club) 8 (Heart) 8 (Club) (Queens Full of Eights) is Q (Heart) Q (Diamond) Q (Club) 5 (Spade) 5 (Heart) (Queens Full) Defeat Of Of Fives
Flash Flash is a poker hand like Q (club) 10 (club) 7 (club) 6 (club) 4 (club), not 5 consecutive ranks, but 5 cards of the same set. The flush is ranked straight above and below the full house. The two sets of flash are compared as if they were the hands of a higher rank card. In other words, each highest ranked card is compared to determine the winner, and if both have the same ranked card, the second highest ranked card is compared, and so on. The type of cards is not worth, and a flush with the same rank of 5 cards is a draw. A flash is represented by the highest ranked card, such as “queen-high flush”.
Example A (Heart) Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 3 (Heart) ("Ace High Flush") is K (Heart) Q (Heart) J (Heart) 9 (Heart) 6 (Heart) ( Defeat "King High Flash" A (Diamond) K (Diamond) 7 (Diamond) 6 (Diamond) 2 (Diamond) ("Flash, Ace King Flash") is A (Heart) Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) Defeat 5 (Heart) 3 (Heart) ("Flash, Ace Queen Flash") Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) 9 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 2 (Heart) ("Heart Flash") is Q (Spade) Draw 10 (spade) 9 (spade) 5 (spade) 2 (spade) ("spade flash")
Straight Straight is a poker hand such as Q (Club) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) 9 (Heart) 8 (Heart) and contains 5 consecutive rank cards of different cards. Straights are ranked above the three cards and below the flash. Two sets of straights are ranked by comparing their high rank cards. Two sets of straights with the same high-ranked card have the same value and in any case divide the victory (straight is the most frequent draw in poker, especially in community card games). Depending on the highest ranked card, it is represented as “queen-high straight” or “straight to the queen”.
Example 8 (club) 7 (club) 6 (heart) 5 (heart) 4 (spade) (“eight-high straight”) is 6 (diamond) 5 (spade) 4 (diamond) 3 (heart) ) Defeat 2 (club) (“six-high straight”) 8 (club) 7 (club) 6 (heart) 5 (heart) 4 (spade) 8 (heart) 7 (diamond) 6 Hands such as (Club) 5 (Club) 4 (Heart) A (Club) K (Club) Q (Diamond) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) is an ace high straight, K (heart) Q (spade) ) It is ranked higher than King High Straight like J (Heart) 10 (Heart) 9 (Diamond). Ace is used to occupy 1 position in hands like 5 (spade) 4 (heart) 3 (heart) 2 (spade) A (club), called wheel or five high straight, (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 (Club) 3 (Heart) 2 Rank below (Heart). An ace cannot be in the middle or occupy both high and low ranks in the same hand: 3 (club) 2 (diamond) A (spade) K (spade) Q (club) is straight It's not just an ace high no-pair.
Three Cards Three-cards, also called trips, sets or prills, are poker hands like 2 (diamonds), 2 (clubs), 2 (hearts), K (clubs), and 6 (clubs). Includes cards of the same rank and two non-matching cards. Three cards are ranked above two pairs and below straight. A high-ranked three card defeats a low-ranked three card. If two sets of hands have three cards of the same rank (which can happen in a game with a wild card or community card), the kickers are compared for finalization.
Example 8 (spade) 8 (heart) 8 (diamond) 5 (spade) 3 (club) ("three eights") is 5 (club) 5 (heart) 5 (diamond) Q (diamond) 10 (club) ("three 8 (spades) 8 (hearts) 8 (diamonds) A (clubs) 2 (diamonds) ("three eights, ace skickers") 8 (spades) 8 (hearts) 8 (diamonds) 5 (spades) ) Defeat 3 (Club) ("Three Eights, Five Kicker")
Two pairs J (Heart) J (Club) 4 (Club) 4 (Spade) 9 (Spade) poker hand, in addition to two cards of the same rank, in addition to other ranks (which match each other but the first 2 cards (not a pair rank) and is called a two-pair. Two pairs are ranked above one pair and below the three cards. In two hands, including two pairs, each higher rank pair is compared first, and the higher pair wins. If they have the same top pair, each second pair is compared. Finally, if both hands have the same two pairs, the kicker determines the winner. The two pairs are divided into “Kings over nines”, “Kings” by the higher pair (eg, K (heart) K (spade)) and the lower pair (eg, 9 (club) 9 (diamond)). Expressed as “Kings and Nines” or simply “Kings up”.
Example K (Heart) K (Diamond) 2 (Club) 2 (Diamond) J (Heart) ("Kings Up") is J (Diamond) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) 10 (Club) 9 (Spade) (" 9 (club) 9 (diamond) 7 (diamond) 7 (spade) 6 (heart) ("Nines and Sevens") is 9 (heart) 9 (spade) 5 (heart) 5 (diamond) Defeat K (Clubs) (“Nines and Fives”) 4 (Spades) 4 (Clubs) 3 (Spades) 3 (Hearts) K (Diamonds) (“Fores and Threes, King Kicker”) 4 (Hearts) Defeat 4 (Diamond) 3 (Diamond) 3 10 (Spade) (“Fores and Threes With Ten”)
One Pair One Pair is a poker hand that includes three cards that do not match two cards of the same rank, such as 4 (Heart), 4 (Spade), K (Spade), 10 (Diamond), and 5 (Spade). A pair is ranked above any high card, but below any other poker hand. If two hands have pairs of the same rank, the cards that do not pair each hand (kicker) are compared to determine the winner.
Example 10 (club) 10 (spade) 6 (spade) 4 (heart) 2 (heart) ("10 pairs") is 9 (heart) 9 (club) A (heart) Q (diamond) 10 (diamond) ( 10 (Heart) 10 (Diamond) J (Diamond) 3 (Heart) 2 (Club) ("10 and Jack Kicker") is 10 (Club) 10 (Spade) 6 (Spade) 4 Defeat (Heart) 2 (Heart) ("10 and Thick Sicker") 2 (Diamond) 2 (Heart) 8 (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 (Club) (Juice, 8-5-4) is 2 (Club ) Defeat 2 (spade) 8 (club) 5 (heart) 3 (heart) (juice, 8-5-3)
High cards A hand that does not make a high card or pair does not have the same rank on any two cards, such as K (Heart) J (Club) 8 (Club) 7 (Diamond) 3 (Spade) Five cards are not consecutive, and all cards are poker hands that do not belong to the same group. High cards can also use “nothing” or “garbage” and many other derogatory terms. High cards are ranked below all other poker hands. If there are two such hands, the highest ranked cards are compared and ranked, if they are the same, the next highest ranked card is compared, and if they are the same, the third highest ranked card Are compared, and so on. Unpaired hands are represented by "King High" or "Ace-Queen High", or the number of cards required to make a decision, using one or two higher rank cards.
Example A (diamond) 10 (diamond) 9 (spade) 5 (club) 4 (club) ("ace high") is K (club) Q (diamond) J (club) 8 (heart) 7 (heart) ("king" A (Club) Q (Club) 7 (Diamond) 5 (Heart) 2 (Club) ("Ace-Queen") is A (Diamond) 10 (Diamond) 9 (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 Defeat (Club) ("Ace-Ten") 7 (Spade) 6 (Club) 5 (Club) 4 (Diamond) 2 (Heart) ("7-6-5-4") 7 (Club) 6 ( Defeat diamond (5) (diamond) 3 (heart) 2 (club) ("7-6-5-3")
Using Deck Joker as a bug as a bug Gives a slight change to the gameplay. When a joker is introduced into a standard poker game, the joker can function as a fifth ace, or can be used as a flash or straight card (although it can also be used as a wild card). Normally, jokers are used to transform casino draw poker, and the strongest possible result is a five card, such as A (heart) A (diamond) A (club) A (spade) Joker. .
Caribbean Stud rules.
Caribbean Stud (TM) may be played as follows. Five cards are dealt to the player and the dealer. If the dealer is less than an ace / king, the player automatically wins. If the dealer is a poker hand over the ace / king combination, the higher of the player or dealer hand wins. If the player wins, they may receive an additional bonus based on their hand poker rank. In a game of a commercial game, a side bet is usually required to enable a chance for a progressive jackpot. In Caribbean Stud (trademark), it is the dealer's hand that decides the victory or defeat. Before the player bets, the dealer's hand is partially hidden while the game (usually at most one card only) is displayed to the player, so the player You always have to know that in a tie, you lose to the dealer, you don't pay out bonuses if you don't throw a side bet, which is usually only for hands that have a flush or higher rank.
Blackjack rules.
Here are some versions of Blackjack. Blackjack hands are calculated by the total points of the cards in the hand. The highest hand wins with a total score of 21 or less. When the total exceeds 21, it is called “bust”. Cards with a number from 2 to 10 have a score equal to the number on the surface, and the picture cards (ie Jack, Queen and King) have 10 points. If the hand is not bust, the ace is 11, but if it is bust, it is 1 point. The player wins by fighting the dealer and having a higher total score not exceeding 21. When a player becomes bust, the player loses even if the dealer is bust as well. If the player and the dealer have the same number of points, it is called “push”, and neither party's hand wins.
  Once the initial bet is placed, the dealer will either from a hand-held pile of cards or, generally, from a “shoe” containing at least four card decks, typically more than one card deck, You usually give out two cards, either one or more. A game in which a card deck or multiple decks are handheld is known as a “pitch” game. Pitch games are generally not played at casinos. When a game is played on more than one deck, the decks are shuffled at the same time to make it difficult to remember distributed and undistributed. The dealer distributes two cards to the player and the dealer himself. Normally, one of the dealer's two cards is dealt face up so that all players can see it, and the other is face down. Face-down cards are called “hole cards”. In the European variant, cards are dealt to all players and the player's hand is made, and then a “hole card” is dealt. The player's cards are dealt face up from the shoe and face down in the pitch game.
  A two-card hand with 21 points (for example, an ace and a picture card or 10) will automatically win when called “Blackjack” or “Natural”. In a casino in Las Vegas in 2003, 6: 5 payments began in games that typically use only a single deck, but “natural” players are customarily paid a 3: 2 bet.
  The first two cards are dealt to each player and dealer, and if the dealer is “natural” and the player is not, the dealer automatically wins. If the player is “natural” and the dealer is not, then the player automatically wins. If both the dealer and the player are “natural,” neither will win.
  If no one is “natural”, each player plays with his / her hand completely, and the dealer plays with his / her hand when all players are finished.
  Usually, a game in the hand includes four possible combinations of “hitting”, “standing”, “double down” or “splitting”. Often another action called “surrendering” is also added. “Hit” is to draw another card. “Stand” means no more cards. “Double down” is to double the bet and draw “another” card exactly to “stand”. For example, when a player has cards of the same value, such as 8 pairs, the player “splits” by adding a bet and plays the game as two new hands, each of which is the first card. Can do. “Getting down” means confiscating half the bet and giving up the hand. Getting off is not an option in most blackjack casino games. If the player is “stand”, “bust”, or “double down”, the game ends. If the player is “bust”, then the dealer loses even “bust”. This is advantageous for the house.
  After all players have played with their own hands, the dealer opens the dealer's hole card and plays with his own hands. According to house rules (general casino rules), the dealer must draw cards until at least 17 points regardless of the player's score. In most casinos, dealers must also draw cards with “soft” 17 (eg, Ace and 6). In some casinos, the blackjack table felt has a symbol in the software 17 that indicates whether the dealer will hit or stand. If the dealer busts, all the remaining players win. Bets are usually paid out with 1: 1 odds.
  There are four regular rule variants: single card split ace, early exit, last exit, and double down restrictions. In the first variant, a card is dealt on each ace and the player's turn is over. In the second, the player has the option of getting off before the dealer confirms blackjack. In the third, the player has the option of getting off after the dealer confirms blackjack. In the fourth case, double down is allowed only for a certain combination of cards.
Insurance.
Insurance is a common betting option that allows a player to prevent his bet by betting that the dealer will win with his hand. If the dealer's “face-up card” is an ace, the player is presented with an option to purchase insurance before the dealer examines the “hole card”. A player can bet up to half the original bet if he wants insurance. Insurance bets are usually placed in a special place on the table with the words “insurance payment 2: 1”. A player who purchases an insurance bet that the dealer's “hole card” is one of ten values (ie, 10, Jack, Queen, or King). Since the dealer's face-up card is an ace, the player bets that the dealer is “natural”.
  If the player initially bets $ 10 and the dealer is showing an ace, the player can increase the bet by $ 5 and purchase insurance. Assume that a player purchases $ 5 insurance and the player's hand is a total of 19 two cards. If the dealer's hole card is opened 10 after the end of the insurance period (the dealer confirms “Natural” before the player plays with his hand), the player The bet is lost, but with a 2: 1 odds, the $ 5 Insurance bet wins and offsets because it wins $ 10. In the same situation, if the dealer's hole card is not ten, the player loses the $ 5 insurance bet. However, if the player chooses a stand at 19 and the dealer's turn is less than 19 at the end of the dealer's turn, the player will win the original $ 10 and gain a total of $ 5 . In the same situation, if the dealer's hole card does not have a value of 10, the player immediately loses the $ 5 insurance bet again and the dealer's hand exceeds the player at the end of both rounds. For example, if the player stands at 19 and the dealer is 20 at the time, the player loses both the original $ 10 bet and the $ 5 insurance bet.
Basic strategy.
Blackjack players can increase their expected points by several means, one of which is the “basic strategy”. A “basic strategy” simply exists as a general matter and is not officially approved. The “basic strategy” is determined when hitting or standing, as well as when double down or split to the best hand. The basic strategy is based on the player's total points and the dealer's display card. Under some conditions (e.g., a game using a single deck according to the Las Vegas Downtown Rules), the house's advantage over a player using the basic strategy is only 0.16%. Casinos with options such as surrender and double after-split may give statistical advantage to players who use basic strategies, but instead make mistakes that give the player a house advantage. You may rely on that.
  A number of option rules can also benefit advanced players, for example: Double down is allowed in any two hands other than natural. Allow “double down” after split. Allow early surrender (confiscate half price of bet against face-up card or face-up ace before dealer confirms blackjack). Allow late surrender. Allow ace re-split (split immediately after the player has two or more cards in hand and the second ace is dealt in his hand). Allow one or more cards to be drawn on a split ace. If a total of 5 or more cards does not exceed 21, it automatically wins (referred to as “Charlies”).
  There may be other option rules that can be detrimental to advanced users. For example, this is the case. “Natural” payments are less than 3: 2 (for example, the “Natural” payout is 6: 5 for the Las Vegas Strip Single Deck Blackjack). You can split your hand only once (it can be re-split outside of Aces). Double down is prohibited for a certain whole (for example, 9, 11 or 10, 11). Ace cannot re-split. In the case of the “No Peep” (or European) blackjack rule, the player who splits or “doubles down” his hand against the dealer who is the “natural” hand loses (the player is in his / her hand). Until the game is played, the dealer will not confirm this automatically winning hand). If neither the player nor the dealer wins, and the player holds the original bet, it is assumed that the tie is lost with the dealer without being drawn.
Card counting.
Unlike some other casino games, Blackjack removes the card from the deck by the hand without affecting any subsequent play. When a card is removed from the deck, the probability of each remaining card being dealt changes (the same card can no longer be distributed). If the ratio of card and ace with a value of 10 increases to the remaining cards, the player will be dealt with natural and will be advantageous to the player (the dealer wins the full amount when the dealer is natural) On the other hand, when the player is natural, the odds are 3: 2.) If the ratio of cards with low values such as 4, 5, 6, etc. increases to the remaining cards, it will be easier for the player to bust and be advantageous to the dealer (if the player busts, the dealer will bust later) Also because the dealer wins).
  The house advantage in blackjack is relatively low initially. By keeping track of which cards have been dealt, the player is left with a high bet when the card ratio of 10 is increased, and a fixed bet when the ratio of low value cards is increased. Card ratio changes can be used. Over time, decks often become less desirable than preferred for players, but adjusting the bet amount can eliminate the player's inherent disadvantages. The player can also use information to narrow down the basic strategy. For example, if the dealer's face-up card is 10, the basic strategy declares a hit at 16, but if the player knows that the lower value card is biased towards the deck, the odds will stand at that 16 May be modified to be advantageous.
  There are a number of card counting mechanisms, but it all depends on the player's ability to remember the simplification or details of the card summaries played. Aggregation becomes more accurate as it becomes more detailed, but memory becomes more difficult. Card counting is not illegal, but if the casino finds a successful card count, it will be eliminated or expelled.
  Shuffle tracking is a less noticeable and difficult way to try to shift odds to the player's preference. A player attempts to track a card group during a multi-deck shoe game, follows the card group during shuffle, searches for the same group that reappears from a new shoe, and plays and bets accordingly.
Tracking actions at the table.
US Pat. No. 6,579,181 generally describes “a system for automatically monitoring gaming and game betting. In one embodiment, the system includes the first card from the deck. A card deck reader that automatically reads each symbol on each card before the card is taken out, the symbol identifies the card value in the rank and suit items, bar code, area or matrix code, stack code, etc. In another aspect, the system does not decode the read symbols until each card is dealt in order to ensure security.
  “In another aspect, the system may comprise a chip tray reader that automatically images the contents of the chip tray. The system measures the number and value of chips in the chip tray from the image; In order to confirm that the appropriate amount has been paid out and collected, the change in the contents of the chip tray is compared with the result of the game game.
  “In a further aspect, the system may comprise a table monitor that automatically images actions or events that occur at the game table. The system displays an image of the game table to identify bets, as well as Periodically compare the appearance, movement and position of cards and other objects on the game table.The table monitoring system can be placed inconspicuously in the chip tray. "
  US Pat. No. 6,579,181 generally discloses a drop box that automatically verifies the amount and reliability of the deposit and reconciles the deposit with changes in the contents of the chip tray. Different parts of the deposited object can be imaged, and appropriate lighting and resolution are selected to confirm the asset characteristics of the deposited object.
  “In another monitoring state, the system may use some or all of the components to monitor a player's gaming habits and employee performance. The system may be suspicious and prohibited. It is possible to detect betting patterns, and the system can also identify player and dealer win / loss percentages, as well as other statistically relevant measurements. Measurements can provide powerful automatic security and automated real-time financial reporting to casinos or other gaming facilities, and measurement provides a basis for players to automatically allocate preferential benefits. can do."
  Various embodiments include an apparatus, method, and system that utilizes a card supply shoe with a scanner and its associated software, which is preferably a computer program that determines the number of participating player seats or the number of participating players for each dealer. From a card supply shoe having a scanner placed on the game table so as to identify the game in progress at that game table during each game in which the cards are dealt When cards are dealt and 21 games evaluated by software are played, the card dealer can use one or more keyboards and / or LCD displays connected to the shoe. These keyboards and / or LCD displays are also used to enter other data related to each sheet or player betting and / or decision strategy for each of the hands to be played. These data are analyzed by real-time periods by computer software designed to evaluate casino 21's strategy decision and betting abilities, or players playing blackjack games. The evaluation software is connected to a central processing unit (CPU) or to a host computer that is also connected to the shoe keyboard and LCD display. The dealer uses one or more keyboards attached to or attached to the shoe, or a keyboard placed in the vicinity of the dealer, and is accurate for each hand played by each player in the game to be evaluated. You can see and record the correct bet amount. The optical scanner connected to the CPU reads the value of each card dealt to each player's hand and the dealer's hand when each card is dealt to a specific hand, seat or place, and reads the game's value from the shoe. The game card value of each card dealt to the player and dealer is converted into one or more card count system values programmed in the evaluation software. Since the hit card is removed from the shoe, the CPU also records the decision that each player hits the hand and the decision that the dealer draws another card when needed by hit or game rules. The dealer uses one or more keyboards and LCD displays attached to the shoe to record each player's decision as a hand-insurer, surrender, double-down, or split. When the dealer's face-up card is ace or 10, the dealer's second card or hole card dealt face-down is scanned, and these game card values are introduced into the software of the computer system So, using one or more keyboards, you can check whether your game card or two cards with a total hand of “21” or “blackjack” by using one or more shoe LCDs. The computer system software may be prompted to inform the dealer immediately.
  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for playing a card game that includes a card supply shoe device for distributing a gaming card to at least one player for card game gaming, the gaming card via a shoot Housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of gaming cards so that they can be moved one at a time, the housing means housing the gaming cards of the deck one by one during a card game game Housing means having an exit opening movable outside the means and a housing for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means Card scanning means located within the means and game cards received by each player from the shoe To identify each, to evaluate each player who receives a game card and to evaluate the value with information about the game strategy used by each player against the value of the received game card, and to each player's game strategy Combined with means for receiving the output of the card scanning means to combine all of this information to identify the card supply shoe device, allowing at least one player to select bets on various card gaming options In combination with a gaming table having at least one keypad means on top.
  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for card gaming that includes a card supply shoe device for use in distributing gaming cards to at least one player so that the gaming cards can be moved one at a time via a chute. And a housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of game cards, the housing means being capable of moving the game cards of the deck one by one out of the housing means one by one during a card game game. Housing means having an exit opening to be used and card scanning located within the housing means for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means To identify the game card received by each player from the shoe device. To evaluate the value to each player who receives the card and the value with information of the betting strategy used by each player for having played a card previously distributed from the card shoe device, and to each player Means for receiving the output of the card scanning means to combine all of this information identifying the card counting strategy of the card, and coupled to the card supply shoe device to provide at least one player with at least one various card gaming options. In combination with a gaming table at the top having at least one keypad means allowing a bet selection.
  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for playing a card game that includes a card supply shoe device for distributing a gaming card to at least one player for card game gaming, the gaming card via a shoot Housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of gaming cards so that they can be moved one at a time, the housing means housing the gaming cards of the deck one by one during a card game game Housing means having an exit opening movable outside the means and a housing for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means Card scanning means located within the means and game cards received by each player from the shoe device. In order to identify each of the players, each player's game is evaluated to evaluate the value with information on the game strategy used by each player against the information to each player who receives the game card and the value of the received game card. Based on each player's betting strategy used by each player against a game card previously dealt from a card distribution shoe that brings together the use of all the information that identifies the strategy and card counting information Combined with means for receiving the output of the card scanning means and a card supply shoe device to identify the counting strategy as well, allowing at least one player to select bets on at least one various card gaming options And a gaming table having at least one keypad means on the top thereof, in combination
  In various embodiments, a security gaming table system is applied to multiple sites under central control, allowing hand monitoring in a progressive live card game. The live card game has at least one deck, and each deck has a predetermined number of cards. Each table game in the system has a plurality of player positions, regardless of whether the player is at each position or the dealer is not at the dealer position.
  In one embodiment, a common identification code is placed on each card of each deck to provide additional security. Each deck has a different common identification code. A shuffler is used to shuffle the decks together, and the shuffler has circuitry for counting cards from the previous hand that the shuffler was inserted to shuffle. The shuffler circuit counts each inserted card and reads the common identification code on each card. The shuffler circuit outputs a signal corresponding to the counted and read common identification code. A game controller (eg, a computer) placed at each table receives this signal from the shuffler circuit and no cards have been drawn or replaced by new cards from the player (or dealer) hand. Make sure. If the count is not correct, or if the game card does not have an identification code or the identification code does not match, a new deck card must be used and a warning signal is generated indicating that a security breach has occurred. Is done.
  In another security embodiment, a unique code, such as a barcode, is placed on each card, and when each card is dealt from the shoe by the dealer, the detector reads the code, and each card dealt in the hand A signal including at least a value and a suit is sent to the game controller. The detector may also read the common identification deck code and issue it as a signal to the game controller. The shoe may have an optical scanner for generating this image when each card is dealt from the shoe into the hand by the Dürer. The game controller may store this information in memory so that the history of each card dealt in hand from the shoe is recorded.
  In yet another security embodiment, the integrated shuffler / shoe acquires an optical image of each card handed from the shoe and each card inserted into the shuffler after handmade. These images are sent to the game controller where they are counted and compared. A warning is raised when an irregular count or comparison occurs. The shuffler and shoe are integrated to provide security between the two units.
  In another embodiment of security for a live card game, a game bet sensor in which a game bet sensor is placed near each of a plurality of player positions to detect the presence of a game bet counts tokens that have been inserted. A signal is sent. The game bet sensor at some player positions has no bet, which generally allows the game controller that receives the signal to identify which player position has a game bet inserted. is there. This information is stored in memory and becomes part of the game history.
  In another security embodiment, a progressive bet sensor is disposed at each of the plurality of player positions to detect the presence of a progressive bet. The progressive bet sensor provides a signal received by the game controller that records in the memory the progressive bet that has been inserted at each detected player position. If a progressive bet is detected and there is no game bet, the game controller issues a warning signal indicating an inappropriate bet. At this point, the game controller will identify each player position where the game bet has been placed and know which player position of the player position that has the game bet also has a progressive bet. ing. This is stored in memory as part of the hand history.
  In yet another security embodiment, card sensors are located near each player location and dealer location. The card sensor outputs a signal for each card received by the card sensor. The game controller receives the issued signal and correlates the player position where the game bet is placed on the received card. In situations where a player position without a game bet receives a card, or a player position with a game bet receives a card out of sequence, the game controller issues a warning. This information is added to the game history in memory, which includes the value and suit for each card with a game bet supplied to each player location.
  Each game table may be provided with a progressive jackpot screen, and one or more progressive jackpot prizes may be displayed for a combination of one or more winning cards. In various embodiments, the game controller at each table stores in memory a winning combination required to win the progressive jackpot. The game controller accurately stores the suit and value of each card received from a particular player position, so the game controller automatically detects winning combinations and signals winnings to that player position. Is possible. Thus, the dealer can confirm that the player at that location actually has the correct card combination. The game controller continually updates the central controller interconnected to all other game tables, so that if desired, the central controller will include all game tables, including the winner's name and winning amount. Can be notified of this prize.
  The central controller continuously communicates with each game controller, and the associated progressive jackpot display may receive all or part of the information stored in each game controller over the communication link.
  Various embodiments include a card shoe having a device for automatically recognizing and tracking the value of a game card drawn from the card shoe in a face-down state (facing down).
  Various embodiments include a game table having a device that must automatically recognize a played or not played role (hand), thereby understanding the use of multiple bets and insurance lines for each hand. . In addition, the game table includes a device that automatically recognizes the value of the cards placed in front of each player and dealer.
  Various embodiments include game chip recognition, tracking, and storage. In various embodiments, an electronic data processing (EDP) program may process all bet values and associated insurance lines for each hand and control card distribution to each player and dealer, The overall score of the player's hand and the dealer's hand may be calculated and compared, or the player's win may be evaluated.
  Thus, the game data may be processed by the EDP program and displayed simultaneously for the actual game on a special monitor or display. The same data may be recalled later to monitor the overall result whenever necessary.
Various embodiments include:
A game table and a game table cloth arranged on the game table, wherein the game table cloth is provided with a designated area for placing a game chip and a designated area for placing a game card. When;
A card shoe for storing one or more decks of game cards, the card shoe facing down so that the player of the game whose luck influences the player cannot see the printed card value on the card. Including means for drawing an individual game card;
Card recognition means for recognizing the printing of the card value on the card drawn from the card shoe, the card recognition means being installed on the card shoe;
An ownership detection unit comprising means for recognizing the count of game chips placed in a designated area on a table cloth and the count of game cards placed on another designated area, the ownership detection unit comprising a table cloth Including a plurality of single detectors installed underneath and assigned to each betting box for card gaming and the area for chips;
A game bet detector for automatically recognizing or manually entering game bets; and
Means for evaluating a game whose luck depends on the rules of a game whose luck is influenced, means for storing the game results of a game whose luck is influenced, and the progress and game bet detector of the game whose luck is affected, an ownership detection unit, and And a computer comprising means for displaying a result from an electronic signal input from the card recognition means.
  According to various embodiments, the card recognition means is an optical window disposed along the path of card image printing on the gaming card drawn from the card shoe; located opposite the optical window and pulled A pulsed light source that illuminates the position of the gaming card; a CCD image converter for the portion of the drawn card located on the opposite side of the optical window; and the drawn card is in the correct withdrawal position exactly opposite the optical window An optical device for detecting card value printing from a drawn gaming card and sending a reflected image from a portion of the drawn card to a CCD image converter; detecting movement of the drawn card; Sensor means for providing the correct timing for operating the pulsed light source to transfer the reflected image to the CCD image converter. An optical device for redirecting and sending the reflected image may also include a mirror arranged to bend the reflected image to the CCD image converter. Alternatively, the optical device for redirecting and sending the reflected image includes a reflective optical prism comprising two planes arranged at right angles to each other, one side being on the optical window and the other side facing the CCD image converter. And a pulsed light source is disposed on the latter surface to illuminate the drawn card when the drawn card is positioned over the optical window. Preferably, the sensor means for detecting the movement of the drawn card and providing correct timing detects the leading end of the drawn card to determine whether the drawn card is being drawn. A single sensor, preferably a pressure sensor or a photoelectric threshold device, for activating the CCD image converter and the pulsed light source when the trailing edge of the drawn card passes the sensor means. Including. Alternatively, the sensor means may include two electro-optic sensors, one is located far from the card image printing movement path on the drawn gaming card and the other is the card image printing movement on the drawn gaming card. Located in the route. The latter electro-optic sensor can also comprise means for activating the pulsed light source by detecting a color trigger when the card value print passes over the optical window. In a preferred embodiment of the card shoe, the pulsed light source includes a xenon lamp. In various embodiments of the gaming device, each of the single detectors of the proprietary detection unit includes a light detection sensor for detecting chips or gaming cards that are arranged on a tablecloth over each of the single detectors. . Each single detector is an infrared detection photodiode, preferably a silicon photodiode. Preferably, the single detectors can be arranged in the proprietary detection unit so that the chips or gaming cards placed above them on the tablecloth are aligned above the at least two detectors.
  The gaming device comprises an automatic means for distinguishing color marks or areas on the chip and generating bet output signals that match the color marks or areas and the number of chips having the same color marks or areas Also good.
  The game bet detector includes chips for various values of bets in a game whose luck is influenced, and means for generating bet output signals that match the various values of the chips when the player bets chips. You may provide the automatic means for distinguishing. In various embodiments, the game bet detector comprises a radio frequency transmit / receive station, chips are each provided using a transponder that responds to the transmit / receive station, and the transponder returns the value of the bet chip to the transmit / receive station.
  The connection between each unit of the game machine and the computer is either a wireless connection or a wired connection.
Bet tracking.
Various embodiments include small card supply shoes that read their suits and ranks before each card is distributed to the various locations where the cards are dealt in casino table card game games. Next, cards are dealt to the necessary card positions according to the rules of the game. Different games have different card distribution positions, card numbers, and supply sequences that the system assumes to recognize as hands in various embodiments. For example, in Blackjack, which is a very complicated card distribution game, cards are usually distributed one at a time to each player's position and then to the dealer's position in a sequence in which one card goes around the table at a time. The card supply sequence is repeated once at a time so that exactly two cards are in the first hand at each player's position and the dealer's position. If the number in the hand does not exceed 21, the player is basically unlimited with regard to the additional cards, so handcrafting is complicated. The player may stand with two hands (two aces), or if he wants to do so, he may hit 21 and knowledge of hand calculation does not guarantee what the player will do. On the other hand, the dealer is required to strictly follow the house rules regarding the game of the game regarding the value of the dealer's hand. There may be a slight difference between accepting or not accepting hits on “Soft” 17 (eg, Ace and 6), but the rules are very accurate. I can't try it.
  In other card games, the same number of cards may be distributed separately. For example, in a modified stud poker that plays against a dealer, normally, if each player's position and the dealer are opponents, five or five cards are dealt to the dealer position at a time. This way of handing cards is quite simple because each sequence of five cards removed from the dealer's shoe is a single hand.
  In other games, cards may need to be dealt to players and other cards discarded or dealt to a shared card area. The system may be programmed to capture this option if desired.
  In the card distribution sequence, baccarat is close to blackjack, but the rules regarding when hits are made by players and dealers are stronger, and a maximum of one card may be taken as a hit at each position. The hand identification system, according to various embodiments, can handle the need to identify a hand in each of these games, but must be able to identify the hand, especially in the most complex situation, blackjack. I must.
  In various embodiments, if a camera is used to read the card, the light receiving system may be any digital or analog image capture system that can identify the suit and rank of the card.
  In various embodiments, the first step of operation is to supply a set of cards to a smart supply shoe, which is a card that is to be used in a casino table card game. A set of cards (usually one or more decks) is removed from the shuffler or manually shuffled and supplied in an already messy set. US patent application Ser. No. 10 / 622,321, entitled “Smart Supply Shoe”, describes a Smart Supply Shoe, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Some delivery systems or shoes with reading capabilities are disclosed in U.S. Pat. , 60396650, and 6126166, but are not limited thereto. In various embodiments, the cards are read in a smart card supply shoe that in turn sends one card at a time. In order to read a card with an end mark or a special code (such as US Pat. No. 6,460,848), special encoding or marking of the card is necessary. In this way, the entire sequence of a set of cards may be continuously measured and stored in the memory. The memory may be at least part of the smart card supply shoe, but can communicate with the central processing unit. Therefore, the sequence may be stored in or just in the central processing unit.
  In various embodiments, the cards are then dealt from the smart card supply shoe, which registers how many cards were viewed at a time. This may be done according to the above-mentioned US patent application Ser. No. 20 / 622,321, which supplies one card at a time to the dealer's pick-up area, so that only one card may be removed by the dealer. As each card is removed, a signal is generated indicating that a particular card (rank and suit) has been dealt. The computer and system know only that the first card has been dealt, and assume that this has been done to the primary player. The remaining cards are dealt to players and dealers. In some games (eg, stud poker) it is known that a certain number of cards have been dealt to each location, and the shoe is programmed with the number of players at any given time, so the hand is distributed Even before, they can be related to each other. If Shoe is playing stud poker and each player and dealer draws three cards (Three Card Poker ™), the system will pre-determine what will be in the hands of each player and dealer. You may know. It is also possible to make a signal available when the dealer receives his first card (for example, when cards are dealt one after another) or when he receives his entire hand . The signal may be used to automatically measure the number of valid player positions on the table at any given time. For example, if the dealer receives a sixth card with Blackjack's hand, the system may immediately know that there are five players at the table. The signal can be manually generated (by pressing a button on the dealer position or smart card supply shoe) and automatically generated (the card presence sensor at the dealer position can generate a signal if there is a card on the sensor) It is also possible. When the signal is automatically generated by the sensor, physical protection of the sensor may be provided, such as a shield that prevents contact accidents with the sensor and obstructions to the sensor. An L-shaped cover may be used to slide the card under an L-shaped arm parallel to the table surface and cover the sensor under the L-shaped branch. After all the cards for handmade are dealt, it is possible to send a signal indicating the number of players again. For example, when two dealer cards slide under the L-shaped cover to block or touch the sensor, the system may know the number of cards dealt in the hand (eg, 10 cards). You may know that the dealer has 2 cards, so there are 8 cards for each player and each player has 2 cards, so there are 4 on the table. It may be determined that there are two valid player positions (since 10-2 = 8, there are 8/2 = 4 players). This automatic decision is an alternative to having the dealer manually enter the number of each player at the table or manually changing the display of the number of players at the table whenever the number of players changes. As well.
  Once distribution to all valid locations is complete, the system may know what card is initially present in each player's hand, dealer's hand, and any flop or community card. The system operation may be simple when there are no more cards supplied to the casino table card. That is, all hands may be known and all results may be predicted. For blackjack games, steps are taken to complete the card addition.
  After handing out the first set of two cards in each hand, the system may not immediately know where each of the remaining cards will be dealt. However, the system may know which cards are dealt. Using this knowledge and hand identification that will be discarded later, it is also possible to verify or verify the match of the hand and card from the smart card supply shoe. Each hand has already been identified because there are two specifically known cards. Therefore, the hand is played according to the rules of this game, and when the game with a certain hand is exhausted, the hand is thrown away. A hand runs out when: 1) Blackjack was made, payment was in hand, and the card was cleared. 2) The hand has collapsed beyond 21 and the card has been cleared, and / or the one-round game has been played to the end, the dealer's hand has been completed, all wagers have been settled and the card has been cleared . Cards are typically collected from the table in the correct order so that the casino can manually verify the hand. Cards are usually cleared from the dealer's right to left, with the first card at the bottom, the second card above the first card, and the third card the second card. The first two cards form an anchor, focus, base, fence, end point or set edge for each hand, so the order is maintained or approximated. It is important to keep For example, it can be seen that the third player position received Heart 10 (10H) and Spade 9 (9S) as the first two cards, and the fourth player position is Diamond 8 (8D) and Club If it is found that 3 (3C) of the two are received, the two hand edges or anchors are 9S / 10H and 8D / 3C. At the end of the game, the hand is wiped out, the card is sent to a smart discard rack (see, eg, US patent application Ser. No. 10 / 622,388, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety) When the / 10H hand is not exhausted (eg, collapsed or bust) and the wiped out card contains 9S, 10H, 8S, 8D and 3C (as read by a smart discard rack), the processor The final hand at the 3rd and 4th position is 19 counts (9S and 10D) for the 3rd hand and 19 counts (8D and 3C, originally 8S for the 4th hand) You may automatically know that it was hit). Analysis by software specifically identifies the fourth hand, which is 19 counts, including the specific card read by the smart discard shoe. The information we have read is exhausted and compared to the original information collected from the smart supply shoe. The information of the smart supply shoe is combined with the information of the smart discard rack so that even if the cards are not supplied uniformly, the hand at each position can be confirmed (for example, the player 1 hits two pieces and the whole Take 4 cards, Player 2 hits 3 and takes a total of 5 cards, Player 3 does not hit and takes 2 cards in total, Player 4 hits 1 And take a total of 3 cards, the dealer hits 2 and takes a total of 4 cards, etc.).
  Dealer cards may be equally analyzed in a number of different formats. After the last card is dealt to the last player, a signal that the dealer's hand will be effective immediately, including the possibility of a hit, may be generated in a simple and unnoticeable manner. For example, the card is removed from below the L-shaped protection bridge using the above-described sensors to detect the presence of the first dealer's card or the completion of the dealer's hand. This type of movement is usually done in blackjack when the dealer exposes a maximum of one card and one is face down. In this case, in order to display the hole card, it is a natural movement to take out the card from the sensor on the lower side of the L-shaped cover, and then it is exposed to the sensor. This allows the dealer's hand to send a signal to the central processor that he will receive all additional cards during that round of the game. At this point, the system knows the original two cards in the dealer's hands, the next sequence of cards, and the rules that the dealer must use for the game. The system knows what cards the dealer will receive and what the final sum of the dealer's hands will be because there is no freedom to decide or move in the dealer's hand game. When the dealer's hand is placed in a smart discard rack, the discard rack already has details of the dealer's hand, even if it is not necessary to use the first two cards as an anchor or base for the dealer's hand In some embodiments that know, the card may be handled in this manner.
  When a card is wiped out of a player's hand from the table, the dealer's hand, and then from right to left (as seen from the dealer's position, or the opposite direction depending on the playing style at the house), the smart discard rack is Read the shoe, identify the anchor of each hand, know that no hand swept out at the end can exceed 21 counts, and the computer will identify the individual hand and the original data from the smart supply shoe and this Confirm the match. This allows the system to identify each hand played and provide system assurance that the hand has been played fairly and accurately.
  Numerous events can occur if the system fails to match. Signals can be sent directly to the dealer location, pit area, or security zone, and the cards are examined to determine the nature and cause of the error and, if necessary, examine individual cards. Dealer efficiency, dealer win / loss events, player efficiency, player win / loss events, player statistical behavior, unusual gaming strategies, or meaningful gaming strategies (eg, cards When hand and card data is used for various statistical purposes, such as evaluating counting), the system stores a particular hand in a “dump” file, It may not be used for statistical analysis, in order to ensure that the maximum benefit of the analysis is not impaired by error-rich or vast amounts of data.
  Various embodiments may include a data stamp (actual date and time defining sequence, with a specific identification concept of the sequence identifier including the possibility of being unique) to each card dealt. The date stamp may also be replaced with a specific sequence stamp or marking, such as a specific hand number, a specific table, a specific casino, a specific number of players, etc. Does the record show various indications “Aug. 19, 1995, 8:12:17 a.m., Table 3, position 3, hand 7S / 4D / 9S” in the storage memory of the central computer of Lucky 777 Casino? Alternatively, something can be indicated by an alphabetic and numeric code of “L7C-819-95-3-3-373-7S / 4D / 9S” (073 is the 73rd hand). Such a date stamp on a hand or even a card in memory can be used as an analytical search tool for security to enhance hand identification,
  FIG. 47 shows a block diagram of the components for the hand reading system of Table 4 including a smart card reading supply shoe 8 having an output 14 and a smart card reading discard rack 12 having an output 18. A player position 6 is shown and a dealer hand position sensor 10 without an output port 16 is also shown.
  The use of a discard rack that operates to automatically match hands returned to the discard rack in a disordered order (eg, blackjack or bust) is preferred in some embodiments. The software described above should be programmed to recognize a hand that has been taken out of order, based on knowledge of the anchor card (the first two cards) known to have been dealt to a specific hand. Can do. For example, when a blackjack is dealt at position 3, the software confirms this by removing the hand and sending a third hand into the smart card discard tray, where position 3 is basic. Identify what to ignore in future hand solutions. More importantly, for example, when the anchor card at the secondary player position is 9S / 5C, and the exhausted hand of 8D / 9S / 5C is put in the smart discard rack, this hand is It will be recognized as a hand from the next player position. If two identical cards happen to be dealt during the same game round, the software (knows all hands) can be placed in a smart discard rack to more carefully position the place of used up hands. It is only changed to specifically check the final card order placed in the. This is merely an implementation of recognition software once the concept is understood.
  If the card removal by the sensor or other initialized signal from the dealer identifies that all the additional cards go to the dealer, the game demarcation between rounds and the end of one round of the dealer's hand and game It may be useful for identification. When the dealer's card is thrown and read in the smart discard rack, the central computer knows that another round of gaming will occur, the subsequent sequence is a new round, and the entire analysis cycle is resumed Is established.
  The discard rack indicates that a completed hand has been sent because no card has been added to the supply tray in the discard rack. When a card is wiped out by a hand that has been exhausted early (blackjack or break), one card is collected at a time and one is inserted into the smart discard rack at a time. When the supply tray in the smart discard rack is empty, the system understands that a completed hand has been identified and can verify that particular hand with the information from the smart supply shoe. The system can also interface with a supply strategy analysis software program, such as a dedicated SMI-licensed Bloodhound ™ analysis program.
  Various embodiments include a casino or card room game modified to include a progressive jackpot component. For example, during a game of 21 games, in addition to this normal bet, the player has the option of making an additional bet that becomes part of the progressive jackpot and qualifies for the player. If the player's 21 game hand includes a card of a particular predetermined configuration, the player will win all or a portion of the amount displayed on the progressive jackpot. This progressive jackpot feature also applies to any other casino or card room game such as Draw Poker, Stud Poker, Low Ball Poker, or Caribbean Stud Poker (TM). Various embodiments comprise a game table with additional and modified coin acceptors electrically connected to a progressive jackpot meter for 21 games or poker games or the like. When the player inserts a coin into the coin accepting section, lighting is activated at the player's location, indicating that the player is participating in the progressive jackpot component of the game between their hands. At the same time, a signal from the coin accepting unit is sent to the progressive meter to increment the amount displayed on the progressive meter. When the game of each hand is finished, the coin acceptance unit is reset for the next hand. When the player wins all or part of the progressive jackpot, the amount displayed on the progressive jackpot meter is reduced by the player's winning amount. Any number of game tables can be connected to a single progressive jackpot meter.
Card shuffler.
Various embodiments comprise a card shuffler comprising a card mixer for receiving cards to be shuffled in the first and second trays. Sensors detect the presence of cards in these trays and automatically begin shuffling, in which cards are transported from the tray to the card mixer, which randomly interleaves the cards sent to the mixing mechanism Then, the alternately arranged cards are placed in a vertically arranged card compartment.
  The carriage supporting the ejector is moved back and forth in the vertical direction by a reversible linear driver to move the card ejector constantly along the card receiving compartment. The reversible linear drive is preferably activated upon activation of the mixing means and operates simultaneously with the mixing means but independently. At the end of the shuffle operation, this causes the linear drive to stop operating and randomly position the card ejector at a vertical location along the card receiving compartment.
  A sensor that is streamed into the card receiving compartment determines that the card pile has reached at least a predetermined vertical position. After the card ejector stops, if the sensor in the compartment determines that the card pile has reached at least the aforementioned predetermined height, the mechanism including the motor drive is activated to eject the cards in the pile. First, the wedge-shaped ejector is moved to the card receiving compartment, and the selected group is positioned at the vertical position reached by the wedge-shaped card ejector.
  In various embodiments, the card ejector pushes the card group engaged on the outside of the ejector through the front of the open end of the compartment, and the card group is removed from the remaining card pile, but the eject from the pile is complete but sufficient. not.
  When the end of the eject process is detected by the microswitch, the card ejector is withdrawn from the card compartment and immediately returns to the initial position for subsequent shuffle and card selection operations.
  In various embodiments, the technique of randomly selecting from the card compartment utilizes semiconductor electronic circuitry, which includes either discrete circuitry or a microprocessor, any of these techniques preferably being in shuffle operation. A high frequency generator for stepping the N-stage counter is used. When the shuffle operation is completed, the counter step operation ends. The counter output is converted to a DC signal and compared with another DC signal representing the vertical position of the card ejector along the card compartment.
  In various embodiments, the random selection is made by incrementing an N stage counter with a high frequency generator. The high frequency generator is removed from the N-stage counter at the end of the shuffle operation. The N stage counter is then incremented by a very low frequency generator until the capacity count is reached and reset. The reciprocation of the card ejector is stopped after a random length of time interval, but the N stage counter is advanced to the capacity count by the low frequency generator and reset from the time when the high frequency generator is removed from the N stage counter. The card ejector carriage is repulsively stopped at this time by triggering the energy of the reciprocating drive.
  In various embodiments, the card ejector ejects a group of cards partially from a mountain in the compartment. The partially removed card group is then manually removed from the compartment. In another preferred embodiment, the ejector fully ejects cards from the compartment and the ejected card is dropped into a chute that sends the card directly to the distribution shoe. The distribution shoe pressure plate is initially pulled to a position where the card passing through the supply shoe can directly enter the distribution shoe, and then to its original position to bias the card toward the open end of the distribution shoe. Return.
  Various embodiments automatically shuffle and cut gaming cards, and once the gaming cards are supplied to the shuffler, unconditionally supply the shuffled and cut gaming cards to the distribution shoe without human intervention Including methods and apparatus. In addition, the shuffle action may be performed simultaneously with the start of a new game, if desired, immediately after the end of each game, thus eliminating the need to shuffle all of the gaming cards in one go overall. And Preferably, the played cards are collected in a “dead box” and withdrawn from the dead box when the appropriate number of cards to be shuffled and cut using methods according to various embodiments is accumulated.
  Various embodiments provide a computer-controlled shuffle and cut with a housing having at least one transparent wall that makes the shuffle and card supply mechanism easily visible to all players and floor managers in casino use. Includes system. The case is provided with a reciprocally slidable game card pusher, which is located outside the case at the first position. The motor-driven transparent door selectively closes and opens the opening in the transparent wall so that the slidably mounted card pusher can be moved from the first position to the second position in the housing. The slidably mounted card pusher is then withdrawn from the first position and the gaming card is placed on a motor driven platform that selectively moves vertically and upwards and downwards.
  The motor-driven transparent door is raised in the open position in response to the appropriate position of the motor-driven platform, detected by foot or hand pressing on the appropriate sensor means as well as the operating buttons accessible from the dealer.
  The motor-driven platform (or “elevator”) lifts the pile of gaming cards loaded therein toward the shuffle mechanism in response to the slidably mounted card pusher being removed and the transparent door closing. When the game card is separated from the mountain in the opposite direction by the shuffle mechanism, the game card is driven by the first and second card holding magazines located on the opposite surfaces of the elevator, and the shuffle mechanism is a motor that can rotate on the reciprocating mounting device. Including a drive roller, the reciprocating speed and roller rotation speed are adjustable. Alternatively, however, if desired, the speed of reciprocation and rotation may be fixed using a fixed speed motor instead of the stepping motor used in a preferred embodiment.
  At the end of the shuffle operation, the platform is lowered and the card piles in each of the receiving compartments described above are continuously pushed back to the moving elevator by a suitable motor driven push mechanism. The operating sequence of the push mechanism is messed up by a random number generator used in an operating computer for controlling the system. These operations can be repeated if desired. Normally, a new card receives these actions two to four times.
  The guide assembly guides card movement onto the platform, prevents shuffled cards from being returned prematurely to the elevator platform, and the card is dropped into the card receiving area or a motor driven push mechanism on the elevator platform. Align this when it is pushed back.
  At the end of a plurality of shuffle and cut operations, the platform is lowered again and the shuffled and cut cards are moved downward toward a movable guide plate having an inclined guide surface.
  When the motor-driven elevator moves downward between the guide plates, the card pile engages with the inclined guide surface of the substantially U-shaped second block portion that shifts the pile from the horizontal direction to the orthogonal direction. At about the same time, using this, a "drawbridge-like" assembly that includes a pair of pivotable arms pivotally mounted at the lower end pivots downwards about its pivot pin from a vertical orientation to a diagonal orientation and is diagonally aligned It plays the role of a guide route. Diagonally arranged card piles slide downward on the arm like a drawbridge along the inclined guide surface, move downward by the U-shaped second block, and distribute cards under the control of the stepping motor. Move in the direction of the shoe and finally enter it.
  The first block with the paddle then moves between the cutouts of the U-shaped second block, applying forward pressure to the card pile. The second block then retracts to the home position. The paddle has a substantially rectangular shape and is arranged in a diagonal direction. During initial setup of the system, the paddle is positioned above the path of moving the card into the distribution shoe. The second block moves the cut and shuffled card into the distribution shoe, the paddle is lowered into the path of the card towards the distribution shoe, and the rearmost in the card pile fed to the distribution shoe. Moved to card. When the shuffle and cut operations are performed following the initial setup, the paddle stops at the end of the card previously supplied to the distribution shoe. Shuffled and cut cards that slide along the guide surfaces of the diagonally arranged arms of a drawbridge-like mechanism serve to separate gaming cards previously supplied to the distribution shoe, and the outlet slot of the distribution shoe By energizing the card toward the, the game card is distributed from the distribution shoe, and a shuffling and sending operation can be performed simultaneously on the opposite side of the paddle.
  After the newly shuffled game card is sent to the tail of the distribution shoe, the paddle sandwiched between the two piles of game cards is lifted upward by the U-shaped second block. Removed from. The assembly mounting the movable paddle is then moved backward by the motor, placing the paddle behind the last game card just after being sent to the distribution shoe, and the paddle is lowered to the home position, The game card is then distributed from the distribution shoe to provide a force that biases the game card forward toward the game card distribution slot of the distribution shoe, so that the motor control movement of the paddle assembly is then powered off. Then, the rotationally mounted assembly that supports the paddle is movable down the diagonal. The force acting on the paddle assembly is a combination of gravity and the force acting on the paddle assembly by a constant tension spring assembly. To confirm that the stacking and sliding movement of the game cards towards the card distribution slot of the distribution shoe is in proper alignment, the jog means (eg “Dither”) will reverse the paddles at periodic intervals. Jog or reciprocate.
  At the end of the game, the cards used in the finished game are usually collected by the dealer and placed in a dead box on the table. The collected card is put in a card pusher that can be moved back and forth later. The dealer appropriately inserts the card in the card pusher that can be slid back and forth into the shuffle mechanism, or preferably, the shuffle operation may be postponed until a large number of cards are collected on the card pusher that can be slid back and forth. . Shuffle and distribution operations may be frequent or infrequent depending on the choice of the dealer or casino administrator. Shuffle and game card distribution operations are fully automated and are performed without human intervention as soon as the cards are inserted onto the elevator platform inside the machine. The card is always in a range that does not obstruct the player's view so that the player and dealer can observe it, so that shuffling, cutting and card distribution operations are performed properly without clogging, and the device is also operating properly. It is confirmed that Shuffle and card distribution operations do not conflict or interfere with the distribution from the distribution shoe, so these operations can be performed almost simultaneously, thus significantly reducing the time spent on shuffle, thereby reducing game time. It is greatly increased and provides a highly efficient random shuffle and cutting mechanism.
  The system is controlled by a microcomputer programmed to control the operation of the card shuffle and cut system, the motor steps through an optical isolator that connects the motor drive circuit, intelligent controller and intelligent controller to the computer. Control the motor. The computer also monitors a plurality of sensors to confirm proper operation of each mechanism of the system.
Casino counter measurement.
Some ways to prevent card counters include using multiple decks. Shoes containing 6 or 8 decks are common. The more cards, the lower the change in the proportional distribution of the remaining cards, making it difficult to count. Shuffle cards more often can reduce the player's advantage, but this reduces the amount of time devoted to the actual game and thus reduces the profits of the casino. Some casinos use shuffle machines, some shuffle a set of cards while another machine is playing while others shuffle cards in succession. The fact that the game floor environment distracts attention and that alcoholic beverages are free also interferes with card counters. Some ways to prevent card countrs include the use of a variable payout structure, such as blackjack payouts of 6: 5, which is more disadvantageous to players than standard 3: 2 blackjack payouts. .
Video betting game.
Video betting games are imitations of table games using table games and card rule application.
  In one version of video poker, the player is allowed to examine five cards randomly selected by the computer. These cards are displayed on the video screen and the player selects which card, if any, he or she will hold. If the player wants to hold all cards, ie stands, he or she presses the button STAND. If the player wants to hold only a few cards, he or she selects the cards to hold by pressing the HOLD key just below each card on the video screen. When the DEAL button is pressed after the HOLD card is selected, the unselected card is automatically and simultaneously replaced with an additional card selected at random from the rest of the deck. When the STAND button is pressed or a card is replaced, the final hold is evaluated by the gaming machine computer and the player is given either a gaming credit or a coin payout, as determined by the payout table. Given. This payout table is stored in the computer memory of the machine and is also displayed on the machine screen. Hands with higher poker values are given more credits or coins. Very rare poker hands are given 800 to 1 or more payouts.
Alternative technique.
It should be understood that the methods described herein for making, using, or implementing various embodiments are only a subset of the possible techniques that may be used for the same or similar purposes. . The particular techniques described herein are not intended to be limiting. Rather, the various embodiments contemplate alternative techniques for making, using, or implementing the various embodiments.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE The following patents and patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
US Pat. No. 6,579,181,
US Pat. No. 6,299,536,
US Pat. No. 6,093,103,
US Pat. No. 5,941,769,
US Pat. No. 7,114,718,
US Patent Application No. 2005012269,
US Pat. No. 4,515,367,
US Patent No. 5000453,
US Pat. No. 7,137,630,
U.S. Pat. No. 7,137,629.
  In various embodiments, secondary players place bets on other people's (primary player's) games, but themselves include those who do not participate directly in the game. Therefore, the secondary player may be far away from the place where the game is actually played. That said, the secondary player may view information about the game from video distribution or the like. The secondary player may play his game using the results generated in the primary player's game.
  In various embodiments, a player, such as a secondary player, may be engaged in a gaming activity using a station, workstation, or terminal having multiple screens. The display may be a monitor. The display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma screen, a cathode ray tube display, or any other display. The terminal may comprise various other components. The one or more keyboards may include buttons, a touch panel, or other equipment for accepting input from a secondary player. The keyboard may have a dedicated key having a certain function such as a shortcut function. A terminal may include an audio communication channel, such as a telephone, an Internet connection that supports voice, or any other communication channel, and a terminal may include one or more touch screens. The touch screen may match the display screen. FIG. 61 illustrates terminals according to various embodiments.
1. Resize window or delivery.
In various embodiments, the terminal display screen may display a window. A window is a geometric area of the display screen that displays related information within the area. For example, the window may display information about a specific game as a game by a specific primary player or a specific slot machine. The window may be rectangular or any other shape. The window may be resized to extend across the entire display screen or more than one display screen. The window may also be resized relatively small. The window may be completely closed. A new window (eg, displaying information about a new type of game) may be opened. Windows may be stacked on top of each other. Windows may have a variety of other relationships. Each window may display a different type of information. Each window may display information from separate primary player games. The window may display a game by a specific game device. The window may display a game based on a specific game table. The window may display statistics around the casino (eg, which gaming device is the best, who is the fastest dealer, what is the longest winning flow in the roulette game, etc.). The window may display sports scores. The window may display a video distribution such as a sporting event video, a primary player video, a game table video, or any other video. The window may display a game simulation such as a game reproduction simulation.
1.1. Customized window layout.
In various embodiments, the second trouser may have the opportunity to create or open a new window, resize the window, and move the window to the periphery. The secondary player may also have the opportunity to change other characteristics of the window, such as border color, background color, title bar, or any other characteristic. The secondary player may thus arrive at a convenient, comfortable, or other suitable window arrangement. The preferred window arrangement of the secondary player, including his preferred window and / or preferred information, may be stored. A suitable arrangement may be stored on the terminal, casino server, or secondary player (eg, a portable flash drive or other media owned by the secondary player). Thus, a given secondary player may leave the terminal and allow other secondary players to use the terminal, with each other secondary player having a different preference for window placement. doing. A given secondary player may return to that terminal and automatically call his preferred window arrangement on the terminal's display screen.
  A suitable window arrangement may include details of the window that the secondary player wishes to view. For example, a secondary player may have a window that displays video distribution from a specific craps table, another window that displays results from a specific slot machine bank, a secondary player's own credit balance and winning history. View another window to display, another window to display the top 50 first competitors currently playing in the casino (totaling the value of the last hour), and another window to display the movie It may be desired. A suitable window arrangement may include details of where the window takes within one or more display screens of the terminal. For example, a first window and a second window operate within a first display, a third window takes the entire second display screen, a fourth window occupies two other display screens, The fifth, sixth and seventh windows may share different display screens. A suitable window arrangement may also include details of the position of the window within a particular display screen. For example, the first window is located in the upper half of the display screen, the second window is located in the lower left quarter of the display screen, and the third window is located in the lower right quarter of the display screen. May be located.
  In various embodiments, the terminal may include a button, key, or other input device that allows the secondary player to save his preferred window arrangement. The secondary player may save the placement by pressing a button. The secondary player may further name the placement. In this way, the secondary player may be able to save multiple placements, each under a different name. The secondary player may first present the identification information by sitting on the terminal and presenting a player tracking card or the like (for example, inserting the player tracking card into the card reader of the terminal). The terminal may then display a message to the secondary player asking if the secondary player wants to load the preferred window arrangement. The secondary player may be presented with a list of saved window arrangements. The secondary player may then select an arrangement from the list, and that arrangement may be regenerated for the secondary player.
  In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify a suitable window arrangement using a device other than the terminal. For example, the secondary player may configure a suitable window arrangement on his home computer. For example, the home computer may display a simulation of the terminal. The player may then generate a simulated window and place the simulated window in a suitable arrangement. The player may save such a suitable arrangement using, for example, a casino server. When the secondary player subsequently visits the terminal (eg, at a casino), the secondary player may load his preferred window arrangement on the terminal.
2. hardware.
The terminal may include one or more displays. The display may be mounted on a movable arm. For example, each display may be mounted on an adjustable arm that it has. In this way, the display may be repositioned by the secondary player to fit the preferred field of view. The secondary player may position the multiple displays so that they take their preferred arrangement. For example, the secondary player may be arranged so that four displays are stacked vertically, in a row of horizontal displays, or in a 2 × 2 grid, for example. In various embodiments, the displays may be mounted in a fixed relationship with each other. For example, six displays may be fixed to a rigid concave metal structure so that the entire display becomes a “C” shape around the secondary player. The terminal may include one or more keyboards. The keyboard may have a “qwerty” arrangement of keys, or some other arrangement of keys. The keyboard may have keys having specific functions related to the game. The terminal may be provided with other buttons or input devices. The terminal is a computer processor, a computer memory, a communication port for communication using a network, an antenna or other transceiver for wireless communication, a card reader (for example, a magnetic strip card reader, an RFID reader, etc.), an audio output device (for example, a speaker) , Headphones, etc.), audio input devices (eg, microphones, telephone handsets, etc.), chairs or benches, desks, radios (eg, radio to listen to sports event broadcasts), and any other related devices. The terminal may further include a component for a game directly on the terminal. The terminal may include an embedded game device or may function as a game device. For example, the terminal can accept coins and bills, random number generators, bet insertion buttons, coin dispensers, coin trays, printers, ticket-in / ticket-out (TITO) printers, TITO readers, mechanical reels, and / or bonus games. Guidance hardware may be provided (eg, the terminal may be physically equipped with a rotating disc to guide the bonus times of the Wheel-of-Fortune game). The terminal may include software having various functions. The game software may allow an individual to play as a primary player, such as playing a game directly on a terminal, for example. Some software may provide an interface for the secondary player to place a bet on a game played at another location, such as a game played by the primary player. The software may further include software for displaying video distribution, such as distribution from a sporting event or a primary player's game. The software may further include software for displaying the results generated in a game played elsewhere. The software may further include software that enables communication between the terminal and a network, such as the Internet, a cellular phone network, and / or a telephone network. The software may further include any other software for operating the terminal or associated device according to various embodiments.
2.1. The display is a stack type. The displays can move relative to each other.
In some embodiments, the displays are all attached to a single rigid housing. The housing may include a housing that encloses computer hardware used to operate a desk, stand, or terminal. The display may be attached to the housing via a joint or a flexible arm. For example, the display may be attached to the housing via a metal arm that incorporates a joint. The position of the display may be adjustable by bending or shrinking a metal arm holding the display by being pushed or pulled by a human. The display may be mounted on a rotatable joint and may be upward or downward, one or the other, or any combination of the above. In some embodiments, the displays may be attached to each other. For example, two square displays may be connected on the side by hinges. Thus, the displays may be folded front-to-front and may be further away from each other. In various embodiments, the display may be attached to a backplate or other rigid housing. Each of these positions may be fixed, but the orientation may be adjustable. In various embodiments, the display may be flexible. Therefore, the secondary player may bend the display. For example, the large flexibility may be bent so as to form a semicircle around the secondary player. In some embodiments, the display may be transparent or transmissive. One display may be placed in front of another display. In this way, the player may be able to see some of both displays within the same field of view.
2.2. The display position can be saved.
In various embodiments, the terminal player may save or record a particular arrangement of displays, keyboards, or other hardware. This arrangement may be stored, for example, on a terminal or casino server. When the player returns to the terminal after the absence, or comes to a new terminal, the settings saved by the player may be restored. The terminal hardware may then automatically reposition. For example, the arm that holds the display may be electrically and computer controlled. Thus, it may operate electrically in such a way that the display is in the player's preferred arrangement.
2.3. A display that functions as one.
In some embodiments, two or more displays may function as a single display. A graphic, window, or other image may begin on one display and continue on another display. The player may be able to move from one display screen to another with a seamless movement. For example, a player may be able to drag a window from one display screen to another. In some embodiments, the screen or screen support mechanism may comprise a position sensor. For example, an arm-shaped joint that indicates a screen may include a sensor for detecting an angle in the joint. Software that calculates the position of the screen based on the angle of the joint may be used. Based on the position of the display, it is determined which displays are close to each other or adjacent to each other, thus determining how a single image should be displayed on multiple displays. For example, adjacent image portions must be displayed on adjacent screens.
2.4. Special keyboard.
The terminal may comprise one or more keyboards, keypads, buttons or other input devices. Some keys may have special functions.
2.4.1. Key function.
The key opens a communication on a specific line (eg, to another player, casino representative, etc.), calls a video distribution for viewing, and information about the game for viewing (eg, what is the current result) , What was the last five results, etc.), for calling a broadcast for viewing or listening, or for any other function. In various embodiments, the keys may be pre-programmed or have default functions. In various embodiments, the keys may be configured or programmed to perform certain functions. For example, the secondary player may be configured to open a communication line with a specific friend of the secondary player.
2.4.2. Communication line.
A key (eg, button) may open a communication line. The communication line may be unidirectional, bi-directional, or multi-directional. The communication line may be audio, text, video, or a combination of audio, text, and video. The key may open a communication line between the secondary player and another person, such as a friend or casino representative of the secondary player. In some embodiments, the secondary player may configure a key to open a communication line with a particular person. The secondary player may provide the name of a particular person, an identifier from a particular person (eg, a player tracking card number), or any other information about other persons. The secondary player may have access to a special window where a list of keys or buttons is provided, and the player is given the opportunity to press the button and enter the names of those who want to contact. Also good. A key or button may have a small display associated with it. The name of the person or party that opens the communication line when the button is pressed may appear on the display. For example, if a secondary player enters a friend's name "Joe Smith", the name "Joe Smith" may be displayed on or near the button. This may allow the secondary player to remember that a particular button opens a communication line with Joe Smith.
  In various embodiments. A communication line with the casino representative may be opened by a key or a button. The secondary player may press such a button for drink orders, meal orders, terminal service requests, jackpot payment requests, or any other purpose. The secondary player may also initiate contact with the casino representative for information not related to the particular game. For example, a secondary player may want to book a restaurant, may want to find out when the restaurant is closed, may want to buy a ticket for a show, or search for any other information Or any other work implementation may be desired.
  For example, in a one-way communication, a secondary player may receive video distribution, audio distribution, and may receive information in several other formats. Received information includes games that the secondary player is betting on (for example, the primary player's slot machine game playing in other parts of the casino), general weather information, and general information about the casino. May relate to specific information (eg, when the swimming pool is closed, etc.), general news (eg, world news), or any other activity or event. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be a person communicating on a one-way communication line. For example, the secondary player may open a voice line for ordering drinks. The player's request may be recorded at the other end of the line and then communicated to the waiter or waitress where the secondary player is located.
  In two-way communication, a player (eg, a secondary player) may communicate with another person (eg, a player's friend, casino representative, etc.). Video and / or audio from both parties may be transmitted back and forth over a network such as the casino internet or the internet.
  In some embodiments, a player may have multiple communication lines open at the same time. For example, a secondary player can send two-way audio and video to Joe, a friend, via one line of a two-way audio line, to Sam, a friend, via another line of a two-way audio line. You may talk to your friend's building over the communication line. The secondary player may be able to customize each communication line on the spot. For example, the two communication lines may be muted so that the secondary player can talk to the friend's building without being heard by other connected friends. Similarly, a secondary player can change the communication line from audio alone to audio and video, from video to audio, from two directions to multiple directions, and to change the communication line in any other form. Good. For example, the secondary player may be talking to three friends, each via a different communication line. In addition to simply calling and listening to the secondary player, this time the secondary player may be able to connect the communication line so that friends can call and listen to each other.
2.4.3. Key to a specific game.
In various embodiments, a distribution that includes information about the game may be available to the secondary player. Distribution for a game may include video distribution for a particular game. For example, video distribution of a high limit baccarat game may be available. Distribution about the game may include distribution that simulates the reproduction of the game. For example, distribution may include the rotation of an animated slot reel to reveal actual results that occurred on a slot machine. Distribution about the game may include summary information. Information may be represented in the form of text, graphics, or video. The summary information includes, for example, the bet amount displayed, the result reached, the winning amount, the number of paylines in the game, the winning payline, whether the bonus times have been reached, the decision made for the bonus times, and any decision branch points. It may include what decisions were made in the game and any other relevant information. The distribution may include a video of the primary player. For example, the secondary player may be able to see the video when the primary player is playing. The distribution may include video for a game that is running. For example, video footage can be switched from a variety of different players depending on who is currently in the game, who is currently making decisions in the game, whether the game is close to resolution, and similarly Also good.
  The key may be configured or programmed to always invoke distribution for a particular gaming device. The key always calls the distribution to a specific game table, always calls the distribution to a specific table group (for example, to display information about the game results of each time in the table group in the distribution) (Although it may always display distribution to the game device group (for example, information about the game result of each time derived from the device-free group may be displayed in the distribution)) Calling distribution to the area (for example, information about the game result of each time for a specific area of the casino may be displayed in the distribution), or any other game device group or game table group May be configured or programmed to invoke delivery to.
  In various embodiments, a secondary player may want immediate access to information about a favorite game or games. Thus, a single key or button may be configured to recall information about a preferred game or games when pressed.
  In various embodiments, the information is displayed on one of the terminal's display screens when invoked. Such information may occupy the entire screen, or may occupy part of the screen using a window or the like in the screen.
2.4.4. Key for the latest update.
In various embodiments, when a secondary player presses a key or button, the game, primary player, gaming device, dealer, or other object of interest, real thing, or secondary player An event may be called. For example, the latest result at a specific blackjack table may be displayed on the screen by the secondary player pressing a key. As another example, when a secondary player presses a key, the latest result of payment of $ 200 or more generated throughout the casino may be displayed on the screen. As another example, the player may display the latest 10 times on the crap table by pressing a key. In various embodiments, an update may be provided by a secondary player pressing a key. The update may appear in one window on the terminal display screen, for example. The update may disappear after some period of time, for example after 30 seconds. In some embodiments, the update may remain until the player presses the key that updated the first location again. The window or screen displaying the update may be continuously updated or may be fixed. Thus, in various embodiments, a secondary player may press a key to obtain updated information about a table, player, etc. However, the information may represent a small snapshot of recent information and may not represent continuous or new information as it occurs.
2.4.4.1. The keyboard has different channels.
In various embodiments, the keyboard may have a key, button, or space key combination that corresponds to a channel. The channel may be a broadcast or a one-way communication line. A channel may present information related to a specific topic, such as a specific type of game, a player type (eg, high scorer), or some other subject or topic, such as video delivery, statistics, Game status, strategy information, or any other information may be presented.
2.4.4.1.1. Video poker channel.
In various embodiments, there may be a video poker channel. This channel may broadcast information about one or more video poker games. This channel may present a list of final results as they occur throughout the casino. For example, the video poker channel may present a scrolling list with the results “3d, 4c, Ac, Js; 9h, 9d, 3s, 3c, Ks; Ks, Qh, Jd, 10c. Such a result may be the latest result generated in a video poker game in a casino. The channel may include a scrolling list with items of cards dealt, winnings paid out, decisions made, or any other information item. The channel may include video footage. The video image may be switched from one game to another. For example, the announcer may say, "Let's go to John's game. He is dealt 3 cards and goes to the Royal Flush ...". The video footage may then be a display of John's game. There may be many games that can be displayed on the channel at any given time. There may be some games that display in one format or another format, such as video delivery format, text description format, or any other format, while there may be some games that do not display . The displayed game may meet one or more criteria. Such criteria include the following: (A) a game with a large bet, (b) a game played by an advanced player (for example, a player who uses 80% or more of time in an optimal strategy), and (c) an amount of money within the last hour or more Games played by the winning primary player, (d) games that are likely to yield high-paid final results (for example, a four-card vs. royal flush distributed as a result in the middle), (e) popularity Games played by certain primary players (e.g., highly ranked in secondary player surveys), (f) more bets than pre-determined secondary players (G) a game in which a bet by a secondary player is more than a certain amount, and any other criteria.
  There may be more special channels. For example, even if there is a dedicated channel for $ 1 video poker, multi-hand video poker, video poker games played in Las Vegas, video poker games played in the last hour, or Jack or Better video poker Good.
  The channel may display live information. The channel may also display historical information. For example, the video poker channel may display the best game played last year in the last week.
2.4.4.1.2. Sports book channel.
The sports book channel may display information about various sports events such as baseball games, basketball games, horse racing, car racing, golf tournaments, or any other sports event or contest. This information may be presented as a text description of the score. For example, the latest scores of various games may be scrolled across the screen. The sportsbook channel may display video distributions of various games or highlights of various games. The sportsbook channel may selectively display the video of one game across the board for various reasons. The video of a specific game may be displayed in the following cases. (A) The bet on the game by the secondary player is very high (for example, the total exceeds a certain amount, or more money is bet than another game not displayed), ( b) The bet on the game by the secondary player is more than a certain amount, (c) The game is close (for example, the number of opponents in the game is approaching, and the horse in the race is dismissed) (D) the game is approaching resolution or any other reason.
2.4.4.1.3. Personal channel.
In various embodiments, the channel may be a one-way communication line to a secondary player. However, the channel may be customized for a particular player. Thus, for example, two different secondary players watching a blackjack channel may have received different sets of information. The channel displays information about games that are considered relevant to the secondary player based on information about the secondary player, so that information about the game that a particular secondary player is betting on is displayed. With a demo image similar to the secondary player to display (for example, if the secondary player's home team is playing, the secondary player may display a sports game) So that information about games played by the primary player is displayed to the secondary player, and information about games played near the birthplace is displayed to the secondary player (e.g., If the secondary player is from Mississippi, you may display the game from a Mississippi casino), and display information about games that you have previously shown to the secondary player. (Example For example, if a secondary player has previously bet on a game played on a particular game device, the game played on the same game device is displayed to the secondary player on a customized channel. May be customized).
  In various embodiments, a secondary player may be asked what they want to see and hear on a particular channel. The secondary player can then select a particular type of game (eg, video poker, monopoly slot, etc.), a particular table, a particular dealer, a particular area within the casino, a particular type of strategy (eg, a second type of strategy) The next player wants a channel to display only the first player using a particular type of strategy, such as a basic strategy), a specific stage in the game (for example, a second player is a game Select the display of only the bonus times for the secondary player, select the channel to display only the game after the halfway result, such as after the first two cards were dealt in Blackjack, etc. ), Games with certain outcomes (for example, a secondary player chooses a channel that only displays results with payouts greater than $ 100, and a secondary player may Select a channel that displays only the results for which the game is displayed, the secondary player selects the channel that only displays games where the primary player is a three-card versus royal flush, etc.) The game to be played (for example, the secondary player selects a channel that displays only the national league baseball game, the secondary player selects a channel that displays only the college basketball game, etc.) Alternatively, the secondary player may select or identify any other type of content within the customized channel. A player may select from a menu (eg, a player may select a type of game from a menu that includes different types of games), and the player may specify the desired content using text. Alternatively, the player may specify the desired content using any other format. The secondary player may have the opportunity to name the channel. For example, the player may name the channel “bonus times”, “primary player with the highest score”, “craps game”, “high payout game” or any other name.
2.4.4.2 Specific table (Blackjack table X is preferred).
In various embodiments, the channel may present games or information from a particular game table. For example, a channel may present a game from a specific blackjack table. The channel may display a video image of the game. The video image may be displayed from above the table. A video image that focuses on an individual player at the table may be displayed (eg, the video may focus on the face of one of the primary players). A video image focused on the dealer may be displayed. An image focused on a specific hand, a specific card, a stack of chips of various players, or any other aspect of the table may be displayed. The channel for a table includes the percentage of hands that the player has won in the last hour, the net performance of the primary player, the percentage of blackjack that has been on the table in the last hour, or any other statistic. , Statistics about the table may be displayed. Channels to the table can be dice rolls, roulette wheel results (for example, the percentage of “black” results that have occurred in the last 100 roulette disks can be shown as a statistic), or any other event Or you may display the statistics about the event in a game table.
2.4.5. Key to a specific player.
In some embodiments, a secondary player may press a key or button to receive information about a particular primary player. By pressing such a key or button, the video image of the primary player's game may be viewed by the secondary player, or the video image of the primary player himself / herself may be viewed. (E.g. video footage of the primary player's face), you may be able to see the effects of simulating the game of the primary player, or you can see statistics about the primary player It may be (e.g., the net lifetime performance of the primary player) or any other information related to the primary player may be viewed. In various embodiments, a communication line such as a voice communication line with the primary player may be opened by the secondary player pressing a key.
2.4.6. A key for a particular game device.
In some embodiments, the secondary player may receive information about a particular gaming device by pressing a key. By pressing such a key or button, the secondary player may be able to watch the video of the game device, or may be able to see the result that occurred on the game device. You may be able to see a reproduction of the game played above, or any other information about the game device. The key may be labeled with a video device identifier such as “VideoPoker 12345”. The key may also be given a custom name by the secondary player. In various embodiments, a secondary player may open a communication channel with a gaming device by pressing a key or button. For example, the secondary player may enter voice communication with the primary player in the game device.
2.4.7. Key to a specific game table.
In various embodiments, pressing a key or button may allow a secondary player to receive information about a particular game table. For example, a secondary player can deliver a video from a game table, an indication of who the dealer is, an indication of who the primary player is, information about the cards dealt, statistics about the outcome, primary game Information about the percentage of time the person won versus the percentage of time the dealer won, information about the strategy used at the table, or any other information at the table may be received. With a key, the secondary player may open a communication line with the table, such as a communication line with one or more primary players at the table or a communication line with a dealer at the table. Good.
2.4.8. Key to a specific sporting event.
In various embodiments, buttons or keys may allow a secondary player to access information about a particular sporting event. For example, a secondary player may press a key to watch a video distribution of a Yankees and Red Sox baseball game. When the sports game becomes commercial, the secondary player may press another button that calls another sports event. In various embodiments, a secondary player may select a view angle for a sporting event. For example, a sporting event may have a plurality of cameras that capture scenes. The secondary player may be able to press the first button to watch the video delivery from the first camera, and press the second button to watch the video delivery from the second camera. It is the same. For example, in a tennis game, one button may correspond to a view from the center of the court, while another button corresponds to a view from the back on one side of the court. In some embodiments, a key may allow a secondary player to switch between commentators for a video, broadcast, or channel. For example, the secondary player may be browsing a video image from a sporting event. The secondary player may press a key to switch the sound from one sports commentator to another. The secondary player may change the commentator for other types of events as well. For example, a commentator may explain the strategy of a primary player from a blackjack game table. The secondary player may switch to a new commentator because the commentator is not preferred. The switching may occur by pressing a button or key, through a menu, or by some other means.
2.4.9. Function keys for video distribution.
In some embodiments, the key may have special functions for video control. Various keys may allow the secondary player to zoom in or zoom out. Various keys may allow the player to pan, tilt, increase or decrease the viewing angle, hide one or more objects in the video distribution, increase or decrease the contrast, and increase or decrease the brightness. If there is sound, a key may allow a secondary player to remove a certain sound source (eg, a secondary player may use a certain basketball to focus on the voice of a favorite basketball player. You may want to silence the player's voice). Various keys may allow the secondary player to stop the video, play the video in slow motion, reverse play the video, or fast forward the video. There may be various keys for video or audio operations.
2.4.10. Programmable key. Shortcut key.
Buttons or keys may be programmable or configurable to recall any type of information or to perform any other function. For example, a secondary player may program a button to retrieve information about a favorite game table, favorite primary player, preference results, or any other. The secondary player may configure a button to open a communication line with a specific other person, a specific game device, a specific game table, or any other specific competition party. The secondary player may configure the button to make a request. For example, the button may be configured so that a martini is ordered for a secondary player when the button is pressed.
2.4.11. Key that provides a message or notice.
In various embodiments, the buttons or keys may change color, flash, or other things that call attention. A secondary player can use a button or key to open a communication line, call for specific information, view a specific channel (eg, a video poker channel), or perform any other function. You may press. The button may blink or alert when any event of interest, importance, or meaning that deserves the attention of the secondary player occurs. For example, the button may be configured to call a bonus channel on a screen. The button may flash when the primary player reaches the first bonus time somewhere in the casino. The secondary player may press the button when flashing to see the first time the bonus times are occurring. The secondary player may also press the button several times when not blinking to see information about the bonus times at the casino. However, the secondary player may be particularly motivated to press a button when flashing.
2.4.12. Specialized keys for various games.
The terminal may be equipped with specialized or dedicated keys or buttons that are specialized for a particular game, a particular type of bet, or any other special function. There may be a key set for placing a bet in a video poker game. There may be a set of keys to place a bet on a blackjack game. Other key combinations include a key for placing a bet in a roulette game, a key for placing a bet in a poker game (eg, Texas Hold'em Poker), and a bet on craps. For example, a key for placing a bet in a slot machine game, a key for placing a bet in a Keno game, a key for placing a bet in a baccarat game, or a key for placing a bet in any other game. A special key may be used when the player at the terminal behaves as a secondary player. A special key may be used when the player at the terminal behaves as the primary player.
  The key combinations specially designed for roulette include: a key for placing a bet on “red”, a key for placing a bet on “black”, a key for placing a bet on odd numbers, and a bet on even numbers A key for placing a bet on each number on the roulette wheel and a key for a bet associated with any other roulette. Therefore, a player of a terminal desiring to participate in a game or roulette game may conveniently use a dedicated key for betting on the roulette on the terminal. A complete roulette bet is specialized using, for example, two keys, the first key specifies the bet amount (eg, 5 credits), and the second key is the bet type (eg, “red”). May be specified. A complete bet may be specified using a single dedicated key. Pressing that key may be equivalent to betting 5 on red. In various embodiments, the bet amount may be understood by default, for example. For example, the bet amount may not be specified, and the same bet may be used from the previous game. Thus, for example, if the previous bet is also 5 credits, the player may bet 5 credits red by pressing the dedicated “red” key.
  A dedicated key for a video poker game may comprise five different “hold” keys, each key corresponding to a different hand location. The dedicated key may correspond to a strategy in an arbitrary game. For example, in video poker, there may be a key that directs execution of a strategy that is expected to win the best. By pressing such a key, the player can determine which card is to be held and which card is to be discarded based on the calculation that leads to the highest expected winner (eg, software belonging to the terminal or casino Software belonging to the server). In a blackjack game, the dedicated key may be pressed to execute a basic strategy.
  In a craps game, a dedicated key may allow a player to place a bet on “pass” or “do not pass” or bet specific to any other craps.
  The key may be configured to perform one task. For example, the key may be configured to always place a certain type of bet when pressed. However, in various embodiments, the key may be reprogrammed to perform another dedicated task. For example, a key that is always used to place a bet of 5 on black may then be used to place a bet of 10 on red.
2.4.13. A key dedicated to different types of bets.
Keys that can be customized for bets of different tastes, such as customizing the “7 lines, betting 10 cents on each line” key, or “the primary player Joe goes bankrupt” Customization, etc. In various embodiments, the key may be customized for a particular type of bet. A player may prefer a bet that is generally not easy to select or describe. For example, a secondary player places bets on 7 paylines on a slot machine game, places 5 bets on each payline on 5 paylines and 1 per payline on the remaining 2 lines. May want to place a dollar bet. The secondary player may program the key to just make this desired bet or make any other desired bet. Therefore, the player may avoid the problem of entering a complicated command each time he wishes to place a bet. In various embodiments, at an initial point in time, a player may enter detailed instructions to make a complex bet. The player may then have an opportunity to save the bet. For example, the terminal may display a message asking whether or not the player wants to save a bet entered or entered. A player may indicate an intention. The terminal may give the secondary player the option to save a bet on a particular button. For example, the terminal may give the player the option of associating a particular button with a bet on the terminal so that the player can simply press the button once to place the bet. (In some embodiments, the bet is not effective until the player confirms or actually starts the game following bet placement.) In some embodiments, the terminal allows the player to A list of recently placed bets may be stored on the terminal. For example, the terminal may store the last 10 or 50 bets placed by the player. A player may have an opportunity to look at a list of recent bets and select one from the list. For example, a player can move between the list of recent bets using a mouse or arrow keys. One of them may be selected. The player may then re-insert the bet without having to re-enter the bet.
2.4.14. Keys specific to the display screen.
In various embodiments, the key may correspond to a particular display screen. The corresponding display screen may be activated in some way by pressing a key. For example, by pressing a key, a mouse pointer is displayed in the corresponding display screen, and the player may select or click an item displayed on the display screen. In some embodiments, a player may play different games simultaneously, with different display screens displaying different games. A player may desire to start a new game displayed on a particular screen. The player may then press a button that activates the screen. The player may then place a bet in the game using a common set of bet keys and start playing the game. The player may then press another key corresponding to another display screen. A new display screen may be activated. The player may then place a bet on the game displayed on the new display screen using the same general set of bet keys.
2.5. image.
In various embodiments, a player may load a picture of himself on the terminal. For example, you may display each photograph of a secondary player's grandchild on six screens of a terminal. The secondary player may bring a photograph into the terminal using a portable device such as an MP3 player. A player may also download photos from a photo sharing site such as Flicker.
2.6. Other special input devices.
Joystick. The terminal may have various input devices. These include joysticks, touchpads, trackballs, touch screens, microphones, cameras (for example, a player may direct commands to the terminal with hand signals, such hand signals are captured by the camera, software A foot pedal, an electronic pad for handwriting recognition, or any other input device. The terminal may have the same input device as the type found on some gaming devices. For example, the terminal may include a handle that can be pulled like the handle of a slot machine. By pulling such a handle, the secondary player may bet on the game of the primary player.
2.7. A method of confirming that human shock and destruction are invalid.
In various embodiments, the terminal may include expensive or fragile equipment. For example, the terminal may include a plurality of buttons and a display screen. In various embodiments, the sensor may detect behavior that is dangerous to the device, such as striking or hitting. For example, a sudden impact on the device may be detected by a vibration or pressure sensor. In various embodiments, the terminal peripheral area may be monitored by a camera. For example, an area where a secondary player normally sits or stands may be monitored with a camera. An alarm may be triggered when a dangerous act is detected or perceived by a camera or various sensors. A casino employee may be alerted to go to the terminal upon detection of a potential danger or harmful activity. The casino employee may be able to ask the secondary player what happened. If necessary, the casino employee may ask the secondary player not to take an action. In some embodiments, a communication line may be opened between the terminal and a casino employee such as a guardman if a potential harmful activity at the terminal is detected. The casino employee may then have the opportunity to talk to the secondary player, ask what is happening, and possibly ask to quit an action that could cause damage.
2.8. Ticker. Interest statistics ticker. Red / black in all casinos. All casino house vs. player.
Many other displays can be displayed in a ticker format. In various embodiments, the ticker display may be displayed on one or more display screens. The ticker may include one or more bands on the display screen, and information travels across the bands. The strip may have a specific color, such as green, a specific pattern, or any other pattern to give an identification from the surrounding graphics or the appearance of the ticker tape. The ticker may contain a variety of information. The ticker may include statistics about games at one casino or multiple casinos. For example, the ticker is the number of red results that have occurred in roulettes in the casino in the last 5 minutes, the number of red and black results that have occurred in the last 5 minutes, the number of 7 that have been craps in the last hour, The number of times a player busted in blackjack in an hour, the number of jackpots paid out on any slot machine in the last 20 minutes, the names of the five players who won the most in the last hour, progressive jackpots Size, sports game scores, or any other statistic. The ticker may vary or be customized in many ways. The ticker may span one display screen or may continue across two or more display screens. The ticker may extend less than one display screen. The ticker can be wide or narrow. The ticker may be horizontal, vertical, or diagonal. The ticker may go quickly (eg, information may go quickly from one to the other) or slowly. The ticker may appear in red, blue, or any other color. The ticker may have a yellow, green, or any other color font. There may be more than one ticker. For example, the ticker may run in parallel across the display screen and there may be two different tickers on two different display screens.
  The ticker may be customized in various ways. The secondary player may change the size, background color, font color, font size or any other aspect of the ticker. Information may be specified. For example, a secondary player may wish to display only statistics about slot machines and craps. Another secondary player may wish to display statistics describing the top 50 players in the last hour. Another player may wish to see a score display from an ongoing sports game.
  In some embodiments, certain ticker distributions may exist and may be available to one or more secondary players within the casino. There may be a blackjack ticker, a crap sticker, a sports ticker, a high scorer ticker, or any other specific ticker. Thus, the secondary player may select one or more tickers that he / she wants to see as he scrolls on the display screen.
  In various embodiments, the ticker is displayed using a matrix of light emitted from the diodes, such as a rectangular array of diodes.
2.9. Configuration settings that fit the human body.
For example, all screens are placed within reach of the arm. The chair moves up and down to get close to the screen. The terminal may include a sensor such as a range finder, laser, sonar, or camera to measure the player's body size (eg, tall, low, etc.). The terminal parts may automatically adapt to the player's body size. For example, the display screen may be moved so as to reach from the player (for example, when the display screen is a touch screen). The terminal chair may move up and down according to the height of the player.
2.10. audio.
The terminal may have various audio output means. Audio output includes voice communications from player friends, voice communications from casino representatives, audio related to television broadcasts, audio related to radio broadcasts, movies, TV shows, or other media formats This may include related audio, audio related to the game (eg, audio output related to winnings), or any other form of audio.
2.10.1. Provision of headphones.
The player of the terminal may be able to use the headphones. By using such headphones, the player may ensure that the sound to himself / herself does not enter the ears of other people around and concentrate on the sound to himself / herself without suffering from environmental noise. A switch, button, or other input device may allow the player of the terminal to switch audio from one type of output to another. For example, audio may be initiated by release from a terminal speaker. When the player puts on the headphones, the player may tilt the switch so that sound comes from the headphones. In some embodiments, the headphones or terminal may sense when a player wears headphones. The player's voice may then be sent to the headphones rather than released from the speakers. In various embodiments, there may be more than one set of headphones. Each set of headphones may broadcast audio distribution separately. For example, one set of headphones may support delivery from a sporting event, while a second set of headphones may provide an audio track for a slot machine game in which a player is participating.
2.10.2. Display-mounted speaker.
In various embodiments, the terminal may comprise one or more speakers. The speaker may be mounted on the terminal housing or on another structure attached to the terminal. The speaker may form part of the display. The speaker may be mounted on the display.
2.10.3. Mute button.
In various embodiments, the terminal may include one or more mute buttons. Audio distribution may be muted by pressing the mute button once. The audio delivery may be restored by pressing the mute button again.
2.10.4. On-site speaker.
In various embodiments, there may be open-line communication lines between multiple groups of 3, 4, 5, 6 or more. This communication may be voice type. The terminal may have a speaker that is adapted to send a real voice or other message from any person in communication. Furthermore, a microphone or other audio input device may allow players to exchange voice messages for participatory communication. An arbitrary voice message may be sent to all groups on the communication means. If several people speak at once, all spoken communications may be transmitted at once. Therefore, participatory communication can result in messy and messy audio. The communication line is used between the friend groups, between the terminal groups, between all terminals, between all secondary players, between all secondary players who have opened the communication line, to the game device in the casino. May be opened among all players, between players and casino representatives, between players in different casinos, or between any other group of people.
2.11. phone.
The terminal may comprise one or more telephones and / or telephone lines. A player may be able to call another group.
2.11.1. A phone that allows local calls only.
In some embodiments, the terminal phone may only allow local calls. In some embodiments, the terminal phone may be capable of calling only to certain areas, certain people, certain devices, or certain other restricted destinations. In some embodiments, restrictions on phone calls may be imposed only when the player is placing a bet on the sport. For example, when a player bets on a sporting event, only local phone calls may be made. This may help limit the player from finding information about the outcome of a sporting event earlier than those who compete for betting. In various embodiments, a player may not place any bets on a sport within a predetermined amount of time that he has made a phone call regardless of various restrictions. For example, a player may be prohibited from placing a bet on a sporting event within 10 minutes of ending a long distance call.
2.1.2. Call other nodes on the network.
In various embodiments, telephone calls to certain groups may be restricted. You may restrict telephone calls to other terminals. Phone calls to people calling from within the inter-casino network may be restricted.
2.11.3. Call record. According to sports book restrictions.
In various embodiments, telephone calls made from a terminal may be recorded. The call record may be checked to confirm that no sports related information was communicated or no information was communicated that could provide special knowledge about the bet made. The call record may be checked randomly. The call record may be checked after the player wins the bet. The call record may be checked after the player has won more bets than statistically expected. The call record may be checked by a person or by a machine or computer (eg, voice recognition software). The call record may be analyzed based on the location of the competitor in the call. For example, if the call was directed to a phone near the racetrack, the call record may be reviewed.
2.11.4. Telephone that can be directly dialed to the radio show.
In various embodiments, the terminal phone or telephone may be accompanied by various direct dial functions. A player may be able to press a button for dialing into a radio show. Thus, the player may listen to the radio show over the phone and may ask questions to the host of the radio show. In various embodiments, a direct dial function may allow a player to call a radio sports broadcast distribution. For example, a player may pick up a phone and listen to a radio broadcast of a match being played by a favorite team. Various buttons may allow the player to dial different sports broadcasts. In various embodiments, direct dialing may allow a player to dial in preference to any other telephone number or competitor.
3. Different information on different displays.
In various embodiments, different displays may display different information or different types of information. The display screens may complement each other. For example, some displays may display a wide variety of types of information, while others may display more detailed information about a particular type of information, or what is shown on another display. Some displays may include one area of one game or casino, while other displays may include other areas of other games or casinos.
3.1. Different field of view.
3.1.1. One display shows a reproduction of the results.
The reproduction of the game result may be displayed on one display. The display may display a video of actual results, for example, results that have actually occurred. The result may be a result for a game in which a player participates at a terminal as a primary player or a secondary player.
3.1.2. One display shows only data about the results.
In various embodiments, the display may display data about the results. The display may indicate that a result has occurred. The display may display statistics showing multiple results. For example, the display may display statistics indicating which results are most frequently occurring at the casino within the last 5 minutes. The display may display statistics indicating the flow of results (for example, 7 eyes appearing 10 times in a craps game).
3.1.3. One display may display a top view of the game floor area.
In various embodiments, the display may display a top view of the casino area. The area may be the same area as a specific game displayed in more detail on another display screen of the terminal.
3.1.4. One display may display the entire game table.
In various embodiments, one display screen of the terminal may display the entire game table. For example, another display screen may display more details about the table, such as focusing on one player at the table or showing statistics for that table.
3.1.5. Video enlargement to display important events on many screens simultaneously.
In various embodiments, important or significant events may attract attention. The display area used for such events may be enlarged. The region may be expanded from one display screen to two or more display screens. The area may be enlarged from a portion of the display screen to take the entire display screen. Severe events include the occurrence of a critical outcome in a game in which a secondary player participates, the occurrence of a jackpot, or any other unusual high payout or other important event.
3.1.6. Picture in picture.
There is a speed dial switch for moving from video to video. In various embodiments, a window, frame, or image may be displayed without a larger window, frame, or image. A small window may include one video distribution, while a large window may include another video distribution. Small and large windows may also include other types of supplies or images, such as animations that reproduce the game results. The player switches between the windows so that the video displayed in the small window is immediately displayed in the large window, and the video displayed in the small window is immediately displayed in the large window. Also good. A special key or button may act on the switch immediately. In various embodiments, there may be multiple small windows within a single large window. There may be special keys or buttons corresponding to each small window and / or corresponding to an image in the window. Thus, a player may monitor a number of games, sporting events, or other activities simultaneously. When a player is interested in one particular game (or sporting event or other activity), the player may press a button corresponding to the game of interest (eg, an overconfidence game window). In this way, the video of interest may expand into a larger window within the window of interest, while the video within that larger window may then shrink and occupy a smaller window. In various embodiments, certain events, sporting events, or other activities that occur within a game may have a corresponding window (eg, a window displaying the game) as a larger window. For example, when a game displayed in a smaller window results in a high payout, the video of the game may be enlarged and displayed in a larger window.
3.1.7. Exclusive distribution from different services.
For example, distribution from one casino. Or there is a distribution from one type of game that is played in only one place. There may be a payment agreement with the casino to receive this distribution. Information displayed on the terminal may come from various places. Information may be from different casinos, vendors specializing in generating and selling game results, sports franchise, race tracks, media companies (eg, movies displayed on the terminal may be from media companies), or any other It may come from an information source. Various information sources may charge for these information provisions. For example, a sports franchise may charge for the comprehensive use of sports video in a casino or the use of sports video on a specific terminal. In various embodiments, various information sources may charge at different rates and in different ways. The information source may charge according to one or more of the following. (A) number of terminals using information from the information source, (b) number of browsing information from the information source, (c) size of a window in which information from the information source is displayed (for example, owning a terminal) The casino may pay more for video displayed in a large window than for video displayed in a small window), (d) other information sources displayed with a given source (E.g., a casino may display video or information from a given source if the information is displayed on the same terminal along with a number of other types of information. (E) the length of time that the video from the information source is viewed, (f) the position of the person in the video as a celebrity (for example, the celebrity Playing poker games The video to be displayed, may be expensive than the image that unnamed person to view the poker game to game). The casino may pay for information on a regular basis. For example, a casino may pay a reservation fee for an information source.
3.2. What is the standard default data that is always displayed, for example, standard games, standard headings, etc.
In various embodiments, the terminal may have a default set of video or information components to display. For example, there may be video footage displayed from a Wheel of Fortune slot machine game, video poker game, blackjack, and phrase wrap game. In various embodiments, the default video is selected based on what is the most popular game in the casino. For example, if the primary player or the most popular game is a monopoly slot machine, it may be inferred that the secondary player of the terminal will want to participate in such a game. Accordingly, an image from a monopoly slot machine game may be displayed. In various embodiments, there may be a default configuration of various keys, buttons, or switches at the terminal to match the display of the default video. For example, a set of keys used by default to place a bet on a video poker game may be configured.
3.3. Video distribution.
Multiple full motion video delivery. High definition video signal. In various embodiments, a high bandwidth connection is used to relay multiple high definition video distributions to the terminal. Therefore, a comfortable game and entertainment experience may be enjoyed while the player is at the terminal.
3.4. warning.
When something has happened, it is displayed in red, for example. The terminal may include several windows, several videos, information about several games, or various other information. When a noticeable event or event occurs in one video, the video may be emphasized or made noticeable. For example, a window having a specific image may be enlarged or brightened. The audio from a particular video may be raised and the competing audio may be lowered. The image may be blinked, or another display may be blinked. When a notable event occurs for the video, a button that can call up a specific video or information source may flash.
3.4.1. alarm.
In various embodiments, a warning about the occurrence of a noticeable event may be generated by voice. Special audio may be broadcast for various events. For example, there may be various corresponding sounds for various types of events. However, in some embodiments, there is general purpose audio for any notable event. In some embodiments, the arrival of a jackpot occurrence may be announced with one type of voice, and the arrival of a length of flow may be announced with a different type of audio (eg, the first Plays a chime sound when the next player wins 10 times in blackjack), a game by a preferred primary player (eg, a primary player preferred by a secondary player on the terminal) The arrival of the start may be announced by a third type of sound (eg, roaring sound of a rooster).
3.4.2. Customize the alert sound.
In various embodiments, a player may customize which audio is used to provide a reminder or announcement regarding a particular event occurrence. The player may select from a list of special events. The player may select from a voice menu as well. The player may match the event with voice. The player may provide his / her own sound via a portable MP3 player, for example.
3.5. Entertainment work.
The secondary player can use the terminal for entertainment purposes. Secondary players can watch movies, TV shows, casino related events or other forms of entertainment. Secondary players can watch news programs, science programs, documentaries or other videos. The player can listen to music, tape-blown books, speech or other sounds. The terminal may be able to use a plurality of display screens. In this manner, the secondary player can watch the game progress on the other screen while watching the entertainment on the one screen.
3.5.1. On-demand movie.
The secondary player may watch a movie on the terminal. The secondary player may request a specific movie, such as from a list of movies licensed for screening by the casino. The secondary player may select a movie channel such as a cable or satellite TV channel on which the movie will be shown. The player may receive the channel distribution at the terminal.
3.5.2. TV show.
The secondary player may select a TV show on the terminal, and the secondary player may select a list of pre-recorded TV shows. The secondary player may also watch a normal TV channel that may be delivered to the terminal.
3.5.3. Casino related events.
A secondary player may watch a video distribution of casino related events. For example, a player may watch a video of a concert, comedy offering, animal performance, or any other casino related event performed the night before.
3.5.4. musics.
In various embodiments, the secondary player may listen to music on the terminal. Music may flow from speakers built into the terminal. A headset with earphones for listening to music or other voice communications may be provided to the player. The secondary player may select one or more channels. A channel may correspond to a broadcast that takes place exclusively within a radio station or casino. For example, there may be a casino jockey for selecting a song or a melody to be broadcast to a player in the casino. A player may select a music or audio channel to listen to using a menu. A button or key may be configured that corresponds to a voice or music channel. For example, there may be a “Rock and Roll” button, a “Jazz” button, and a “Classical Music” button. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be able to select music to play individually. The casino or third party may provide a number of songs for selection by the secondary player. Thus, in various embodiments, payment may or may not be required, but the terminal may function as a jukebox in conjunction with the network. In various embodiments, when a secondary player selects a song to play, the secondary player may create a list of favorite songs. That is, the secondary player may have the option to play a song in his list (eg, a previously selected song). The terminal may systematically progress one song at a time from the list of favorite songs of the secondary player (eg, play one by one and start from the beginning), and randomly play songs to play at any time You may choose.
3.5.4.1. Selection of songs corresponding to game results.
In various embodiments, the terminal may play a song or melody that is selected based on the outcome that occurred in the game in which the secondary player participated. For example, when a secondary player wins a game and gets a bet, a song having a fun theme may be played. If the player loses the bet, a song with a sad theme may be played. A song may be selected based on symbols, graphics, or lyrics corresponding to in-game events. For example, when a “Grape” symbol occurs in the game, a song “I Heart It Through the Grapevine (Japanese title:“ Sad Rumor ”)” may be played.
3.5.4.2. Bringing songs by a secondary player.
In various embodiments, secondary players may bring their own melody or music for listening at the casino. The player may bring an MP3 player such as iPod (registered trademark) into the casino. The secondary player may dock the MP3 player on the terminal. That is, the speaker of the terminal may be used to play a song stored in the MP3 player. Furthermore, information about the songs of the MP3 player may be downloaded to the terminal. Various buttons, dials, or other input devices on the terminal may then be used to navigate the secondary player's song list and select a song to play. In various embodiments, the secondary player may also store songs on a network such as the Internet. A secondary player may store songs on his home computer, which can be accessed via the Internet, for example, via file sharing software. The terminal may access the secondary player's song and may play it back at the request of the secondary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bring a movie or other entertainment piece to the terminal. The movie may be brought in with a portable movie player, MP3 player, storage medium (eg, flash drive, DVD, etc.), or any other object or device. A movie or other entertainment piece may be loaded onto the terminal and played.
3.5.5. Entertainment work viewing requirements-Be a game at a certain ratio.
In various embodiments, a secondary player is allowed to watch a piece of music or other video that is not related to game activity, as long as the secondary player is involved in the game activity to some extent. Also good. A secondary player may place a certain amount of bets per unit time, participate in a certain number of games per unit time, suspend game participation for X minutes or less, or meet any other game criteria You may be asked to do that. Thus, in various embodiments, being able to view an entertainment piece may be a reward for a game that the player is involved with.
3.5.6. Interruption of entertainment works for game results.
In various embodiments, video or audio distribution may be interrupted for various reasons, such as video distribution displaying a movie or other entertainment piece. Distribution may be interrupted when certain events occur in the game. If the game in which the secondary player participates has reached resolution or is nearing the end, if the game in which the secondary player may participate may result in meeting certain criteria May interrupt the delivery. Results that meet these criteria include results corresponding to payouts exceeding a certain threshold, results corresponding to jackpot results, results corresponding to winning results, results below a given probability of occurrence, or any other specific Results that meet the criteria set. The interruption of the entertainment product may allow the secondary player to concentrate on the game result or game event without losing a movie, a TV show, or other part of the entertainment product. An interruption in the entertainment piece may also give the player the opportunity to direct a new bet or set of bets.
3.6. Advertising.
In various embodiments, one or more displays may include advertisements or other promotions. The advertisements may be from third party merchant products, casino shows, casino restaurants, casino shop sales consumption, casino hotel rooms, other casino events, or other goods or services. In various embodiments, the terminal screen may be dedicated to advertisements only. In various embodiments, the advertisement may be displayed in a window within the display screen. The secondary player may be able to purchase using the terminal. For example, a secondary player may react to an advertisement and purchase a product displayed in the advertisement. In various embodiments, various buttons or keys on the terminal may be temporarily or permanently associated with goods, services or advertisements. For example, a message may be displayed in connection with an advertisement. The message may be "Please press the flashing button if you want to know more about this item or if you want to buy it". The button on the terminal may flash. In this way, the player of the terminal presses a button, browses an additional screen for the product, opens a communication line (eg, a telephone call or video conference) with the sales representative of the advertised product, and the player May enter the purchase screen, where a specific price may be paid to confirm the desire to receive the advertised product and / or immediately purchase the product. For example, in some embodiments, a player may purchase a product immediately upon pressing a button. The purchase price of the item may be deducted from the player's game credit. In some embodiments, buttons or other devices may be associated with goods or services without any promotions or advertisements. Buttons or other devices may be permanently associated with goods or services. A player may press the button to purchase goods or services. After pressing a button, one or more receipt or confirmation steps may be sought. For example, providing signatures, thumbprints, credit card numbers, shipping addresses, or confirmation of hope for other players to make purchases, or other details necessary to complete the purchase, You may ask the player.
4). Play with multiple opponents. Watch people on each monitor.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game where there are multiple primary players. For example, a secondary player may participate in a Texas Hold'em poker game. The terminal may display images or videos of two or more secondary players participating in the game. Images or videos may be displayed simultaneously. Images or videos may be displayed simultaneously on different screens. For example, there may be six primary players in a Texas Hold'em poker game. The terminal may have six display screens. Each screen may display one different video image of six players. In various embodiments, the display may be configured side by side to mimic the field of view as if a secondary player is actually sitting in a live poker game. In various embodiments, the display screen may be placed closer or further away from the secondary player to mimic the depth of field beyond reality. For example, it is assumed that video images of all the players on the poker table are shot from a position with a good view of one seat of the poker table. The video of the primary player furthest from the seat may be displayed on a display screen located farthest from the secondary player (eg, farther than any display screen of the terminal). Similarly, the video of the primary player closest to the seat where the video is shot may be displayed on a display closest to the secondary player (eg, closer to any display on the terminal).
  In various embodiments, a terminal player may play a game as a primary player. For example, a player may play a Texas Holdem Poker game or a Blackjack game. A video or video of his opponent may appear on various screens of the terminal. In some embodiments, each screen may include a different image or video of a player's opponent.
  In various embodiments, a player (for example, a primary player) who has turned in the game may be displayed prominently on the terminal. An image may be arranged in the center of the screen of the terminal for the player whose turn has been played in the game. If multiple player videos or images are displayed, the procedure player images may be magnified, highlighted, brighter than other player images, or otherwise highlighted.
  In various embodiments, a player (eg, primary player) avatar may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal. For example, the primary player's video or image may not be available, and the primary player may desire not to display his video. Accordingly, the primary player's avatar or other representation may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal. When a player acts as a primary player on a terminal, his opponent's avatar may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal.
5. Application to server games. You can't play on multiple game devices at the same time for no reason.
In various embodiments, the terminal may function as a game device. The terminal may also function as two or more game devices. For example, the terminal may be one in which a player can play two or more games simultaneously. In various embodiments, the first screen of the terminal may display a first game. The second screen of the terminal may display the second game. For example, the first screen may display a video poker game. The second screen may display a slot machine game.
5.1. Game device.
In some embodiments, a game guidance function may be implemented in several steps. A random number may be generated. A random number may be reflected in the result. A game scenario that ultimately leads to the display of results may appear or be displayed. For example, it may be displayed that the reel rotates and then stops at the result. Further steps include determining intermediate results (eg, based on the same or random numbers), receiving decisions from players, determining payouts based on results, and crediting player accounts It may include performing a payout. The terminal may perform one or more game guidance functions. The terminal may display the result of the game to the player. Game functions not performed by the terminal may be performed by another device, such as a casino server or a separate game device. For example, a casino server may determine random numbers or results for a game. That is, the terminal may display the game result for the player. When a terminal and another device both guide a game, the terminal may request game-related information from another device, for example, and communicate with the other device to receive the game-related information. . In various embodiments, the terminal may download software for guiding the entire game or a portion thereof. The software may be downloaded from a casino server, for example. The software may operate such that the terminal draws an image and generates sound associated with the game. The terminal may operate to download software for a plurality of different games, and thus the terminal may operate to guide portions of a plurality of different games. For example, the terminal may operate to guide a slot machine game portion and a video poker game portion.
5.2. Two or more game devices.
In some embodiments, the terminal may function as two or more game devices at the same time. For example, an image of a video poker game and other information may be displayed on one screen of the terminal. An image of the slot machine game and other information may be displayed on another screen of the terminal. In some embodiments, a new game may be started on one or the other for both types of games if desired by the player at the terminal. The terminal may have separate keys or controllers for the two types of games. For example, one set of keys may be operated to place a bet in a slot machine game, while another set of keys may be operated to place and make a bet in a video poker game. Both sets of keys may be part of the same terminal. In addition, other key sets may be available, such as craps, roulette, or other gaming keys. In some embodiments, the terminal may simultaneously guide two or more of the same type of game. For example, the first screen may display a first slot machine game, and the second screen may display a second slot machine game. There may be a separate set of keys for two or more of the same type of game.
5.3. The player plays as a primary player and as a secondary player.
In various embodiments, the terminal may allow a player to play a first game as a primary player and participate in a second game as a secondary player. For example, a player of a slot machine game may start a slot machine game and receive a payout based on the result of the slot machine game. The player at the terminal may also place a bet in a slot machine game that is started and played by a different player. The first display screen of the terminal may display information about the first game in which the player of the terminal is acting as the primary player. The terminal's second display screen is displayed by a set of keys or buttons or other input devices that may display information about a second game in which the player of the terminal is acting as a secondary player, The player of the terminal may be allowed to play the first game as the primary player (for example, bet insertion, determination, game start, etc.). The second set of keys or buttons or other input devices allow the terminal player to play the second game as a secondary player (eg, selecting a player to place a bet, placing a bet, etc.) Also good.
6). A screen with a control panel.
In various embodiments, the terminal may comprise a screen having information about a player using the terminal. Such information includes credit balance, bet amount or bet on first game, bet amount or bet on second game, bet amount or bet on any number of other games, secondary player A game table for a game in which a player (for example, a secondary player) is participating, and a secondary game. Any other information about the person's behavior. Information about a player on a device typically includes what you are doing (for example, how much you win or lose), how much you have left, how much you have won in a particular game, The player may be given what the game is, and any other useful information or other information related to the secondary player. In some embodiments, a terminal earns its own total comp points and / or how much comp points it earns in a particular game session (eg, in a game session at that terminal). The player may be shown to the player. The screen of the terminal may further comprise an interaction area where the player can interact with touch or otherwise to receive further information. The screen may be a touch screen, for example. In various embodiments, a player may touch the screen to open a game rule. For example, the player may touch a “rule” button on the screen. In some embodiments, the player may touch the screen to open the game payment table. In some embodiments, the player may touch the screen to display a payline on the game.
7). Various screens that display layers of information.
In various embodiments, the first display screen of the terminal may display a first set of information. However, the terminal player may wish to further dig into the information. Therefore, the player may indicate some place where he / she wants to know more information. Then, further information may be displayed on another display screen of the terminal. Therefore, the screen may have a hierarchical relationship. The first screen may generally display a wide range or upper information. The second screen may generally display more detailed information regarding a specific item derived from the first screen. The first screen may be located in the center of the player's field of view, while the second screen is on the side of the player, above, or in places that are not easily in view like the first screen. May be. In one embodiment, the first screen may display a video image of the primary player. The secondary player at the terminal may click on the image of the primary player in the video to learn more about the primary player. Subsequently, information about the primary player may further appear on the second screen. Such information includes the primary player's name, age, profession, the type of strategy the primary player normally uses, the results of the primary player's last 10 games, Information about the player's total wins, the primary player's lifetime jackpot win count, or any other information about the primary player. In another embodiment, the terminal player may be watching a sporting event. The player may click on the horse and the current statistics for that horse may pop up on another screen. In another embodiment, the player may be watching a game delivery from a blackjack table. The player sees the percentage of hands that the dealer has won, the percentage of winners by the primary player at the table, the number of blackjacks that have been dealt in the last 100 hands, and any other information about the table You may click on the table for that. In various embodiments, there may be various levels between the hierarchical screens of the terminals. Each layer of more detailed information may appear on a new screen of the terminal so that more detailed information about a topic can be repeatedly requested.
  The following are embodiments, not claims.
A. Receiving information identifying a casino player;
Associating a player with a button,
Determining that the button was pressed;
Identifying the video associated with the player;
Presenting a video.
  B. The method of embodiment A further comprising displaying the player's name on the button.
C. Identifying the video associated with the player further
Sending a request for video relating to the player to the casino server;
Receiving the video from the casino server.
  D. The method of embodiment A wherein presenting the video includes displaying the video on a display screen.
  E. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing the player's face.
  F. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing a player involved in gaming the game.
  G. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing an indication of a game result reached by the player.
H. Receiving a request for a telephone call from a player of the gaming device;
Check the phone call destination,
Confirming the available bets on the electronic game device;
Check the ruleset associated with the electric bet, make sure that the phone call to the callee complies with the ruleset,
Connecting an electronic player to a callee.
  I. The method of embodiment H, wherein receiving the request from the player includes receiving an indication of a set of numbers dialed from the player of the gaming device.
  J. et al. The method of embodiment H, wherein confirming a bet available on the gaming device includes confirming a bet on a sports event available on the gaming device.
  K. The method of embodiment J, wherein confirming the rule set associated with the bet includes confirming that a telephone call to the local area of the gaming device is not allowed when a bat for a sporting event is being inserted.
  L. The method of embodiment H further comprising recording the telephone call.
M.M. Confirming that the player has bet,
Confirming that the electric player won the bet,
The method of embodiment L, comprising playing the recorded telephone call if the electronic player wins the bet.
N. Receiving a first betting instruction from a primary player, deducting a first bet amount from a credit balance associated with the electric, primary player;
Receiving a game start signal from the primary player;
Checking the first result of the electric first game;
Displaying an image associated with the first game on a first display screen;
Confirming the payout of the first game based on the first result and based on the first bet;
Increasing the credit balance associated with the primary player by the first payout amount;
Receiving a second betting instruction from the primary player;
Deducting the second bet amount from the credit balance associated with the primary player;
Receiving from the primary player a second game instruction to be played by the secondary player;
Confirming the second result of the second game;
Displaying an image associated with the second game on a second display screen on which an image associated with the second game is displayed simultaneously with the display of the image associated with the first game;
Confirming the second result of the second game;
Confirming the second payout based on the second result and based on the second bet;
Increasing the credit balance associated with the primary player by the second payout amount.
  For example, the secondary player may be a primary player, and the primary player may participate in the first game as a secondary player. At the same time, the primary player may play the first game as the primary player. Thus, the primary player may act as both the primary player and the secondary player at the same time.
  O. The method of embodiment N, wherein the second game is played remotely from the location of the primary player.
  P. The method of embodiment N, wherein the image associated with the first game includes displaying an effect of the spinning slot machine reel.
  Q. The method of embodiment N, wherein the image associated with the second game includes displaying a video image of a secondary player playing the second game.
Sorting games.
In some embodiments, the primary player may participate directly in a game that depends on luck. The primary player wins or loses based on bet placement, game decisions, dice administration (eg, in the case of a craps game), his bet, his decision, and events that occur during the game (eg, random events). May be received. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet on a game played by the primary player. A secondary player may decide that a certain outcome will occur, that a decision will be made, that a card will be dealt, that a number will be on the game's dice, or that any other event will occur. You may bet on what happens. The secondary player may be out of the physical location of the game. The secondary player ma